Денис Давыдов aka wOrmОткрыть профиль автора
Открыть список игр,
 получивших оценку 80% и выше
(Наш выбор опционален)
 
 открыть скриншот 
Расширенный поиск по базе
из 34 727 игр для PC и консолей
Игровые форумы AGFC
Крупнейшее российское
игровое сообщество.

Десятки тысяч участников,
миллионы полезных
тем и сообщений.
Grand Theft AG
Самый крупный сайт
в России о серии GTA
и ее «детях» -
Mafia, Driv3r и т.п.

Новости, прохождения,
моды, полезные файлы.
Геройский уголок
Лидер среди сайтов
по играм сериала
Heroes of Might & Magic.

Внутри - карты, советы,
турниры и свежие
новости о Heroes 6.
Летописи Тамриэля
Один из крупнейших
в мире ресурсов
по играм серии
The Elder Scrolls.

Если вы любите Arena,
Daggerfall, Morrowind
и Oblivion -
не проходите мимо!
ГотикAG
Проект, посвященный
известному немецкому
RPG-сериалу Gothic.

Новости, моды, советы,
прохождения и еще
несколько тонн
полезной информации.
Wasteland Chronicles
Портал для любителей
постапокалиптических RPG.

В меню: все части
Fallout, Metalheart, The Fall,
Wasteland, Койоты и Ex Machina.
Absolute Top + Мuзейm
Сайт ежегодного
голосования AG, где
читатели и редакция
определяют лучшие игры.

Архив старых голосований
работает круглосуточно
и без выходных.
Battles.ru
Выдалась свободная минутка?
Порадуйте себя казуальными
или браузерными играми!

На серверe Battles.ru
каждый найдет себе
подходящее развлечение.
RF Online
Бесплатная футуристическая MMORPG.

Игровой портал AG.ru

Сворачивание персонального меню
доступно только зарегистрированным
пользователям.
Выбор, заливка и редактирование
аватара доступно только
зарегистрированным пользователям.
Напомните себе пароль, если забыли.
Переписка в пределах AG.ru доступна
только зарегистрированным
пользователям.
Персональное указание количества
обновлений AG.ru доступно
только зарегистрированным пользователям.
Открыть меню вариантов
Регистрация на AG, форумах и т.д.
Настройки вашего профиля,
сайта, форумов и т.д.

Демо-версия.
Сервисы и бонусы, доступные
нашим VIP-пользователям.

Которым можете стать и вы.
А здесь будет кое-что интересненькое...
Количество агрублей
на вашем счету.

Демо-версия.
Писем: 0Обновлений: 0
AG.Tracker
Функция слежения за играми будет доступна вам после регистрации.

Навигация

Читы для Thief Gold

Чит-файл для Thief Gold

Thief Gold

 За игрой пока никто не наблюдает. Первым будете?

Выдержка из Энциклопедии игр

Разработчик:Looking Glass Studios
Издатель:Eidos Interactive
Модель распространения:розничная продажа
ISO статус:релиз состоялся 29 октября 1999 года
Жанры:Action / 3D / 1st Person / Stealth
Multiplayer:Отсутствует

Даты выхода игры

вышла в октябре 1999 г.

FAQ [ENG]

Информация актуальна для
                     FAQ v9.0 by Taffer (taffer@sprint.ca)

                                 March 1, 2000


"Ye shall not rob from the house I have built, or commit any theft or
unrighteousness, lest ye be struck down and driven into the earth forthwith, and
the land of the heathen consume you."
     -- The Book of the Stone

"The paths of thief and god are worn as one in the earth."

"Thief wanted for the theft of the gems of Sarnoth."

"Woe be to him that defies the tree, for he shall be cast out into the world
through the veils of pain and fire."


Table of Contents
=================
Section 0: Cast Your Vote Now!
Section 1: Version History
Section 2: Opening Notes Regarding This FAQ
   2.1: Thief: The Dark Project Gold
   2.2: Best Times
   2.3: Contacting the Author
      2.3.1: Contact Through Email
      2.3.2: Contact Through ICQ
      2.3.3: Identity Changed
      2.3.4: Mailing List
   2.4: Experimentation
   2.5: Mission Objectives
      2.5.1: Changing Objectives
   2.6: Recommended Purchases
   2.7: Just What The Heck Is A Taffer Anyway?
      2.7.1: The True Meaning Of "Taffer"
   2.8: Victoria vs. Viktoria
   2.9: Personal Note Regarding The Next Release
   2.10: Thief II: The Metal Age FAQ
Section 3: Game Notes
   3.1: Patrols
   3.2: Bloodstains and Bodies
   3.3: Doors
   3.4: Water
   3.5: Hard Surfaces
   3.6: Compass
   3.7: Jumping
   3.8: Enemies
      3.8.1: Human Guards
      3.8.2: Spiders
      3.8.3: Fly Swarms
      3.8.4: Zombies
      3.8.5: Burricks
      3.8.6: Flaming Spirits
      3.8.7: Restless Dead
      3.8.8: Craymen
      3.8.9: Hammer Spirits
      3.8.10: Mages
      3.8.11: Fire Elementals
      3.8.12: Sleepers
      3.8.13: Non-Combatants
   3.9: Arsenal
      3.9.1: Sword
      3.9.2: Blackjack
      3.9.3: Broadhead Arrows
      3.9.4: Water Arrows
      3.9.5: Fire Arrows
      3.9.6: Moss Arrows
      3.9.7: Gas Arrows
      3.9.8: Rope Arrows
      3.9.9: Noisemaker Arrows
      3.9.10: Flash Bombs
      3.9.11: Explosive Mines
      3.9.12: Gas Mines
   3.10: Cheats
Section 4: A Keeper's Training (Training Mission)
   4.1: Introduction
   4.2: Objectives
   4.3: Before The Mission
   4.4: Walkthrough
Section 5: Lord Bafford's Manor (Mission 1)
   5.1: Introduction
   5.2: Objectives on Normal level
   5.3: Objectives on Hard level
   5.4: Objectives on Expert level
   5.5: Simplified Objectives
   5.6: Before The Mission
   5.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   5.8: Walkthrough
Section 6: Break From Cragscleft Prison (Mission 2)
   6.1: Introduction
   6.2: Objectives on Normal level
   6.3: Objectives on Hard level
   6.4: Objectives on Expert level
   6.5: Simplified Objectives
   6.6: Before The Mission
   6.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   6.8: Walkthrough
Section 7: Down In The Bonehoard (Mission 3)
   7.1: Introduction
   7.2: Objectives on Normal level
   7.3: Objectives on Hard level
   7.4: Objectives on Expert level
   7.5: Simplified Objectives
   7.6: Before The Mission
   7.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   7.8: Walkthrough
Section 8: Assassins (Mission 4)
   8.1: Introduction
   8.2: Objectives on Normal and Hard levels
   8.3: Objectives on Expert level
   8.4: Simplified Objectives
   8.5: Before The Mission
   8.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
   8.7: Walkthrough
Section 9: Thieves' Guild (Mission 5)
   9.1: Introduction
   9.2: Objectives on Normal level
   9.3: Objectives on Hard level
   9.4: Objectives on Expert level
   9.5: Simplified Objectives
   9.6: Before The Mission
   9.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   9.8: Walkthrough
Section 10: The Sword (Mission 6)
   10.1: Introduction
   10.2: Objectives on Normal and Hard levels
   10.3: Objectives on Expert level
   10.4: Simplified Objectives
   10.5: Before The Mission
   10.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
   10.7: Walkthrough
Section 11: Cutscene - Victoria
Section 12: The Haunted Cathedral (Mission 7)
   12.1: Introduction
   12.2: Objectives on Normal level
   12.3: Objectives on Hard level
   12.4: Objectives on Expert level
   12.5: Simplified Objectives
   12.6: Before The Mission
   12.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   12.8: Walkthrough
Section 13: The Mage Towers (Mission 8)
   13.1: Introduction
   13.2: Objectives on Normal level
   13.3: Objectives on Hard level
   13.4: Objectives on Expert level
   13.5: Simplified Objectives
   13.6: Before The Mission
   13.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
   13.8: Walkthrough
Section 14: The Lost City (Mission 9)
   14.1: Introduction
   14.2: Objectives on Normal
   14.3: Objectives on Hard and Expert levels
   14.4: Simplified Objectives
   14.5: Before The Mission
   14.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
   14.7: Walkthrough
Section 15: Input From Other Thieves
Section 16: Thief Sites on the Internet
Section 17: Thief 2 News
Section 18: Endnotes and Copyright Notice


Section 0: Cast Your Vote Now!
==============================
I recently received an email from someone, with a criticism. Here is the
relevant part of the email, describing the problem:

"...the only criticism...is that its hard to suss out where you're up to if you
arent following the guide word for word. I like to play myself until I get stuck
then check the guide, but this is quite difficult when the way you write is like
'turn left, go forward' etc. Not quite sure how you'd get round this though!
Maybe if you made more mention of big landmarks?..."

I thought about this, and realized he was right. If you don't follow the
walkthroughs as they are, it can be difficult to find where you're going. So,
I've made a (possibly temporary) change to the walkthrough for Mission 1 (Lord
Bafford's Manor). Throughout the walkthrough at various points, I've included a
header describing the most relevant part of that section of the walkthrough. And
preceding the walkthrough is a list of the section headers. You will be able to
look at the list, decide what part you need, and move through the walkthrough
quickly to find the header you want.

I've only done this with Mission 1, and it is only a preliminary release. I may
decide to include more, or simply different, headers.

Now here's the part where you come in. Go over to Mission 1 and take a look at
what's been done. There's really not much to see, but it may make things much
easier. Once you've had a good look, email me with a vote on whether you like
the new format or not (only email votes will count...ICQ ones will not!). If the
"I like it!" side has the most votes, I will go through the other missions and
insert headers there as well. If the "I don't like it!" side has the most, then
I'll return Mission 1 to the state it was in originally. Also, let me know what
you think about HOW MANY headers should be included. Lord Bafford's Manor is
rather small, so I figured the five I put in would suffice. Any more would
clutter it, I felt. If you want to see more though...well, this FAQ is done for
you, so let me know!

Of course, if you think you have a better idea than this, by all means let me
know! Anything that makes this a better FAQ for you can only be good! :)

Also, if anyone has suggestions for Headers, please send them along as well.

(FYI, this will also give me an idea of how many people actually pay attention
to the pre-walkthrough sections of the FAQ, and how many just drop down to the
walkthroughs. )


Section 1: Version History
==========================
NOTE: All references in the version history to specific section numbers are
referring to sections numbers AT THAT TIME! In many cases, these section numbers
have changes with further releases.


0.1  -- First release of this FAQ. Included only the first mission
        (Lord Bafford's Manor).
0.2  -- Fixed a few spelling and grammatical errors.
0.7  -- Added "Input From Other Thieves" section; Included "Before the
        Mission" and "Introduction" sections, as well as others; Some
        not-quite-minor-but-not-very-major cosmetic changes made (ie:
        version history, section numbers, etc.).
1.0  -- Added walkthrough for the Training Mission (A Keeper's
        Training).
1.1  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 2 (Break From Cragscleft Prison).
1.11 -- Fixed some spelling, grammar, and formatting mistakes.
1.2  -- Added Cheats section.
1.4  -- Put in monster descriptions & strategies.
1.6  -- Put in weapon descriptions and strategies.
2.0  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 3 (Down in the Bonehoard).
2.2  -- Fixed some grammar and spelling mistakes, fixed up the
        walkthroughs for the training mission, the first three missions
        (minor changes only), and expanded some entries in the Weapons
        section.
2.6  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 4 (Assassins).
2.8  -- Added "Thief Sites on the Internet" section; Expanded the FAQ
        slightly in a few areas, including a "Notes Regarding" section
        on some missions; added Fly Swarms to the Enemies section;
        Fixed some spelling, grammer, formatting, and continuity
        errors.
3.0  -- Added "Thief 2 News" section.
3.4  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 5 (The Sword).
3.6  -- Added entry for the first cutscene (Victoria).
3.7  -- Minor adjustments, including a "First Appearance" section for
        each monster.
4.0  -- Included information on Flash Bombs and Mines, and new
        monsters, as well as updated information on several weapons and
        monsters.
4.3  -- Did some tweaking here and there, revising and improving
        entries. "Input From Other Thieves" section revised, and a
        "Recommended Purchases" and "What You'll Encounter" section was
        added for each mission; also added the Mailing List section at
        the end; new cheat added to cheats section; added "What The
        Heck Is A Taffer Anyway?" section.
        *** NEW EMAIL/CREDITTING POLICY!!!!! ***
4.7  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 6 (The Haunted Cathedral).
4.8  -- Slight ammendment to weapons section introduction, some
        spelling mistakes corrected, added "Taffer" information.
4.9  -- Expanded the "Contact" section to include ICQ information.
5.0  -- First version of the FAQ using Thief: The Dark Project Gold.
        Included a section regarding the changeover (section 2.1).
5.1  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "Lord Bafford's Manor" (very minor
        changes).
5.3  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "Break From Cragscleft Prison".
5.5  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "Down In The Bonehoard".
5.6  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "Assassins" (minor changes only).
6.0  -- Added walkthrough for Thief Gold Mission 5 (Thieves' Guild).
6.1  -- Changed name and email address! (Was formerly "The Brigdadier",
        am now "Taffer"); ICQ contact information included.
        *** PLEASE NOTE NEW EMAIL ADDRESS!!!!! ***
6.4  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "The Sword" (major rewrite!).
6.5  -- Reworked the walkthrough for "The Haunted Cathedral" (minor
        changes only).
7.5  -- Nearly evey section of the walkthrough tweaked, expanded,
        corrected, and/or improved...some slightly, and some in great
        detail; Mailing List section changed to section 2.3.3; added
        new "cheats" to the cheats section; added "Compass" section
        (section 3.6); added "Changing Objectives" section (section
        2.5.1); added "Victoria" section (section 2.8); added
        "Jumping" section (section 3.7); added Flaming Spirits,
        Sleepers, and Non-Combatants to the Monster list.
7.9  -- Added walkthrough for Thief Gold Mission 8 (The Mage Towers).
8.1  -- Added Gas Arrows to the weapons section; Fire Arrow section
        expanded slightly; added Mages of the Hand Brotherhood to the
        Monster list; expanded Non-Combatants entry; slight
        modifications to "The Sword"; added "Identity Changed" section
        (section 2.3.3); added the 12th item to pickpocket in "Break
        From Cragscleft Prison"; fixed some slight formatting errors;
        included info regarding Thief II demo and Thief II movie.
8.5  -- Added walkthrough for Mission 9 (The Lost City).
9.0  -- Made some very slight cosmetic changes; Updated Thief 2 news
        section; added Fire Elementals to the Monster list; included
        more information regarding the bug when playing Mission 8 (The
        Mage Towers); added further information to the Mailing List and
        Thief II FAQ sections (Sections 2.3.4 and 2.10); added "The True
        Meaning Of "Taffer"" (Section 2.7.1); Mages of the Hand
        Brotherhood monster renamed to simply Mages; updated "Mailing
        List" section (policy regarding bounced emails); Section 3.9
        renamed (was "Weapons", is now "Arsenal"); nearly all sections
        expanded, tweaked, improved, or modified; slight update to
        Mission 8 (The Mage Towers); changed the appearance of the
        walkthrough for Mission 1 (Lord Bafford's Manor); added
        Section 0: Cast Your Vote Now!

Not all versions of this FAQ have been made available to the public. The only
versions to have ever been released are: 0.1, 1.1, 2.0, 3.6, 4.7, 7.5, 8.1 and
9.0.


Section 2: Opening Notes Regarding This FAQ
===========================================
Once again, there are people out there who are owed an apology. I lost several
emails again (some of them requesting addition to the mailing list). So if
you're reading this, my sincerest apologies to you. Send me another email, and
I'll add you right away.

In case you somehow managed to skip right by without seeing it, there is now a
Section 0 to this FAQ, up near the top. It's a voting section, that's being
included for...well, why not go up there and read it to find out? :)

Extra special thanks go out to a friend of mine, known only as MooShell. She has
been a tremendous help to me on the new missions provided in Thief Gold. Thank
you, my friend! :)


This is my first FAQ/Walkthrough. All input is appreciated, especially regarding
what you liked, and how I can improve it. Please send comments, suggestions,
etc., to taffer@sprint.ca

This FAQ is aimed towards finishing in each mission quickly, so any "interesting
sidetrips" are ignored, or glossed over briefly. For example, in Mission 3,
"Down in the Bonehoard", there are several places where you can find members of
a lost expedition and read their journals. But since you need to go out of your
way to get to them, they are not mentioned in the FAQ. If you find you want to
see what's in a direction the FAQ does not cover, by all means, take a look!
Save your game at the point you're at, go take a look, then reload and continue
on. The people who made this game did some fantastic work in some of those
"sidetrek" areas, and it would be a shame to miss it!

This FAQ does NOT cover the entire game at the moment. I do intend to continue
this FAQ so that it does. HOWEVER, I am a University student, and have
personally only finished the first eight missions completely. So you may have a
bit of a wait ahead of you. :(

Unlike other FAQs I have seen for this game, this one is geared towards having
you complete each mission with the maximum amount of treasure possible, on top
of completing all of your quests. Each mission is done at the EXPERT level, and
all statistics are given for that difficulty setting (ie: what you find, where,
how much, etc.). I have not tried playing these on the lower levels, but I have
heard there ARE differences. (For example, on Mission 2, "Break From Cragscleft
Prison", you find a Holy Water Font on the lower level of the mines on the
Normal level, and it is gone on Expert, as well as there being different
treasures found in different areas.)

This FAQ/Walkthrough is based on the PC version of the game. Does another
version exist? I don't know.

2.1: Thief: The Dark Project Gold
=================================
On November 3rd, 1999, my local computer store finally got their shipment of
Thief: The Dark Project Gold (from here on referred to only as Thief Gold).
Needless to say, I purchased the first one out on the shelf! I sold them my
original Thief game (at a substantial loss, but I didn't need the original
anymore, and I got some money to help pay for the new one!), and as a result, a
word regarding this FAQ needs to be said.

Those who have been following this FAQ will have received the original first six
missions (Lord Bafford's Manor, Break from Cragscleft Prison, Down in the
Bonehoard, Assassins, The Sword, and The Haunted Cathedral) while I was still
playing my original copy. Now that I no longer have the original, all missions
which come after "The Haunted Cathedral" will be done solely from the Thief Gold
game. I have replayed all the previous missions, and noted any differences I
spotted between the two games in the appropriate sections. However, once you hit
Mission Eight ("The Mage Towers"), there will be no further notes on
differences...everything will be pure Thief Gold.

From this point on, any references to "Thief Gold" refer specifically to that
game. References simply to "Thief" will most likely be a generic reference which
can apply to either the original or the Gold release. Any references that are
specific to the original will be so noted, probably with "Original Thief".

NOTE: Thief Gold does have higher recommended system requirements than the
original game. There has been a few points while playing where I have noticed
some "slowdown". Unfortunately, my plans to upgrade my computer have hit a wall
(lack of funds...donations gladly accepted! )

2.2: Best Times
===============
For those missions that have been included, I have also included my best time in
completing that mission. This is for various reasons, but mostly to do with ego.
:) (Note that my best time for a mission does NOT necessarily reflect this
walkthrough. For example, my best time for Lord Bafford's Manor was done with
mostly running, no body hiding, no door closing, etc. Each one was finished,
however, with ALL possible treasure, unless otherwise noted.)

All best times recorded are for Thief Gold. In every case, I was able to beat my
best times from the original game whilst playing the new one. (The exception to
this was for the Training Mission, which has a note explaining the best time
there.)

2.3: Contacting the Author
==========================
You can contact me either through email, or through ICQ.

2.3.1 Contact Through Email
===========================
My email address is: taffer@sprint.ca

Please note the new email address. It was changed early afternoon on November
23rd, 1999. My apologies to anyone who has attempted to email me at the previous
address since then.

I have received several emails since posting this FAQ...thank you for your kind
words and your input, everyone!

Some of the emails are asking for help on missions beyond the ones I have
included here, or asking if I intend to do the FAQ to include later missions. If
you've managed to read this far, you know that the answers to these questions
are already provided in the FAQ. Any questions sent to me that are already
answered in this FAQ will be ignored.

2.3.2 Contact Through ICQ
=========================
If you want to contact me through ICQ (all ladies welcome! ), my ICQ number
is: 19232955. My handle is currently "Taffer".

Note that the same rules for email apply to ICQ as well. Also, if you have a
lengthy amount of information to send me, I would appreciate it if you would do
so using email.

Please Note: I do not use the "Chat" mode on ICQ. I only use the messaging
feature. My ICQ settings are currently set up to automatically decline any chat
requests.

Section 2.3.3: Identity Changed
===============================
Those of you who have seen versions of this FAQ prior to v7.5 may have noticed a
change in the author's name. A few people have commented on it, and in at least
one place online I've found where this could cause some confusion, so I am
putting in this explanatory section.

Previously, my handle online was "The Brigadier". Why? Because I am a huge
Doctor Who fan, but the handles "Master" and "Doctor" were already taken at my
server, so I had to find another favourite character to use as my email address.
Then I started doing this FAQ, and after a long time, it struck me that "Taffer"
would be a good name to use. (I have no idea WHY it took so long to sink in.) So
I called my server up and found, surprisingly, that the name was still
available. So I grabbed it.

That's the story. Previous versions of this FAQ were written by "The Brigadier"
(brigadier@sprint.ca). The FAQ is now being written by "Taffer"
(taffer@sprint.ca). These are the same person!

For those who previously had access to me via ICQ, the name changed there also.
Before I was "Taffer" there, I was "Rahvin" (yes, I'm a big Robert Jordan fan as
well!), and before that I was "The Master". Again, these are all the same
person.

Did I just clear things up or muddy the waters more? Just remember that "The
Brigadier" and "Taffer" are the same person, and you should be fine. :)

Section 2.3.4: Thief FAQ Mailing List
=====================================
If you want to receive (via a zipped email attachment) the latest version of
this FAQ... AS IT COMES OUT ... send me an email stating so. When the new FAQ is
produced, I will email everyone on the mailing list a copy FIRST, and then
upload it to the regular carrier(s). This is so my faithful readers will not be
in dark when help is already available. :)

Likewise, if you want to be removed from the mailing list, you'll need to send
me an email stating so.

Anyone who is put on the mailing list will also be put on my mailing list for
the Thief II FAQ, if and when it comes out. (For more details, see Section 2.10:
Thief II: The Metal Age FAQ.)

I have no intention of now or ever selling or giving out these email addresses
to anyone, nor will they be used by me for advertising or "spamming". It is
simply to get the FAQ out to those who are waiting for it.

NOTE: The last time I sent out the FAQ to those on the mailing list, one of the
emails bounced back. Apparently, someone changed their email address and didn't
inform me. This is not good. I have a slow internet connection, and every email
that bounces back I have to download with the attachment. If more than one
person does it, well, that would be a long wait. Fortunately, it was only one
person.

What's my point? Oh yes...from this point on, anyone who's email account bounces
back to me will be removed from the mailing list. Seems fair, since they aren't
getting the attachment anyways.

2.4: Experimentation
====================
Occasionally, I will note an area where some more experimentation could be done.
In some cases, circumstances did not permit further experimentation (for one
reason or another), and some experiments were thought of in hindsight, long
after I was past the point of no return for that area. If anyone cares to
experiment in the noted areas, I would be interested in hearing the results.

EXAMPLE: In Lord Bafford's Manor, I used to take out a certain guard as a
precaution against a future endeavor. However, I was not sure that this was
actually necessary, and had not tried to complete the mission without doing so.
Upon replaying the mission, I left that guard alone, and found it was
unnecesarry to take him out, and was able to make the walkthrough for that
mission that much better (and improve my best time for that mission by about a
minute or more!).

2.5: Mission Objectives
=======================
Although each mission shows the objectives for Normal, Hard, and Expert levels,
the walkthrough itself covers ONLY the Expert level.

The Simplified Objectives contain the mission objectives as viewed from within
the mission. They are less verbose, and more to the point than the wordy
objectives given before the mission begins. Although the only ones shown are
from the Expert level, you should be able to pick out which ones apply to your
game if you are playing on Normal or Hard instead.

2.5.1: Changing Objectives
==========================
During some missions which you will undertake, your mission objectives will
deviate from those which you started with as you progress through the mission.
This can be due to changing situations, the gaining of further information,
receiving new instructions, and perhaps other reasons as well. You are informed
in the game when your mission objectives change, and this walkthrough also
reflects this. When your objectives change, this walkthrough will give you a
list of your changed objectives.

Note that when your objectives list is displayed inside a mission's walkthrough,
it will also indicate which ones you have completed so far. If your list differs
from the one given within, it means that you have not followed the walkthrough
as it is laid out. For example, if you need 1500 in treasure to complete a
mission objective, and the walkthrough says you have done so but your mission
objectives do not, then you have not picked up all the treasures I have
indicated up to that point.

2.6: Recommended Purchases
==========================
At the end of each "Before The Mission" section, I've listed the equipment that
I personally use and/or recommend to complete that mission. In most cases, these
purchases will NOT eat up all of your funds. Use whatever you have left over as
you see fit.

Note that my recommended purchases are not always what is NECESSARY to complete
the mission. In some cases, it will make the mission easier for you, in others
it may simply be that there is NOTHING to buy to help you, but what I've
recommended is (in my opinion) the best you can do.

2.7: Just What The Heck Is A Taffer Anyway?
===========================================
This is a question I am sure many Thief fans have asked countless times. I
received a few emails regarding this, and here is what I've derived from them:

There is a Mother Goose nursery rhyme that contains the line(s), "Taffy was a
Welshman, Taffy was a thief". "Taffy" is a slang name for a Welshman.

At least one other person has suggested to me that "Taffer" is a dilution of
"Trickster", much like in modern English "Darn" is a dilution of "Damn", and
"Heck" is a dilution of "Hell".

Someone wrote in to suggest that "Taffer" was merely a censoring word, that
could be replaced with any appropriate expletive. (Or perhaps more likely, a
sort of "medieval cuss-word", as he put it.)

Apparently there is some point in the game (which I have either missed or not
yet gotten to), where a Hammerite makes reference to the fact that "Taffer" and
"Trickster" are synonymous.


If anyone can clarify, expand, or suggest another meaning, please contact me! I
seem to recall having once seen a definition online (on a message board
somewhere) that made much more sense.

2.7.1: The True Meaning Of "Taffer"
===================================
Lastly, someone sent me an email with the following information:

"I got this one from PC Accelerator. They interviewed Steve Pearsall,
project designer of Thief. The question, "What is a Taffer and where did it come
from?" The Answer, "One of our level designers, Laura Baldwin, made it up.
Taffer was meant to be a slang word that meant a common criminal, but has
evolved into meaning any sort of low life." So basically it is a fictitious
word. Hey, maybe it will become real if we use it enough."

So there you have it. I'll bet the people over at Looking Glass Studios have
been having a nice chuckle watching everyone go crazy and coming up with these
(admittedly inventive) possible meanings/origins of a word they made up! :)

Be sure you all use this word everyday! I want to see it in the next edition of
Webster's Dictionary! :)

2.8: Victoria vs. Viktoria
==========================
This is only a very minor point, but I thought it deserved mention here.

The character known as "Victoria" in the game has had some (albeit minor) debate
on the spelling of her name. Most often, I have seen people spelling it with a
"k", and less commonly I see it spelled with a "c".

In your first mission (Lord Bafford's Manor), there is a scroll in the library
where someone has reported to Lord Bafford that he has been unable to find any
information regarding a woman named "Victoria". They spell it with a "c".

I was just fine with this, up until playing the new Mission Five in Thief Gold,
"Thieves' Guild". In there you find a ledger belonging to one of the thieves,
and there it is spelled with a "k".

So now we have conflict in the game. Damn. I was so sure it was "Victoria,"
thanks to Lord Bafford. Now it seems some upstart taffer has messed with my
reasoning! However, to the best of my knowledge "Lord Bafford's Manor" predates
"Thieves' Guild", so unless and until I get something more difinitive, I am
going to stick with spelling it with a "c" throughout this walkthrough.

2.9: Personal Notes Regarding The Next Release
==============================================
To those waiting for more of this FAQ. I am currently playing Mission 10, "Song
of the Caverns". Alas, I still have my studies to keep up with (such as my
Greek) so the work may be slow...especially with mid-terms any day now and
finals about a month away. But I intend to pick away at it as best I can when I
can. I've also finally gotten custody of my son , and so
some time must be set aside for him as well. :)

2.10: Thief II: The Metal Age FAQ
=================================
I have had a couple of emails asking if I plan to do a FAQ on Thief II when it
is released. I've thought about this. Writing this FAQ for Thief (as far as it
has gotten) has taken a lot of time, but I have thoroughly enjoyed the process.
One of the reasons I started writing this FAQ, apart from the fact that I could
not find anything else out there at the time, was that the game so thoroughly
GRABBED me. Just sorta reached through the monitor and sucked me into it. I
don't want to make any promises here, but if Thief II is anything at all like
Thief, then I think it's safe to say that Yes, I fully intend to write a FAQ for
Thief II as well.

Before you get all excited, a word of caution. I play games in a sort of funny
way. If a sequel to a game comes out that I like, I will buy it. However, I
won't actually play it until I've finished the previous game(s) first. This is
why Tomb Raider III and IV are sitting on the shelf gathering dust while I play
Tomb Raider II, and Might and Magic VII waits patiently for me to finish Might
and Magic VI, and Lands of Lore II and III pine for attention while I merrily
play the first game, and Zork Grand Inquisitor....well, you get the idea.

So if Thief II is released before I've finished Thief...well, there will be a
wait before I start playing the game. Bottom line is this: even if the FAQ is
coming...don't hold your breath. :(

NOTE: If you are on my mailing list for this FAQ (Thief Gold), you will
automatically be put on the mailing list for the Thief II FAQ (should I do it).
If you do not want to receive a FAQ for Thief II, then send me an email stating
so, and I will remove you from the mailing list. (You will still continue to
receive Thief Gold FAQ updates!)


Section 3: Game Notes
=====================

3.1: Patrols
============
Some areas have guards (of one sort or another) moving around in them, and
sometimes moving from one area to another. This makes it difficult to say for
sure when a certain task you may be told to perform should be done, as it is
unlikely that you will arrive at the area at the exact same time during the
mission that I did. In these areas, it's a good idea to save your game. (This
will be noted at the proper areas.)

3.2: Bloodstains and Bodies
===========================
According to the manual, leaving bodies out in the open where they can be seen,
or not cleaning up telltale bloodstains (by shooting a Water Arrow at them) is
inviting discovery. While there are certain points in the game where just
leaving your victims where they fall may be all right (and, in some cases,
unavoidable), for the most part, you should tidy up after yourself. After
telling you to take out someone, this FAQ is going to assume that you have the
prudence to hide your handiwork.

3.3: Doors
==========
This FAQ also assumes that you will know enough to try to open doors before
walking through them, and to close them behind you. (An open door can also be a
telltale sign to patrols that something is amiss...namely, you.)

Note that in this walkthrough, most of the time when I refer to a door, there is
an actual, physical door. If there is not, the opening is generally referred to
as a doorway, or an archway.

3.4: Water
==========
Water is loud when you splash around in it. This occurs when you try to swim
quickly, or jump into the water. Try not to do it too often. Swim slowly (using
your WALK key). Also note that, while you can swim carrying someone you have to
rescue (ie: Basso in Mission Two), on the missions where you are told not to
kill anyone, you cannot dump bodies in the water to "hide" them. They drown, and
that counts as you killing them. (If they follow you into the water and drown
however, that does not count against you...that's just idiots trying to swim
while wearing armour.)

An important note regarding your weapons and water: if the water is deep enough,
even if you are simply wading (ie: walking, not swimming), you will still be
unable to use most of your weapons.

On a final note, whatever you do, do NOT try to swim in lava. It's not water.
You'll die.

3.5: Hard Surfaces
==================
Hard surfaces include any sort of surface that makes a very loud or noticeable
noise when you're walking on it. Things like tile, metal, and even wood can fall
into this category. While Moss Arrows will allow you to walk over the covered
area silently, you never really have enough of them to go wantonly shooting them
everywhere you want to walk.

SNEAKING is the key. You have three movements available to you...walking,
running, and sneaking. The sneak key defaults to the SHIFT key, and makes you
move slower, though quieter. In some areas, I have noted that when you move
normally in the shadows, you are slightly more visible, but sneaking keeps you
hidden.

There is another way to sneak...CROUCH SNEAKING. This is is walking when you are
CROUCHED, either with the sneak key pressed or not. You make less noise
(although it is sometimes still very audible). You can minimize this even
further, however, by using the stop-and-go method. Move forward a SHORT
distance, and stop. You will probably have made no noise whatsoever. Now, move
forward another short distance, and stop. Keep this up until you get to quieter
ground, and you should be able to get through just about any terrain silently.

3.6: Compass
============
You have a compass in your inventory. Most of the time in this FAQ, I will
attempt to give you instructions without needing to resort to referring to the
compass. For example, I will say something like "On your left, as you face the
idol," or "Turn so the door is to your back." From time to time, however, it may
be necessary for me to refer to compass directions.

Your compass is in the shape of an eight-pointed star. The larger points
indicate the major compass directions (North, East, South, and West), whereas
the smaller points refer to the in-between directions (Northeast, Southeast,
Southwest, Northwest). One of the larger points is red in colour. This point is
your reference point. It will always be pointing towards the north. The
direction which you are currently facing will be indicated by the point which is
directed in (more or less) the direction you're facing. So if I tell you to face
east, look at your compass, and orient it so that the red arrow is pointing
(more or less) towards the left side of the screen.

An interesting note regarding your compass...if you spin around while it is open
in your inventory, you can watch the star spin with you. However, if you change
your vertical facing (ie: looking up and down), the star will also rotate on
that axis with you!

3.7: Jumping
============
While jumping should be pretty self-explanatory, there IS an additional feature
to the game which bears mentioning.

Garrett's fastest mode of travel is not running...it's continuous jumping. Find
a long stretch of ground, start running, and jump. As soon as Garrett hits the
ground, jump again, so that the game doesn't register him walking. Continue this
process, and you'll soon see a noticeable improvement in his speed. It takes a
bit of timing to get right, and it only works in a relatively straight line, but
if you get it right, Garrett can go VERY fast. Unfortunately, once you stop
jumping, you're back to your regular speed.

After the sixth or seventh consecutive jump, assuming the timing is right for
jumping, you can apparently kill Garrett by hitting a wall at that speed!

3.8: Enemies
============
You face off against a number of different types of enemies. Here's some basic
information on the ones I've encountered so far. Note that the names I've given
to some of them are NOT necessarily official. They are just what I've called
them when I've had no official name to give them.

3.8.1: Human Guards
===================
First Appearance: Training Mission or Mission One (Lord Bafford's Manor)

This includes your standard Guard (such as in Lord Bafford's Manor), Captains,
Hammerites, etc. These guys fall easily to your blackjack attacks, so long as 1)
you hit their head area, and 2) they aren't expecting it. If they are looking
around searching for you, you can sometimes manage to club them, but it doesn't
always work. In these circumstances, aim is the most important factor (go for
the head!), and light plays a close second. The more of you that can be seen
(ie: check your light-indicator!), the harder it is to successfully put the
guards to sleep.

Most of the time, these guys are armed with some sort of hand-to-hand weapon (a
sword or hammer). Occasionally, one will have a bow instead (and don't think
that they can only fire Broadheads at you!). The guys in red, however, are
Priests and spell casters. Also, there is one type that doesn't seem to fight at
all, he just calls for help. He is the one in gray.

Occasionally, these guys will have a key, purse, or other item on their belt
that you can either lift off (ie: pick their pocket), or grab after you've
knocked them out. I prefer the pickpocket method.

NOTE: One time, I knocked out a guard, and because another was coming, picked up
the body and ran BEFORE getting the purse off him. After dropping the body,
however, the purse was gone. :( This, however, was while playing the original
Thief game. In Thief Gold, I have picked up bodies, then dropped them and been
able to get the loot from their waistband.

I have been informed now that sometimes in Thief Gold, this problem still
occurs. One suggested method of avoiding this is to knock out the victim, and
pick his pocket AS HE'S FALLING. This apparently works, and you still get the
credit for picking the pocket.

3.8.2: Spiders
==============
First Appearance: Mission One (Lord Bafford's Manor)

Spiders are small and annoying, and that's about it. They can bite you for a bit
of damage, but not much. They die easily too...a single Broadhead Arrow usually
does the trick. These things are VERY difficult to kill using your sword. I
suggest using Broadhead Arrows whenever possible. (It's not that they are
particularly resistant to the sword...it's just that they are so small and move
so fast that you usually can't HIT them!)

There are at least two sizes of spiders. There are the small ones that are very
difficult to hit when they start moving, and the much larger version. The larger
version takes two Broadheads to kill. They are easier to hit with your sword
however, and a single downwards stroke takes care of them.

3.8.3: Fly Swarms
=================
First Appearance: Mission Two (Break from Cragscleft Prison)

These are not really dangerous, just annoying. Fly swarms find a corpse (or
sometimes a Corpse-Zombie) and hover over it. They don't move, they just swarm
around the body. Occasionally, you may find a swarm where there is no body, but
they still don't move. Moving through a swarm subjects yourself to their bites,
which do not always strike. You take minimal damage from a swarm bite. (Note:
When you find a Zombie with a Fly Swarm surrounding it, the swarm DOES move, but
it sticks with the Zombie.)

To disperse a Fly Swarm, shoot a Fire Arrow into it (although personally I feel
this is a waste of a good Fire Arrow). Note also that you can disperse a Swarm
from around a Zombie simply by hitting it with a Water Arrow.

3.8.4: Zombies
==============
First Appearance: Mission Two (Break from Cragscleft Prison)

I hate Zombies. Don't ask why, I don't really have a rational explanation. But
when I'm playing the game, and Zombies start getting involved, my interest level
tends to drop dramatically. (I also can't play the game after dark when playing
a Zombie level. Yeah, I know...I'm a wimp.)

"Sleeping" Zombies are pretty much indistinguishable from corpses, until you get
close enough to one to awaken it. When you do, it makes a noise, and you have a
brief amount of time (variable, sometimes maybe as much as 2 seconds) to react
before it stands up and moves to attack. (Throughout this FAQ, a corpse that can
"become" a Zombie is referred to as a Corpse-Zombie.)

Once awake, you can't kill them by conventional means. Hacking them with your
sword will make them drop, only to stand right back up again. Arrows are a
little better, as when you cause them to drop with arrows, the don't always
stand up again unless you are close enough to "awaken" them. However, Zombies
are very SLOW. You can run circles around them. If you run away from them, they
will pursue, but not for long. (This will become evident when you do Mission 3,
"Down in the Bonehoard".)

Note that ANY human corpse can be a Zombie, not just the gray, decaying ones. I
believe that mission 3 ("Down in the Bonehoard") even has a headless Zombie, so
don't ever assume that a corpse is just a corpse!

Weapons that are useful against Zombies include Fire Arrows, Holy Water Arrows
(your Water Arrows dipped in Holy Water), Flash Bombs, and Explosive Mines. With
regards to the Fire Arrows, I've noted that, if you shoot the Zombie from
behind, it takes only one Fire Arrow to destroy it. If they see it coming
though, it usually takes two...although I am told that a Fire Arrow to the "gut"
will take them out whether they are aware of you or not.

3.8.5: Burricks
===============
First Appearance: Mission Three (Down in the Bonehoard)

These are big lizards with VERY bad morning breath. Best to avoid them if
possible. Engaging in melee with them is NOT a good idea, especially if there is
more than one around...while you cut into one, the other ones back off and
breathe at you. If you want/need to take them out, your arrows are your best
bet. How quickly they die seems to depend on where your arrows hit, and whether
or not they are surprised. The average seems to be about 5 or so arrows to fell
one of these beasts, although I have managed to bring them down with only two
arrows (I have done this twice now). On one occasion, I somehow succeeded in
slaying one using a single Broadhead Arrow!

Melee CAN be done successfully with Burricks. First of all, it's best if there
is only one around. Then you can get close enough so that the beast cannot
breathe on you, and you can hack merrily away at it. (Although they do tend to
run away once the damage starts to get serious. They whimper too. ) The BEST
way to deal with a lone Burrick is to take it by surprise...run right up behind
it and slice downwards with your sword. If you do it right, you've just done a
backstab, and killed the critter with one blow!

Note that Burricks HATE Zombies, and will attack them in preference to you. If
you can get Zombies and Burricks engaged in combat together, you can sit back
and watch as half your problems are taken care of. Since the Zombies cannot be
killed by the Burricks though, you always know which side will come out the
victor. (NOTE: A friend of mine told me about this hint...I have not tested it
myself, so don't hold me to it!)

I've also seen Burricks fight against Fire Elementals. However, I am unsure as
to which of the two combatants started the fight. Also, it appears that Burricks
can extinguish a Fire Elemental! (See the note regarding this in Section 3.8.11:
Fire Elementals.)

If you try to use Explosive Mines against Burricks, you should be aware that one
is NOT enough to kill one!

Also, it appears that Flash Bombs will temporarily blind these creatures.

Another interesting thing about Burricks...apparently, you can use your
blackjack on them and knock them out!

3.8.6: Flaming Spirits
======================
First Appearance: Mission Three (Down in the Bonehoard)

This creature is (as far as I know) new to Thief Gold. Undead spirits whose
bodies are afire. They appear like Hammerite Priests, except that they are
burning. My encounters with them so far indicate that they must close to melee
with you...they don't appear to have a missile attack.

Fire Arrows are useless against these creatures, and it appears that Explosive
Mines are equally useless. I've been told that you can "kill" them with your
sword, but it takes a lot of damage (about 5 or 6 overhead swings). Water Arrows
do damage them...it seems that four Water Arrows will kill it. If you use Holy
Water Arrows, then two seem to suffice (although one time it took three).
Broadhead Arrows appear to damage and eventually "kill" them, although it took a
lot of Arrows when I tried. (Under the circumstances though, I am not sure that
all of my arrows struck home.) I have not tried Flash Bombs or any other weapon
against them as of yet.

Once this creature is sufficiently damaged, it will run away, leaving behind a
Fire Arrow. It runs and disappears, sometimes through a solid wall. However, he
reappears again shortly to resume his patrol.

I have been told that this monster is, in fact, unkillable. It was put into the
missions where Fire Arrows are required for something (such as the Fire Arrow
puzzle in the Bonehoard). They were apparently introduced so that players who
used up all the Fire Arrows before getting to the point where they were needed
would not have to restart the mission from the beginning.

3.8.7: Restless Dead
====================
First Appearance: Mission Three (Down in the Bonehoard)

These undead are the animated remains of Hammerite Guards, and they retain their
swordsmanship skills beyond the grave. They are VERY good swordsmen, and they
are also extremely fast runners...impossible to outrun. As with Hammer Spirits,
Flash Bombs and Explosive Mines work well with them (two Flash Bombs take one
out, and one Mine will do the same). I have not yet tried the Holy Water Arrows
or Fire Arrows against them.

3.8.8: Craymen
==============
First Appearance: Mission Seven (The Haunted Cathedral)

Picture a humanoid Crayfish, and that's pretty much what a Crayman looks like.
If you catch them by surprise, a single Broadhead will fell one of these
crustacean monstrosities. Otherwise, it takes about five Broadheads. Two Fire
Arrows also seem to do the trick against these guys.

Melee with a Crayman can be interesting. They can survive at least two
downswings, and their claws can be used to parry your attacks just like you use
your sword to block. Note that Flash Bombs will blind them, and that you can
knock them out with your Blackjack.

3.8.9: Hammer Spirits
=====================
First Appearance: Mission Seven (The Haunted Cathedral)

These creatures are the undead spirits of Hammerite spellcasters. They, too,
look like the Hammerite Priests, except that they are semi-transparent. They
hurl ghostly skulls at you, sometimes as many as three at a time. If you can
catch one by surprise, I've found the quickest way to dispatch one is to sneak
up behind them and deliver a downswing swordstroke. After that, a single
sidestroke with your sword causes them to disappear in a puff of smoke. If you
can't take them by surprise, however, they are difficult to kill. In one battle,
I hit one with three downswings, and it still took a couple of sideswings to
finish the job. In melee, constant side-to-side slashing seems to keep them from
casting their spells at you.

Flash Bombs and Explosive Mines are also useful against them. While I have not
tried the Flash Bombs myself, I have seen a Hammer Spirit live through TWO Mine
explosions. Using Fire Arrows, I have not been able to kill one with less than
three Arrows. I have not killed one with Holy Water Arrows yet, but they survive
at least two shots of them. An interesting note is that they do NOT appear to be
very good shots when they are not at close range.

3.8.10: Mages
=============
First Appearance: Mission Eight (The Mage Towers)

Mages are, as their name implies, magic-wielding foes. There are four different
types of Mages, one for each element: Air, Earth, Fire, and Water.

Each type of Mage has a spell attack they use on you, and each one is relevant
to that Mage's area of study:

Fire Mages: These shoot fire at you, much like the Hammerite Priest does.
Nothing special about this.

Air Mages: They wield some sort of a hard-hitting air-attack. It comes at you
like a missile, which you can try to dodge. The only problem with that is that,
if it misses you, it starts looking for you, and keeps going until it either
hits you or "pops" out of existence! (I am assuming these are small Air
Elementals which the Air Mages are summoning attack you, and that they disappear
when the spell duration expires.)

Earth Mages: A curious attack, but effective. They cast a spell that surrounds
you with vines, which constrict until you die. This can be devastating, as the
spell does not wear off. However, every time you "attack" (press the left mouse
button) while covered by the capricious creepers, it weakens them, until they
are gone.

Water Mages: While you don't encounter any of these inside the Water Tower
itself, there are some Mages wandering around which wield an attack that makes
me believe they are Water Mages. Their attack is a piercing bolt of ice
projected at you.

It is also prudent to note that each Mage is immune to the element that they
study. Fire Mages cannot be harmed by Fire Arrows. Air Mages are immune to the
effects of Gas Arrows. I'm not sure how an Earth Mage would be made immune to
Moss Arrows, or a Water Mage to Water Arrows, though.

Something else I've noticed. When I've failed to club Mages in the darkness,
they sometimes will "plant" some sort of a light device, which illuminates a
small area around it! These devices also seem to be colour-coded to the Mages
area of study...I've seen a Fire Mage plant an orange one, and a Water Mage
plant a blue one.

Aside from the above, they are just like any other human foes: easy to
blackjack, and subject to the same attacks and damage from you as the others.

3.8.11: Fire Elementals
=======================
First Appearance: Mission Nine (The Lost City)

Floating balls of fire that roam around. They do have a "front" and a "back"
side, although it is sometimes difficult to tell which is which. They have a
trail which follows behind them (sort of like a comet), which will indicate
their back side (no pun intended). If you approach one of them from the back, it
will not see you. Thus it is possible for you to sneak past them.

Their method of combat is simple. They hurl small fireballs (smaller Fire
Elementals perhaps?) at their target. I am unsure of the damage that they do,
but when I was struck by one, I had only four hit points left, and it killed me.

Obviously, don't even THINK about using Fire Arrows against them...it will just
alerts them to your presence. The best weapon you have against these pyrotechnic
terrors is your Water Arrows. A single Water Arrow will extinguish the Elemental
for good.

Fire Elementals will fight against other creatures. I've personally only seen
them fight against Burricks. Saved me the trouble of dealing with the overgrown
iguanas! (Although I am not sure which one of the two instigated the
confrontation.) Although I have not witnessed it directly, Burricks ARE capable
of extinguishing Fire Elementals...I was sitting listening to them fight it out,
and when the fight was over, went to deal with the two Elementals, only to find
that one was now missing!

Although untried, I am assuming the following weapons are useless against these
creatures: Sword (nothing solid to hit!), Blackjack (no head!), Broadhead Arrows
(nothing to hit!), Explosive and Gas Mines (they fly!), Flash Bombs (no eyes!).
Since Gas Arrows CAN be used to extinguish normal fires, you may think that they
can also extinguish Fire Elementals. THIS IS NOT THE CASE!

3.8.12: Sleepers
================
First Appearance: Mission One (Lord Bafford's Manor)

Sleepers are what I call the people who are asleep when you find them. They are
not dangerous while asleep, and if killing is allowed on the level, a single
Broadhead Arrow deals with them. Don't get too close to one of them, however, or
else they will wake up and either attack you (if the are capable of doing so),
or run away screaming (if they are non-combatants). In the latter case, there is
a chance that the alarm will be raised. Unless there is a good reason to get
near them (such as a chest at the foot of their bed), I suggest you just steer
clear of them altogether.

3.8.13: Non-Combatants
======================
First Appearance: Mission One (Lord Bafford's Manor)

This category includes anyone that doesn't fight against you in the game:
Servants, Civilians, Prisoners, etc. They are weak, falling easily to just about
any attack.

In most cases with other human opponents, once they are alert to you, they are
difficult to blackjack. This is not necessarily true of the Non-Combatants. In
some cases, they can be running right towards you, screaming for help, with you
in bright light, and you can knock them senseless.

3.9: Arsenal
============
While your chosen lifestyle usually involves you hiding from foes rather than
fighting, it is sometimes necessary to make use of some of your weapons...and
some have more uses than the obvious.

Note that you are more easily seen if you have a weapon drawn than if you are
empty-handed (except for the blackjack and, after mission six, your sword).
Also, having a weapon out (except the blackjack) can slow you down. So if you
are in a hurry, put your weapons away!

3.9.1: Sword
============
Your basic hack-n-slash weapon. Your sword does either a left cut, a right cut,
or an overhead smashing blow. To get the smashing blow, you need to hold your
attack button without releasing it for a short time. While it takes longer to
deliver, it does more damage than the simple cuts. Also, if your enemy is not
expecting an attack (ie: he doesn't know you're there), the sword delivers more
damage than standard (usually killing with one blow).

Your sword is also good for cutting down banners that may hide secret areas
behind them.

If you are trying to hide in the shadows, having your sword drawn will make you
easier to spot. However, if you put your weapon in the Block position, it seems
to lessen your visibility somewhat.

NOTE: After Mission 6 (The Sword), your regular sword is replaced with
Constantine's Sword. I've noticed that you can have this weapon drawn and still
remain fully hidden in darkness, without needed to "block".

3.9.2: Blackjack
================
There's not much about the blackjack that isn't obvious. It's got a short reach,
so you have to be pretty close to use it effectively. Interestingly enough, when
you knock out your victims, if you examine their faces, their eyes are wide
open. Curious that...

While most other weapons make you more visible, having this one at the ready
does not affect your visibility.

Two things worth noting about this weapon. First, it IS possible to kill someone
with it. If they know you're there and are attacking you, a few solid clouts
with this does send them to The Builder. Also, sometimes non-combatants (ie:
Servants, Prisoners, etc.) are so weak that a single blow from this weapon kills
them, even if you were just going for a knock-out.

Another interesting thing. If you knock someone out while you are in the middle
of a jump, when you look at your stats screen later, you will have an additional
entry for the number of "airborne" knockouts. :)

Sometimes there is a problem with knocking out a person, and picking up the body
BEFORE getting any goodies (like a purse or key) off their belt. When you drop
the body and look, the item sometimes disappears. One method of avoiding this
(assuming you are in a hurry for some reason) is to knock your victim out and
then pick his pocket before he hits the ground. You will get the item and,
apparently, the credit for picking his pocket as well.

NOTE: Previously, this section noted that you had to hit a creature on the head
in order to induce sleep. This is what was said in the manual (page 16, about
halfway down). This is, in fact, not true. Someone emailed me saying that
everytime he uses his blackjack on someone's ass, they fall. I tried it, and
it's true. (Although I prefer to think you are whacking them in the kidneys,
stunning them.)

One final word, which should be obvious: Don't try to knock out the undead.

3.9.3: Broadhead Arrows
=======================
Their use as a weapon is obvious. These weapons, like the sword, do much more
damage to your enemies when they are not expecting your attack (usually killing
human enemies with one shot).

You may think these arrows are useless on missions where you can't kill anyone,
but that's not entirely true. They are great "distractions". Fire one off
against a nearby wall, and you attract the attention of nearby enemies. And if
you're hiding in shadows, instead of raising the alarm, they (usually) look
around for you. Lead your enemies into an ambush, and blackjack them. :)

Note that if you fire your Broadhead Arrows into soft surfaces, you can
sometimes retrieve them! (I'm afraid your target's body does not count as a soft
surface.)

3.9.4: Water Arrows
===================
Very useful for putting out unwanted torches, and also for cleaning up any
bloodstains you leave behind. If you find a Holy Water font, or use a vial of
Holy Water, you turn your mundane Water Arrows into Holy Water Arrows...very
useful against Zombies and other undead monsters. When trying to kill Zombies
with these, it takes a minimum of two arrows to kill one. In groups however,
nearby Zombies can take "splash damage". Note that it only takes one Holy Water
Arrow to dispatch a Corpse-Zombie (while it's still "feigning death"). Water
Arrows will also extinguish Fire Elementals.

As an interesting side note, Water Arrows are ignored by human enemies when
fired at them. I've fired a Water Arrow right in the face of a Hammerite, and he
didn't even flinch!

NOTE: When extinguishing torches, it is not necessary to hit the torch dead-
on...or in some cases, even to hit it! A close hit will still put the torch out.
I am assuming this is some sort of "splash damage".

3.9.5: Fire Arrows
==================
These little beauties are devastating. They can kill a Zombie with a single shot
(and he DOESN'T come back to life), although sometimes it takes two. Some human
guards which normally take several arrows to bring down will sometimes fall with
a single Fire Arrow. They can also be shot into a cloud of flies, dispersing
them (burning them?). They are also useful for relighting torches, should you
decide you need a little more light in your life.

If your Fire Arrow detonates too close to you, you will take some damage, so be
careful!

A word about trajectory: When you fire most arrows, you need to take into
account gravity. That is, once the arrow leaves your bow, it starts to fall,
losing altitude. You need to aim high if you're aiming at a target that's a long
way off. This is NOT true with the Fire Arrows. It's like a mini-rocket. Aim,
fire, and it keeps going IN A STRAIGHT LINE, until it strikes something. Keep
this in mind when using them.

It is interesting to note that, while a Fire Arrow will continue on in a
straight line until it hits something, how far back you pull the bowstring will
determine how fast it flies. Try it out for yourself...it's like watching its
flight in slow motion.

3.9.6: Moss Arrows
==================
You fire a Moss Arrow at some loud sound-generating ground (tile, grating,etc.),
and it gets covered with moss. When you walk on it, you no longer make any noise
at all. So far, that's the only use I've found for them.

Firing Moss Arrows at items, people, or even the walls or ceiling, will cause
the initial clump of moss to fall to the ground at that point, and then the
remaining moss will shoot out.

3.9.7: Gas Arrows
=================
These are very nice to have on those levels where you can't kill anyone. It
allows you to knock out someone (or sometimes a few someones) at a distance. If
you use one of these in a crowd, there is a radius effect which knocks out the
primary target as well as those in the immediate vicinity. (I have personally
witnessed a single Gas Arrow take down three Burricks.)

While you won't be knocked unconscious if your Gas Arrow "detonates" too close
to you, you will take some damage from the shattering glass.

Trajectory with Gas Arrows is the same as with Fire Arrows: they keep going in a
straight line, never falling, until they hit something.

I discovered this completely by accident...I aimed my Gas Arrow at a Fire Mage,
and not only was he knocked unconscious, but a nearby brazier was also
extinguished! Apparently, in a pinch, Gas Arrows can be used to put out unwanted
fires! (Although NOT Fire Elementals.)

3.9.8: Rope Arrows
==================
Very handy items, if you happen to have no way into or out of an area, and there
is a wooden (or similarly "soft") surface neraby. Fire one of these, and you
have instant access.

A word of caution: While these arrows are very useful to you in many situations,
it should be pointed out that there is a maximum length to the rope. You could
shoot a Rope Arrow at a ceiling very high up, and watch with dismay as the rope
tumbles down to stop several feet higher than your highest jump.

Note that these arrows are re-usable. Once you've finished with the rope,
retrieve the arrow.

A useful manouevre for any Thief is what I call a "jump-n-snatch" manouevre.
Basically, when you are ready to abandon your rope, position yourself in some
way to that your Rope Arrow is highlighted, then jump off the rope AT THE SAME
TIME THAT YOU GRAB THE ARROW! This retrieves your Rope Arrow for re-use later,
and accomplishes your goal of getting to where you wanted to go. (In some cases,
it is enough to just hang on the rope and grab the arrow, allow yourself to
fall.)

WARNING! Do not face a wall, standing directly against it, then look straight up
and fire one of these into a secure material! Yes, it will stick, but the rope
will be too close to the wall, and you will be unable to use it!

3.9.9: Noisemaker Arrows
========================
An arrow that makes a noise as it flies. When it strikes a surface, it emits a
"cricket" sound for a short while. In most cases, I've found this completely
useless, although I have made use of it successfully in "Thieves' Guild". I'm
sure there are other instances that I am just not seeing where these devices
would prove useful.

These weapons are also retrieveable, like the Rope Arrows.

3.9.10: Flash Bombs
===================
These devices are quite useful against undead monsters. A Zombie takes about two
of these to take him out permanently. They are useful against other types of
undead as well. Note that they work best against groups...one Flash Bomb damages
all nearby undead!

A word of caution: If you use these against Zombies, sometimes they explode, and
sometimes they just fall to the ground. If one falls, it is not out of action,
it's just a Corpse-Zombie now. Approaching it will wake it up again. (In cases
like this, another Flash Bomb usually dismembers the fiend...although you are
free to use other methods to permanently disable these guys.)

These devices also appear to blind Burricks for a short period of time.

3.9.11: Explosive Mines
=======================
These mines are small, and sometimes hard to see when they are lying around
waiting to be picked up (or set off). These items are also useful against undead
creatures.

A note about setting mines: You set a mine just like you "use" most items in
Thief...you call it up in your inventory, and right click. Unfortunately, when
you set the mine, you tend to "throw" it a distance from yourself, and it
bounces and slides around for a short time before finally stopping and arming
itself. Unless you are VERY good at predicting where it will land, your best bet
for setting a mine precisely is this: Look down until you are looking STRAIGHT
down, as far as you can, then right click. The mine falls at your feet, and
stays there. A word of caution: Once you've set a mine, you CAN trigger it
yourself. BE CAREFUL!

(Someone sent me an email recently reminding me of an even better way to set
Mines...use the DROP KEY! It will fall straight down at your feet! I feel SOOOOO
stupid....)

Another interesting point about these items. If there is one set, you can
trigger them without going near. I've fired Broadhead Arrows at them and had
them go off, although you have to actually HIT the mine...the motion of the
arrow flying by is not sufficient to alert the Mine's motion detectors.

3.9.12: Gas Mines
=================
No information as of yet. (I haven't found any so far.)

3.10: Cheats
===========
What? You want to CHEAT?? You want to deprive yourself of the experience of
playing and winning this game on your own??? WHY?!?!?!

The following cheats are known (note that I have only tried two of them
personally):

To skip the current mission and move on to the next one, press CTRL-ALT-SHIFT-
END. (I have tried this one, and it works.)

To start a new game at a mission other than Lord Bafford's Manor, put the line
"starting_mission X" in your dark.cfg file, where X is the mission number you
wish to start at.

For extra money, add the line "cash_bonus" to your dark.cfg file. If set to an
integer, that value will be added to your loot total for loadout purposes (the
before-mission screen where you buy equipment is the loadout screen).

This next one isn't really a cheat, per se. In your dark.cfg file, you'll see
the following lines:

              vismeter_zoom 110 ; zoom vis meter in
              hpbar_zoom 110 ; zoom hp bar in

Changing the 110 to a 90 shrinks the size of the gem and health shields and
gives you more visible area on the screen.

NOTE: Regarding the last one (vismeter_zoom and hpbar_zoom). When I went to
experiment with this in Thief Gold, the values for these two variables were not
110, they were 60. I do not know why. Perhaps this is affected by the resolution
you are playing the game at, or perhaps they made a change in the conversion to
Thief Gold. However, when I changed the 60 to a 30, the size of my shield's and
gem INCREASED. Changing these values to 110 DECREASED their size.

Thief Gold Secret Missions: Please note that I have not tried either of these
ones myself yet, and have not confirmed that they work.

1st Secret Mission: Install DROMED from the first Thief Gold CD. Start it, and
open mission 18. After it loads, press ALT+G to enter the game.

2nd Secret Mission: Use a text editor to edit the game's user.cfg file, found in
the Thief Gold root directory. Add the lines:

              play
              starting_mission 16

With that done, run Thief Gold and start a new mission. This will launch the
secret bloopers mission.


Section 4: A Keeper's Training (Training Mission)
=================================================
My best time on Expert: 2 minutes, 46 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 50

Note: I have played this particular "mission" on all three difficulties, and the
only difference I know of is the Secret Area: It is only available on the Expert
setting. Also, my best time here is actually the same best time for the original
Thief game. I managed a tie, but haven't beaten it yet. :(

4.1: Introduction
=================
"The essence of balance is detachment. To embrace a cause, to grow fond or
spiteful, is to lose one's balance, after which, no action can be trusted. Our
burden is not for the dependent of spirit."
     -- Mayar, Third Keeper


I was a kid. No parents, no home. Running messages and picking pockets to keep
my ribs from meeting my spine. One night I saw a man...folks just passed him by
like he wasn't there. I thought he must have something valuable, so I snuck up
on him and made a grab.

"Ugh!"
"That's not for you."
"Please, sir, I'm hungry. Don't tell the Hammers, I promise..."
"What is your name, boy?"
"Garrett."
"You have talent, lad."
"Let go of me, old man!"
"To see a Keeper is not an easy thing. Especially one who does not wish to be
seen. We have a need for those as gifted as yourself. If you've grown tired of
how you live, then follow me, and we will show you a different way."
"Leave me alone!"
"As you wish."

I caught up with him just before he vanished into the crowd. It was the
beginning of a very long education....


4.2: Objectives
===============
Your objectives for this mission do not change based on your difficulty level.

1. Follow the directions of your instructor in order to pass the
   training tests.

NOTE: The in-mission objectives appear identical to the pre-mission objectives.
There is no simplified version.

4.3: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Human Guard (Swordsman).

You start this mission with nothing but your shadowy clothing, and no
opportunity to purchase anything.


4.4: Walkthrough
================
A walkthrough is not really necessary for this mission. Instead, I will point
out a few things of interest.

1: Dark Room - This is the room where you have to make it to the other side
without being seen. It is not actually necessary to wait for your instructor to
stop speaking before beginning this section. If you stand on the bottom step,
you can successfully jump over the short wall keeping you from entering the
room. Jump off to the right, where it is darkest.

2: Quiet Room - This is the room where you have to make it to the other side
without being heard. Again, it is not necessary to wait for your instructor.
Jump over the barrier, but this time jump to the left (while not actually
necessary, jumping to the left will keep you from having to turn and backtrack,
thus allowing you to shave some time off your final clock score). Note that it
is much more difficult to successfully jump here then in the Dark Room.

When you get near the end of the room, instead of turning right to avoid the
metal grating, try jumping over it and landing on the stairs. They are carpeted,
and you can manage this without attracting your trainer's attention.

3: Sparring Room - This is the room with the targets, the dummy, and the
sparring area. Try to pick up your sword first, then your bow, so that the bow
is readied automatically. Move down to the targets, and shoot off an arrow.
Then, turn 180 degrees, draw your sword, and attack the dummy. You will have to
keep attacking it until you have successfully connected with a left swing, a
right swing, and an overhead swing. (If you're interested in taking another
second or two off of your final clock score, try approaching the dummy with an
overhead swing at the ready.) Once this is done, you will spar with a guard.
(Note that in this combat, you cannot kill the guard, nor can he injure you.)
Once you've sparred a bit, you can leave the circle, and pick up the items off
the table. (Note that, even though your instructor tells you to pick up ALL the
items, it is not required...you can simply pick up the key alone and proceed
from there.)

This part was a bit tricky for me, when I was trying to get through with the
shortest time possible. I would spar for a bit, then go to the table, but the
items were not there. Go back and spar, check the table again. I suspect this
was a problem because the instructor was still talking to me about shooting the
bow or attacking the dummy. I am not entirely sure what criteria need to be met
before the items appear on the table, but it seems like you have to keep hitting
the guard until you get his attention (ie: he starts fighting back).

NOTE: Although unnecessary, you CAN get into the target range area. Simply walk
along the wall which parallels the stairscase, aim yourself at the target area,
run and jump. You should land in the grassy area with no trouble. In here, you
can pick up your arrows that you've shot.

Another unnecessary-to-get-to-but-fun-nonetheless area is the balcony. Using a
running jump, jump onto the window ledge to the right of the table where you
find your sword and bow. Once there, do another running jump towards the ledge
you can see out a distance. Hold down your mantle key, and you will pull
yourself up onto this ledge. Sometimes, you will land on the tree instead of
completing your jump. Simply jump again from there, and you should have no
trouble.

4: The Basketball Court - This is a secret area. Once you have finished sparring
with the guard, go to the table and pick up the key. Then, follow the guard out
(or run past him) before the exit is blocked off. You may need to fire an arrow
at the guard to slow him down in order to do this. Keep going until you come to
a door. Unlock it with your key, and you will find the basketball court. Try
shooting the ball through a basket. As far as I know, you don't get anything for
doing so, but it's a fun diversion. :)

Also, in the far corner is a bedroll. Pick it up and examine it, and you will
get to read some of the quotations overheard while the game was being programmed
("Quotes from the Dark Team during the development of Thief: The Dark Project").
Some of it is quite amusing. :)

Note that it is not necessary to get to this area. There are no bonuses that
affect the game whatsoever, as far as I can tell.

5: Mantle Room - This "room" is outdoors. Once you've done your running jump
across the gap over the river, you have to pull yourself up (mantle) onto a
block. In this room, you can manage to get yourself onto the roof. At the end of
the path you are walking on, instead of falling, jump forward and LAND on the
red beam which the rope descends from. From here, take a running jump, and
you'll land on the roof. The only problem is, you can't stay there...you fall
off in a few seconds.

There is no reason to do this, other than for your own personal edification. It
contributes nothing to your game that I know of. Note that the same method can
be used in the other rope-room (the jump-across-the-gap room) to get on the roof
there.

6: Final Room - This is the room beyond the red door. After entering, you will
hear yourself (Garrett) thinking about his (your) plans. Run down to the end of
the hall, and you will find a table with a golden vase on it. Pick it up. It
will give you another 50 gold pieces with which to purchase items for the next
(first) mission.

Game Bug: You are supposed to start the next (first) mission with 300 gold, or
350 if you picked up the vase. HOWEVER, if you do this little trick, you can
start with more. Save your game just before the end of the training mission.
Now, finish the mission, but instead of continuing, reload and finish again.
Each time you do this, the game apparently adds 300 (or 350, if you grabbed the
vase) to the total amount you had PREVIOUSLY. So, go in, grab the vase, and you
start with 350. Reload, go in, grab the vase, and instead of starting with 350,
you get 350 ADDED to the previous 350...700. Reload again, you start with 1,050.
Keep doing this as much as you feel like it. (Note that once you have 1,200 or
more, you can buy everything available for the next mission.)


Section 5: Lord Bafford's Manor (Mission 1)
===========================================
My best time on Expert: 13 minutes, 25 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 1429

5.1: Introduction
=================
"The most promising acolyte left us, not out of the lesser folly of sentiment,
but the greater folly of anger. His heart was clouded, and his balance was lost,
but his abilities were unmatched. Even then, we knew to watch him most
carefully."
     -- Keeper Annals


I have a simple job planned for this evening. Break into a guarded mansion,
steal another fat nobleman's priceless trinket, and leave quietly. Lord Bafford
is out of town, and rumour has it that the captain of his house guard went with
him, as a bodyguard. The time is ripe for a bit of burglary.

The front gate of Lord Bafford's manor is always guarded, and the main street is
far too exposed. But Cutty tells me there's a better way in....around to the
side, more out of the way. One guard, and likely no witnesses to...complicate
matters.

The piece Cutty wants is a scepter...silver, jewels, the usual adornments. It
should command a high price. Bafford, like most of his kind, probably keeps his
treasures on the top floor of the place. Close to his heart...and far from his
servants.

No point in waiting. I have Cutty's old sketches of the place, and everyone
who's going to be asleep inside already is. It's time to begin....


5.2: Objectives: Normal
=======================
1. Sneak into Lord Bafford's Manor and case the place. The well house
   in back is your best bet, if you can get the key from the guard --
   blackjacking or pickpocketing him would be quietest.
2. Find Lord Bafford's prized jeweled scepter, and redistribute it...to
   yourself. Try to do it without causing too much commotion.

5.3: Objectives: Hard
=====================
1. Sneak into Lord Bafford's Manor and case the place. The well house
   in back is your best bet, if you can get the key from the guard --
   blackjacking or pickpocketing him would be quietest.
2. Find Lord Bafford's prized jeweled scepter, and redistribute it...to
   yourself. Try to do it without causing too much commotion.
3. In addition to pinching the scepter, steal 350 worth of valuables
   while you're in the manor.
4. Don't kill any of the servants; they're harmless.
5. Once you've achieved your other objectives, get out of the manor
   house and back to the city streets.

5.4: Objectives: Expert
=======================
1. Sneak into Lord Bafford's Manor and case the place. The well house
   in back is your best bet, if you can get the key from the guard --
   blackjacking or pickpocketing him would be quietest.
2. Find Lord Bafford's prized jeweled scepter, and redistribute it...to
   yourself. Try to do it without causing too much commotion.
3. In addition to pinching the scepter, steal 700 worth of valuables
   while you're in the manor.
4. Don't kill anyone while you do the job. No servants, no guards, no
   pets...no one.
5. Once you've achieved your other objectives, get out of the manor
   house and back to the city streets.

5.5: Simplified Objectives
==========================
1. Sneak into Lord Bafford's Manor, ideally by blackjacking or
   pickpocketing the well house guard, for his key and case the place.
2. Steal the jewelled scepter with as little notice as possible.
3. Grab 700 in loot while you're in the manor.
4. Don't kill anyone.
5. Return to the city streets.

5.6: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Human Guards (Swordsmen and Archers), Spiders.

Starting Funds: 300, or 350 if you grabbed the vase at the end of the training
mission. (Also, see the note at the end of Section 4.4.) If you did not do the
training mission, your starting funds are 300.

Starting Gear:

 1 Sword
 1 Blackjack
36 Broadhead Arrows
 8 Water Arrows
 1 Healing Potion

Items for Sale:

20 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
 4 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 2 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)

Since it is entirely possible to finish this mission using nothing but your
blackjack and a Flash Bomb (or your blackjack and four or five Water Arrows),
you can get away with buying NOTHING. You start with everything you need (except
Flash Bombs, which you find inside the Manor). Since you can't kill anyone, you
will not be getting into any fights, so buying Healing Potions is useless,
unless you plan to submerge yourself for too long under water, or stick around
when the Spiders are biting you. (Also, you find one almost immediately after
entering the Manor.) However, if you wish to spend your money (remember, it
doesn't carry over to the next mission), you may want to spend it on Water
Arrows, to maximize your chances of hiding in certain areas.

Recommended Purchases: 4 Water Arrows. Total Cost: 200

5.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
=================================
While this mission is pretty straightforward, there are some things worth
mentioning. Most notably, in the beginning section, unless you have a weapon
bared, everyone seems to ignore you. You can run all the way to where you want
to go, and not worry about hiding in shadows. This includes the drunk guard
outside the wellhouse. You can run right up behind him and no one seems to care.

At the top level of the Manor, there are two entrances into a garden area, with
stairs up to some stone walkways. On this upper level, there are banners hanging
in the corners. If you follow this walkthrough, then you want to enter the
garden from the entrance on the OPPOSITE side from where you come into this
level (ie: you climb the stairs after clubbing a guard, enter the hallway, and
turn left...on your right is a garden entrance...you want the other one). Climb
the stairs, and there should be a banner facing you. Ignore it, turn right
around, and move to the banner at the far end. Whip out your sword and cut this
banner down to reveal a secret passage. Follow it to the end, and you will find
yourself in the room just outside the throne room, with the lone guard standing
there. From here, you can jump down and club him with your blackjack (a
difficult procedure). I do NOT recommend this method however, as doing so can
attract the patrolling guards outside this room, unless you've dealt with them
already. And without Rope Arrows, you will have to leave the room into the
hallway where the guards patrol, with them still moving about!

When playing Thief Gold, I discovered that using the secret entrance mentioned
above, I could take out all the torches in the room below, then fall down onto
the carpet and not be noticed. I do not know if this also works in the original
Thief or not.


5.8: Walkthrough
================
   A. Outside the Manor
   B. 1st Level of the Manor
   C. 2nd Level of the Manor
   D. 3rd Level of the Manor
   E. Escaping from the Manor

A. Outside the Manor
====================
You start off facing the house you plan to burgle. However, this entrance is
guarded too well for you to attempt entry. Turn to your right, until you are
facing down the street, and move ahead. Ignore your first turning to the
left...continue on ahead. Follow this path for a while. Pass by the clock...now,
just past the lamppost, the street starts to rise. Once you are on the rise,
turn to your left, and you'll see a little alcove. Hidden inside this alcove are
some arrows: 12 Broadheads and 4 Water Arrows (you will have to look down or
back up to see the Water Arrows). [NOTE: You can probably ignore these
arrows...I find that I get through the entire mission with only using at most 5
Water Arrows, and none of the Broadheads.]

[NOTE: At some point around here, a servant will come walking down the street.
Hide from him, or don't, or blackjack him if you like. I have never found that
doing ANYTHING with this particular individual changes the game.]

Continue up the street. Shortly you will find a sewer entrance. Climb down the
ladder into the sewer. Move forward, and take the first right. When you reach
the four-way junction, continue straight ahead. There will be a left-hand turn.
Once you've taken that turn, stop before reaching the next intersection (which
is just ahead). Turn right, and you'll see a door. Go through it, turn to the
right. There is a lever in the wall here. Go up to it and pull it. Turn around,
but before you leave, look down and search the floor. Someone dropped some
treasure here for you. Pick it up, it's worth 200 to you (Treasure Count: 200).
Now, leave the way you came.

Once out in the sewer again, turn right and proceed ahead. Now, turn right, and
follow this tunnel. Climb up this ladder, and exit the sewers.

Turn left once you're out. This is the way you want to go, but be
careful....there is a patrolling guard in the area as well as the drunken lout
attempting to sing. (You'll want to start walking here, if you've been running
up until now.) Sneak behind Sinatra, and filch the key from his belt. Turn
around, and use the key on this door to unlock it. Go through, and you're in the
wellhouse. Jump up onto the edge, and then dive in.

Once you surface, turn to face the direction that the water flow is moving you
in. Move forward (you can still run), until you enter a circular room with water
dripping down. Turn to your left, nearly 180 degrees, and swim down to the
opening below. Swim through the tunnel, then surface. You're in a small pool
with some floating barrels. Turn until you see a chest guarded by some spiders.
Now, turn again, and climb out of the pool on a side with no spiders on it. Look
down, then run over to the chest. Open it, get the ring out of it (100, Treasure
Count: 300), and then get back in the water fast before the spiders start
attacking. Once in the pool, swim back out the way you came.

[Note: You can kill these spiders without penalty. Broadheads work best,
although after killing some of them, the others start coming after you, and you
pretty much have to rely on your sword, which is hard to use against them.
Alternatively, I've been told that by standing on the sloping side of the area,
and jumping up and down, you can lure the spiders into drowning themselves. All
in all, if you're after the best possible time, the run-through-them method is
fastest.]

Back in the circular room with dripping water, continue following the flow until
you see a climbable area on your right (quite a ways down the tunnel). It will
be better lit than the other areas down here. Climb into the room with the
barrels, and you've entered Lord Bafford's basement. Go through the door. (I'd
start walking now if I were you.)

B. 1st Level of the Manor
=========================
Once you open the door, there is a chest partway across the room, almost
directly ahead. It contains a healing potion. Once you have that, turn left, and
head towards the exit. Uh oh! Voices! Hug the wall, and listen until the guards
move away.

After about two seconds, ease yourself out of the exit by moving sideways, and
sneak forward after the guard ahead (the other guard will not be able to see
your cross the lighted area). Once you're close enough, use your blackjack
against his skull. [Note: Since this area is pretty dark, you SHOULD be able to
leave the body here without anyone noticing it.] Now, move forward, turn right
up ahead, and follow this passage into the Manor proper.

You should now be walking on carpet. Turn left, and walk forward, towards a
lighted archway you can see up ahead. You will hear your footsteps become quite
loud as you walk over some metal grating, but it appears that no one can hear
you when you do so.

[If you find that someone DOES hear you (although it has not happened to me),
try the following instead: Instead of turning left upon entering this room, head
towards the doorway that has a lit torch in it. Once you go through it, turn to
your left, and move through the exit you see ahead.]

Just inside this corridor is a chest. Inside you'll find two Flash Bombs. Now,
turn left, and head down this corridor to the stairs, and take the stairs all
the way to the top.

C. 2nd Level of the Manor
=========================
At the top, you should see an exit. However, in this room, directly across from
the exit, are two more chests for you. One is flat on the floor, the other
propped against the wall. Open the propped one to find a stack of coins (5,
Treasure Count: 305). Ignore the other one, it contains a vase that makes a LOUD
noise when you drop it. Turn around and exit the room. Then turn right, and move
forward, past the first hallway on your right, past the room with sleeping
beauty, and turn at the next right. At the end of this hallway, you can turn
either left or right. Take the right, and enter the dead end.

Turn to your left, and there's a door to the kitchen here. Enter, and you should
see some shelves in front of you. On the top one is a golden vase (100, Treasure
Count: 405). Be careful in here! There is a servant preparing a meal. Leave the
way you came.

Once you're back out through the door, turn right and follow the corridor all
the way, and turn right. As before, this should end at a darkened area with a
door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is a patrol area. There is a guard SOMEWHERE behind this
door, walking his rounds. We want to give to him the gift of slumber.

Open the door. With luck, your timing will be such that he is just ahead of you,
walking away. (If he's walking towards you, he may just see you and attack....I
hope you saved your game!) If he's not there, then wait for him. You'll see him
before he sees you. Once you see him coming around the corner ahead, wait for
him to approach and turn around. As long as you are hidden in the shadows, you
will not need to shut the door while you wait. Once he's turned, sneak up behind
him and send him to dreamland. Now, go forward into the next room, turn left,
and take the SECOND left you see...it should lead into a carpeted area. Head
down to the end of this area just BEFORE the doorway. This is where we wait for
the next guard. (You may want to save here, too.)

If you're feeling daring, you can peer around the corner and watch for him. Note
that it is possible to position yourself so that when the guard makes his turn,
you catch just a glimpse of him. (Be careful here...there's a servant that
sometimes walks through this area.) The guard you're waiting for will be coming
through the door directly across from you. When it opens, jump back, and wait.
Listen to his footsteps. Once they start receding, you can sneak out, and bruise
this guard's ego with your blackjack. (Alternatively, instead of relying on your
ears, which I find is not always accurate, turn around and head back so you're
looking out of the room from the entrance you came in from. This way, you'll see
the guard walking away from you, and you can sneak up on him then.)

Okay, I'm a bit turned around here now, and you might be too. So use your
compass. You want to be in the room where you KO'd the last guard, and you want
to head west. At the end of this room you should find a set of stairs leading up
into a small, circular room. Take them. In this room on a bookshelf is another
gold vase (100, Treasure Count: 505).

Ignore the other set of stairs. Turn around and go out the way you came. Once
you're back in the other room, you should see two metal doors: one across from
you, and one in the wall to your left. Go through the left one. In this room,
turn to your right, and at the end there will be a bench, with a goblet sitting
on it. Take the goblet. (15, Treasure Count: 520). Leave the room the way you
came, and now head through the other metal door you noted previously. (You may
wish to save your game again, to avoid the roaming servant.)

Head to the other exit of this room, but before you reach it, turn to the right
and examine the items on the shelf...there are two you are interested in. A gold
plate (50, Treasure Count: 570) and a gold carafe (50, Treasure Count: 620).
Now, leave through the new exit, and you will find yourself in another large
room like the patrolled one before.

There is a door in the wall to your left. Go through it, and head down to the
end. On a table to your left, you will find a stack of coins (12, Treasure
Count: 632).

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is another patrol area, and it could get interesting here.
Leave this room the way you came in. In large room your in now, you should see
an exit on your left with some stairs. Take this. Before getting to the top of
these stairs though, stop. Pull out your bow and extinguish the torch with a
water arrow. Now, enter the room, hugging the right wall, until you come to the
opening with the stairs leading up. Wait here. (Be sure you are waiting on the
RIGHT hand side (as you're facing the staircase)....while I've successfully done
this on the left hand side, it only worked once.) Eventually, a guard will come
down the stairs. Consider him blackjack practice.

Once the guard is unconscious, head to the opposite end of the room, between two
tables, where you'll find a chest. Inside is a bottle of wine (50, Treasure
Count: 682).

Note: If you're fast enough, you MIGHT be able to knock the guard above out
without extinguishing the torch first. (I have done so once.)

SAVE YOUR GAME! You may want to start saving your game at regular intervals now,
if you haven't already. The uppermost floor here is patrolled, in several areas.

D. 3rd Level of the Manor
=========================
Go up the staircase, then turn right and go down the smaller stairs into a
hallway. Turn left, and go through door at the end into the library.

In here there are a few items of interest, but most can be ignored. The one that
you are interested in is on a table against the wall, the furthest one from
where you entered (200, Treasure Count: 882). Now, go through the door opposite
the one you entered, and be ready for some fancy legerdemain.

[NOTE: In the library, you can find a scroll which is a report to Lord Bafford
from one of his underlings. It mentions that the person was unable to find any
information regarding someone named Victoria. You will meet her later in the
game.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! In this hallway, there are two Captains patrolling. If you see
one approaching, just wait...he can't see you. As he gets closer, he'll turn and
go down another corrider. Watch him...when he turns again, that's about the time
the next guard enters this hallway at the far end. NOW is when you want to move.

Move forward, towards the lighted doorway, and hide in the shadows to one side.
Now wait. When this Captain comes through, remove the key from his belt. Now
wait. The second one will be coming along shortly. Remove the key from HIS belt.
Wait again. When the next one (actually the first Captain who's key you lifted)
comes around, club him. After you've hidden the body (be quick about it!) return
to your hiding spot, and take out the second returning Captain when he returns.

[NOTE: If you want to speed things up a bit, and don't care about picking
pockets, you can simply club these two the first time through, then get their
keys while they're unconscious. But I like to be thorough. :) ]

Okay, time for some more pilfering. Turn back the way you came...you may have
noted a door in the wall as you came down here. Open it, and step inside.
Against the left hand wall is a table, upon which sits a bracelet (125, Treasure
Count: 1007), and four stacks of coins (12, 12, 12, 12, Treasure Count: 1019,
1031, 1043, 1055). Now, leave this room.

Remember when you watched the first guard approach, then turn? Well, you want to
go down that corridor now. When you reach the end, turn left, and stop when you
come to two doorways, one on either side of you. Take the one on the right. This
is a fairly long trip with a few turns, but no choices. So just continue on down
until you come to a doorway through which you can see a tile floor. Move into
that room. Turn to your right, and you should see a key on the wall. Grab it.
Now look down, and open the chest at your feet. You should find a bottle of wine
(50, Treasure Count: 1105). There's also a book on the table if you'd like to
peruse it, but it's not necessary. Leave the way you came, taking that long
journey back.

At the top, enter the corridor again, but go through the next door into the
bathing room. Move around the bath (either side, it doesn't matter), and exit
the room through the door opposite the one you entered. Across from you, you
should see a small, circular area at the bottom of a few steps, with two doors.
Enter that area.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Open one of the doors (you will need one of the keys you picked
from the wandering guards). It doesn't matter which door you open. Sneak inside,
and look into the next room. There is a lone Captain on guard in there. From
your position here, use water arrows to take out two of the torches. Now, leave
the way you came, and go through the other door you DIDN'T go through the first
time. Take out the remaining two torches with two more water arrows. Now that
the room is in darkness, sneak up behind the Captain. The floor is alternatively
carpet and tile, so he may hear you a couple of times. Just wait until he stops
looking for you before continuing. Once you're close enough to him, lift the key
from his belt. You should also be close enough, or just about, to use your
blackjack on him. Do so. [NOTE: One time, for some reason, I could not get close
enough to blackjack him. He always heard me and called for help. If that happens
to you, wait until he's facing off to the side, and throw a flashbomb there.
Then you can send him off to sleep with your blackjack. Alternatively, leaning
may also bring you within range to club him.]

[NOTE: An alternative method to the above is, instead of using water arrows to
douse the flames, just throw a flashbomb into the room. Be sure he's looking
toward you when you do it. While he's disoriented, run up and club him. While
faster, and uses fewer arrows, you don't get the "honourable mention" of picking
his pocket.]

With the Captain properly dispatched, go through the door he was guarding. To
the left, on a shelf, is the object of your quest: Lord Bafford's prized jeweled
scepter. Liberate it.

Go back to the circular room with the two doors, and climb up the steps back
into the corridor. Turn left, and move forward until you find a door on your
left. Go through it. Inside, to your right, is a table against the wall. In the
centre of this table you should find two bottles of wine (50, 50, Treasure
Count: 1155, 1205). Now leave the room, turn left, and go forward until you find
the door on your right. Go through it.

In this room, there is a door directly opposite the one you entered. To your
left, against the wall that contains that door, is a shelving unit with a candle
on top. Go there, and you will find what is probably the hardest treasure to
find on this mission: a ring (100, Treasure Count: 1305).

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another patrol area. Sometimes when you open this door, there is
a guard right outside.

Open the door, and if you don't see the guard, wait until you do. If he is
moving away from you, sneak up behnd him and club him. If he starts moving
towards you, close the door. Save your game at that point, and try opening the
door periodically to see if he's turned around yet. When he does, put him to
sleep.

Once the guard is taken care of, move down this hallway. Take the first left
(stairs flanked by statues). On the table in this room you will find another
gold vase (100, Treasure Count: 1405). Turn around, and go back down the stairs
you entered by. Turn left, follow the corridor to the end, then turn right. Walk
forward until you find the first opening on the left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a guard past this opening that patrols between two
rooms. Once he's out of sight, enter the room, turn left, and take the stairs
up. Work your way around the debris to a chest at the far side. Inside you'll
find a stack of coins (12, Treasure Count: 1417). Go down the stairs, watching
out for the guard, and exit the way you came in.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Turn left, head down the hallway. Ignore the first opening on
your left. Go instead to the second one. This is like the previous room, with a
guard patrolling. When he's out of sight, enter the room, and climb the stairs
on the right. Up here are some bunkbeds, with a chest for each. You want the far
chest on your right hand side. It holds another stack of coins (12, Treasure
Count: 1429). Go down the stairs, watching out for the guard, and exit the way
you entered.

E. Escaping from the Manor
==========================
In the hallway you've just entered, turn left. Move forward, and take the right
turn. Continue forward until you can turn left, and then do so. Up these stairs,
turn left, and go down the flight of stairs here. (These are the ones you
entered the upper level by.) In the room at the bottom, turn left, go down the
stairs into the large room below, and turn left again.

Enter the first room on your left here. There are two paths to take here...one
goes back into the manor again, the other leads out. If you can see it, you want
to head towards a lever in the wall, right next to a torch. Pull the lever, then
continue on in the same direction. The lever has opened an exit to the street.
Once you're on the street, you've completed all your tasks. Congratulations!


Section 6: Break from Cragscleft Prison (Mission 2)
===================================================
My best time on Expert: 45 minutes, 44 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 1688

6.1: Introduction
=================
"Before death came, the liars were made to feast upon the hands of the thieves,
and the thieves were made to ingest the tongues of their liar brothers, and we
praised the Master Builder for his judgements."
     -- The Hammer Book of Tenets


I went to Cutty's place to deliver the scepter, but Cutty wasn't there. He'd
been arrested by the Hammerites. Apparently they didn't approve of his
occupation, and I doubt they approve of mine. So hopefully they'll never catch
sight of me when I break him out of their prison. Which is what I'm going to do.

Their holding Cutty in a mining complex carved out of a quarry. The quarry's
flooded, but the Hammers still work the top level mines, and have converted part
of the complex into a penitentiary for those who..."violate" their tenets.

An associate of mine was confined there, and has provided me with a map. It
would be difficult to get in by way of the main gate, but there is another
option. The mines break the surface of a hill south of the quarry. I'll drop
into the mines and head for the prison, which will be found somewhere uphill and
to the north. The Hammers don't venture into these lower mine levels because
they're reputed to be haunted.

I'd rather not have to do this job, but Cutty's a reliable fence, and I don't
appreciate the Hammerites abducting him. And he owes me money for the Bafford
job....


6.2: Objectives: Normal
=======================
1. Your map doesn't show the way through the mines, so you're going to
   have to scout around to make your way to where they hold the
   prisoners.
2. Cutty still owes you for the Bafford job. Break him out, and you'll
   get your cash.

6.3: Objectives: Hard
=====================
1. Your map doesn't show the way through the mines, so you're going to
   have to scout around to make your way to where they hold the
   prisoners.
2. Cutty still owes you for the Bafford job. Break him out, and you'll
   get your cash.
3. Issyt the Beggar borrowed your lucky hand of glory and, knowing him,
   probably hid it from the Hammers' body search in ways you'd rather
   not think about. Get it back!
4. There's bound to be some pricy religious icons in any Hammer
   complex. Try to come out with at least 500 worth of their stuff.
5. Escape from the prison with Cutty.

6.4: Objectives: Expert
=======================
1. Your map doesn't show the way through the mines, so you're going to
   have to scout around to make your way to where they hold the
   prisoners.
2. Cutty still owes you for the Bafford job. Break him out, and you'll
   get your cash.
3. You've had your eye on Basso the Boxman's sister for a while now. If
   you break him out of Cragscleft, she'll probably be VERY grateful.
4. Issyt the Beggar borrowed your lucky hand of glory and, knowing him,
   probably hid it from the Hammers' body search in ways you'd rather
   not think about. Get it back!
5. There's bound to be some pricy religious icons in any Hammer
   complex. Try to come out with at least 1000 worth of their stuff.
6. Escape from the prison with Cutty and Basso the Boxman.
7. A true professional doesn't leave a mess. Don't kill anyone!

6.5: Simplified Objectives
==========================
1. Sneak through the mines and factory to the Hammer prison.
2. Locate and release Cutty.
3. Locate and release Basso the Boxman.
4. Locate Issyt the Beggar and get your lucky hand of glory back.
5. Loot the complex for valuables. Need 1,000 total loot.
6. Escape from the prison with Cutty and Basso the Boxman.
7. Don't kill anyone!

NOTE: The objective of "Don't Kill Anyone" only seems to apply to humans (ie:
Hammerites, Prisoners, etc.). It does NOT apply to Spiders or Zombies.

6.6: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Zombies, Fly Swarms, Spiders, Hammerite Guards (including
Swordsmen, Hammer-Wielders, and Priests).

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to steal from Lord Bafford's Manor.
(Maximum possible: 1429.)

Starting Gear:

20 Broadhead Arrows
 5 Water Arrows
 1 Noisemaker Arrow

Items for Sale:

20 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
15 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 2 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
 2 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)
 2 Speed Potions (Cost: 500 each)
 1 Tip (Cost: 100)
 1 Hot Tip (Cost: 300)

NOTE: I do not know why your sword and blackjack are not shown under the
"Starting Gear" for this mission. Fear not, you DO have them both.

The Hot Tip is useless...it gives you information that you will eventually find
on your own during the mission. The Tip, while nice to know, is also useless to
you, because I'm going to tell you what BOTH of them say anyways! :)

Tip: Word on the street is that the Hammers are eager to take back the top level
of the haunted mines, because there's a specially-blessed holy water font there.

Hot Tip: According to Dikket, a "heretic" who was recently let out of
Cragscleft, Cutty's being held in cell block four.

For this mission, you will almost certainly want at least one Moss Arrow
(although you can find some in the mines). Depending on how you handle the
Zombies on this mission, you may also want to buy more Water Arrows. If, instead
of destroying the Zombies, you plan to run past them, perhaps a Speed Potion or
two would be in order.

Recommended Purchases: 2 Moss Arrows, 15 Water Arrows. Total Cost: 1000


6.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
=================================
The walkthrough for this mission has been redone, for two reasons: 1) The
original walkthrough contained some areas which were rather difficult to do, and
were taken out and replaced with easier methods; 2) There were a few changes
made to this mission in Thief Gold.

The final pickpocket-able guard has been found! Someone wrote to me and told me
that one of the two guards near an alternate entrance (a staircase which
connected to both the mines and the pools of water) has a Healing Potion which
can be lifted. Thank you for pointing this out!

A note regarding your stats at the end of the mission: When I completed the
mission, I had the following confusing stats shown:

"Innocents Killed: None, and Others Killed: 1"

After some experimentation, I concluded that the one enemy it says I "killed"
was the rotating sensor in one of the guardrooms!


6.8: Walkthrough
================
You start facing an entrance into the mines that is below the waterline. Enter
the water, and head for the tunnel. Once you are completely submerged, stop,
look down, and move towards the floor. You will find a diamond there (35,
Treasure Count: 35). Fix your view so you are looking forward again, and push on
ahead. The tunnel turns to the right, and you will need to look down again to
continue on your way. From here on, follow the tunnel until you emerge from the
water into a dark mine area. Ahead of you, you should see a small swarm of flies
in a dimly lit area. Move forward, towards the flies (which you will now see are
circling over a corpse).

There are two ways that you can proceed here. The first way is suggested to you
only if you're interested in obtaining a few more Moss Arrows. If you are not
interested in that, then skip down to the paragraph that starts "Head towards
the corpse...".

Get on the track to the left of the corpse, and move forward. Take the first
left you come to. Follow this path all the way, until you can go either left or
right. Turn right, and you should be facing a large hole with some sort of an
elevator platform in it. Move forward...you want to get to the edge of the hole,
but not fall the entire way. Standing on this semi-ledge, looking down, you
should see a spider. From up here, you can take aim with your bow and skewer him
with a single shot. (Save your game if you like to preserve your arrows, just in
case your first shot miss...I usually need three or so before I get the aim
right.) Once the spider is dead, fix your view ahead again. Hop onto the
platform. There is a box with buttons on it right in front of you. Push the
bottom button, and the lift will take you down to where the spider was. Turn
until you are facing a tunnel that goes downwards. Follow it to the end, where
you will find 2 Moss Arrows. Turn around, go back to the platform, get on, and
push the second button from the bottom. This will take you back up to the
previous level.

Once the lift has stopped, turn so that the box is directly behind you. Facing
the track, move forward, and jump so you are back on solid ground again. Now,
move forward and take the left turn. Follow this tunnel until you can turn
either left or right. Turn right, and move forward. You should now be back in
the entrance area with the flies and corpse.

Head towards the corpse, but take the tunnel to the right of it. Move past the
crate, and underneath the next lamp, look down. On the ground you should find a
silver nugget (50, Treasure Count: 85) and a gold nugget (100, Treasure Count:
185). Now, continue moving forward, and you will come to a rise. Continue until
you top the rise. You should find yourself on some tracks, at a crossroads. Turn
to your right, and move forward into the next room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! That's a Corpse-Zombie on the floor, but will not awaken if you
don't get too close. To your right is an opening in the wall. Hug the wall until
you can get into the opening. Once in, follow the tunnel, and you will come to a
room with three corpses in it. Again, be careful...one of them is a Corpse-
Zombie. To your left you should see a lighted area above. This is where you want
to go. Hug the wall, moving forward (the funny-looking corpse dead ahead is NOT
the Corpse-Zombie). Once you're at the end, hold down the spacebar to climb up
onto the ledge. Now, ahead, you will see an area straight ahead, and one to your
left. It is to the left that you want to go. Jump up, move forward, until you
are in this area.

Long way down, isn't it? But you need to get across, and the bridge is out. Turn
to the left, and you should see a room of sorts, and a ledge. You want to jump
onto this ledge. Once you've done that, move carefully into the room. There's a
big hole here, so be careful.

Looking across the hole, you should see a silver nugget. Leap across the hole to
get it (you may want to slide over to an area where the whole is not quite so
wide). (50, Treasure Count: 235.) Then, turn around, facing the direction you
just came. There is a large square hole in the wall, next to the entrance you
used to get here. Jump across to his opening, and pull yourself up into it. Turn
to the right, and move forward, so that you are standing on another portion of
the bridge.

SAVE YOUR GAME! I've taken the plunge here on more than one occassion. You want
to jump up onto one of the rails. As you face across to the other side of what
was once a bridge, it is the left rail you want. (NOTE: You want the rail on the
section you are currently on, NOT the one across from you!) Face the rail you
want, then back up until the other rail blocks your progress. Then, move
forward, and jump onto the rail. Now, turn to your left, and climb up onto the
outcropping. Move forward, and the ground will start to rise up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is a patrol area of Zombies! There are at least four
Zombies roaming this area. You can do this area a number of ways:

1: You can sneak through the area, hiding when you need to. While this will
probably take less time, it is not recommended, as you will have to come back
this way later, and you will not be in much of a condition to run, hide, jump,
etc. while being chased by Zombies.

2: From the position where you are, run forward, past the hole (we'll come back
to the hole), and take the first left. This area is an old church, and there is
a Holy Water Font here.

3: If you can lure the Zombies into the water area, and can get the Zombies to
follow you INTO the water, about halfway across the distance, they collapse and
die. I don't know why this is. (When I did this, I was playing version 1.14.
Apparently, it was a bug, and has been fixed in the upgraded versions.) If you
want to try this method, to get to the water area from the church, do the
following: head down the hall leaving the church, then turn right. In the
elevator room, turn left, and follow this passage until you can turn left. Take
this left turn, and follow the tunnel, and take the first right. This passage
will end in a small underground lake.

My method of choice is #2, and that is the one I am describing here.

[Note: In the tunnel directly opposite the hole in the floor, there is a corpse
lying on the ground. It is NOT a Corpse-Zombie.]

Run forward, past the hole in the floor (we'll get to the hole again later), and
take the first left. If you attract the attention of a Zombie along the way, so
much the better, let him follow you. (And if you take the left and find a Zombie
in the corridor ahead, just run past him.) You will find yourself in a church.
In the left hand side of the room, in the furthest corner area, is a holy water
font. Use it, and it will turn all of your Water Arrows into Holy Water Arrows,
but only for 30 seconds. You can use these to kill off the Zombies (each Zombie
requires 2 Holy Water Arrows to kill it). Once you have lured all of the Zombies
in and dealt with them, you should be free to explore the area more completely.

Directly underneath the Holy Water Font is a bottle of Holy Water. Pick it up.
Now, on the same side of the room as the font, but in the other corner area, you
can find a single Water Arrow (this is in front of the fallen font). Also in
this room, directly across from the entrance, you will find a candlestick (50,
Treasure Count: 285) and a golden hammer (75, Treasure Count: 360). Turn around
now, and leave the church. At the end of the hall, turn right, back into the
room with the hole in the floor (where you entered the Zombie area from).

This hole in the floor is the elevator shaft. Go over to the box that you should
be able to see, and press the top button to call up the elevator. (You will have
to get close to the box, and then lean over to hit the button without falling
down the shaft.) While the elevator comes up, turn to the left, and walk down
this hall to the end (where there is a cart underneath a lamp). Turn left here.
Walk down this hall, but hug the wall...when you get close enough, the skeleton
there will shoot his skull at you. Follow this track to the end, then turn left,
and walk forward. You should see a latter up ahead. Climb up the ladder, and
then jump off to the area on the right. Move through the opening you see ahead,
and look down. Take the gold nugget (100, Treasure Count: 460) and the silver
nugget (50, Treasure Count: 510). Turn around, and leave the way you came in.
You will have to drop down to the ground from here.

[Note: Apparently, I am incredibly inept in the art of ladder climbing. I've
been told that simply jumping towards the ladder will allow you to use it to
climb down again. For some reason, I just can't seem to do it.]

Once you're back on the floor level, turn right and move into this area. Turn
left, and you now have two choices. You can either enter the factory from one of
two ways. If you take the left path, you will have to deal with two guards
before climbing the stairs into the factory. This also puts you in a more
difficult position (I think) with one of the other guards. Instead, I suggest
the right hand path.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You may need to reload after this point. Turn right. Use your
holy water to make Holy Water Arrows, and shoot the Corpse-Zombie while it's
still lying there. Turn right, and walk forward until you find a door on the
lefthand wall. Turn to face it.

[NOTE: Destroying the Corpse-Zombie like this draws the attention of some
Hammerites in another nearby section and, if he's close enough, may also draw
the attention of the Hammerite patrolling behind this door.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is a patrol area. There is a Hammerite behind this door,
and he can be annoying. Open the door, and move inside, keeping in the shadows.
If he is in this room already, then he's most likely spotted you. Reload, and
wait for him to leave.

It is very difficult to sneak up and blackjack this Hammerite while he's in the
same room with you. Instead, wait until he's left, then move over near the exit
he took, and wait. He will come back shortly, and when he pokes his ugly hammer
through into the room, club him.

Once he's down, continue on, following the path until it ends at a ladder. Climb
up it, then jump off to the right. There should be an elevator box in here. Push
the lower button, wait for the elevator, then climb on and push the top button.
The elevator will take you up to the factory level.

Get off the elevator and go through the door up ahead. Turn left, down the
stairs, and you're in a room where you can keep going straight, or turn left.
Take the left turn, but be careful. Although you are walking above the
Hammerites working below, if you make too much noise or leave the shadows, they
can spot you! Walk forward, and continue straight on until you can go straight
no further. Turn right here, and again walk forward until you cannot anymore.
Turn right again. Walk forward, staying in the shadows, to the end of the
walkway. You should now be at a dead-end on the catwalk, the only way to go
being a stairway down to your right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part can be very tricky. You should still be facing forward
(the direction you were moving), so the staircase should be on your right. Move
forward and jump up onto the railing in front of you. Once there, look straight
down to the floor far beneath you, and shoot a Moss Arrow there. Once the time
is appropriate (ie: no guards looking in your direction, no one directly beneath
you, etc.), FALL down onto the moss (FALL, do not JUMP!). If you did not change
your facing at all, you should be facing the direction you want to go. Move
forward, turn left, and follow the path to the top of some stairs.

EXPERIMENT AREA: Although I have yet to try it, it seems that perhaps using your
Noisemaker Arrow here to clear the Hammerites out of the room below you might be
an excellent way to accomplish your goal.

Hide in the shadows, and sneak over to the exit ACROSS from the two Hammerites,
and listen to their conversation! AHA! Cutty is in cell block four! Once they
are done chatting, one of them will turn, and head out the exit you are near. As
he passes, lift the key from his belt (you may need to follow him for a little
in order to get close enough). Once you have the key, club him. Now, return to
the other room. While the second Hammerite's back is turned, sneak up to him.
Lift the key from his belt, then use your blackjack on him. Even though he's in
the next room, your blackjack will reach him. Now that the Hammer's are all
asleep, turn around and move through the exit directly opposite from you. (This
will be the exit where you were hiding, listening to the Hammers' conversation.)

EXPERIMENT! If you stick to the shadows, it may be possible to do this mission
without taking out the second Hammerite.

[Note: James Sterrett had this to say regarding the experiment:

You can do this without knocking either of these guys out. (Lifting the
key is helpful. The one outside the guard room will patrol back and forth, on a
long patrol. I saw him in the entrance to cell blocks 3 & 4, and when I was
moving back out, he was yapping with his buddy again.]

Follow the hallway you're in, up some stairs, and you will come to a sign. Cell
blocks 3 and 4 to the left, 1 and 2 to the right. Well, we know that Cutty's in
cell block four, so turn left. Follow this hall, and you will come to an opening
in the right hand wall, across from which it a torch. Douse the torch with a
Water Arrow.

SAVE YOUR GAME! While this part is relatively easy, if it goes wrong you don't
have to start again from too far back.

You may have noticed some sort of a rotating light on the ceiling in this room.
It is some sort of sensor. It seems that, as long as you are hidden (ie: in the
shadows), you can move freely about with no penalty. However, once you move into
the light, the sensor spots you, and the alarm sounds. Best to avoid that if at
all possible. Fortunately, these sensors have a weakness. Shoot it with a
Broadhead, and you disable it! Do so now.

Uh-oh...the sensor may be disabled, but that guard isn't! He'll come out of the
small room and start hunting for you. Once his back is turned, sneak up on him,
lift the key off his belt, and then wish him a good-night's sleep with your
blackjack.

Across from the opening you used to enter this room is an exit. Move forward,
climb the stairs, and follow the sign towards cell block four. Follow this
hallway, and you will come to an area with an opening in the wall to your right,
and a closed door across from you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is a Patrol Area! There are at least three guards that
patrol around the prison level, moving between cell blocks and between the upper
and lower levels. When you get an opportunity to remove one of these guards from
their patrol routes, do so. Note that one of these patrolling Hammerites has a
key you can pickpocket. [As far as I can tell, these patrolling guards are
unique to Thief Gold.]

Sneak into the opening on your right...this is cell block four. Across from you
and up on the next level, you can see a Hammerite that occasionally is looking
in your direction. So sneak through this room by sticking to the shadows. As you
sneak through, you may want to note the cell numbers. Cutty is in cell six. But
you can't get to him just yet.

Once you're through the room, follow the hallway and stairs up to level two. At
the top of the stairs, turn left, and then stop just before the next left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You are going to need to sneak through here. Take the left, but
go slowly. Watch the Hammerite at the far end. When his back is turned, move
forward, and stop in the next shadowy area. He may hear you, so once you're
safe, wait for him to stop looking for you again. He will eventually turn around
again, and you'll be able to move forward. Keep moving until you are safely out
of his view.

Now, press yourself against the wall, FACING the wall, so that you can lean to
the right, and lift the key off of the Hammerite's belt. Once you have it, turn
to your left, and move forward. You should only go a few steps before you hit
the wall. Now turn  to your right, not quite 180 degrees. You should see a
locking mechanism on the wall light up. You will need to use one of your keys to
unlock (and open automatically) the door on your left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Sometimes when you open this door, the Hammerite is looking in
your direction. You need him to be looking away.

Open the door, then rush in behind the Hammerite and club him. Once that is
done, turn to face the wall opposite the door. Hmmm...a bunch of levers.
Highlight the lever at the bottom of the leftmost column, and use it. This will
open Cutty's cell door. Now turn around and leave this room (the door has
probably closed again...use your key to open it). Make your way back down to the
first floor, and as soon as you enter the cell area, turn to your left, and go
into Cutty's cell.

Cutty's not doing so well, is he? Not only can he not pay you, but it looks like
he's not going to make it out of here alive. Just before he dies though, he will
impart some information to you which will lead to your next mission.

[NOTE: At this point, your mission objectives change to the following:

1. Sneak through the mines and factory to the Hammer prison. (This one
   should be checked).
2. Locate and release Cutty. (This one will have a mark in the box,
   indicating its irrelevance.)
3. Locate and release Basso the Boxman.
4. Locate Issyt the Beggar and get your lucky hand of glory back.
5. Find the evidence locker and retrieve Felix's map.
6. Loot the complex for valuables. Need 1,000 total loot.
7. Escape from the prison with Basso the Boxman.
8. Don't kill anyone! ]

Leave Cutty's cell, turn left, and move out of the cell block. Turn left, and
follow this passage, and continue straight on past the sign (Cell Block 3, Cell
Block 4). Keep going until you reach an area like before, with an opening into
the cell block (this time on your left), and a door directly across from you.
Welcome to cell block three.

Enter the cell block. Once again, move through the room, keeping to the shadows,
and make your way up to the second level. (If you are interested, look at the
cell numbers...Basso in is cell four.) At the top of the stairs, turn to your
right, and move forward, stopping before you reach the next right.

NOTE: The following section (enclosed between square brackets) is for players of
the original Thief. While playing Thief Gold, I did not have two Hammerites to
deal with here, only the only in the guardroom.

[ SAVE YOUR GAME! There's a bit of a problem here. Two Hammerites to deal with
instead of one. The first is in an alcove up ahead, to the left. Fortunately,
with patience, he can be dealth with.

If you are fortunate, he will be facing away from you, in which case you can
deal with him normally. Usually, however, he is facing in your direction, and
does NOT turn around. (I have only ever found him facing away once.) In order to
take care of him, you will need to move PAST him. See that sliver of shadow on
the ground in front of him. You have to sneak THROUGH that, into the deep
shadows beyond, before you can club him with your blackjack. Be sure to crouch
down while you move through, to maximize your chances. Once you've taken care of
laughing boy, you can work on freeing Basso. ]

SAVE YOUR GAME! To free Basso, do this part just like you did to free
Cutty...sneak, wait, sneak, get the key, open the door, and club the Hammerite.
Note: The prisoner at the end of the hall (closest to the guard) will panic when
he sees you, and start calling for help. Ignore him...the Hammerites seem to.

Point of Interest: If you look in the book in this cell block, not only will you
see that Basso is in cell four, but Dikket WAS in cell one, released when he
recanted and informed. (Dikket was the man mentioned in the Hot Tip above.)
Kudo's to the Thief team for this little bit of continuity! :)

To open the door to Basso's cell, activate the middle lever in the centre row.
Then work your way back down to the first level. Basso's cell is number
four...the second one on your left as you re-enter the cell block.

Oh dear...here is Basso, but he's unconscious. You're going to have to carry him
out. Pick him, leave the cell, and turn left. Move forward, out of the room, and
turn left again. You should be facing a door. Drop Basso here (he'll be fine,
don't worry), and unlock this door with one of your keys (the locking mechanism
in on the wall on your right). Enter the room, and move through the door
directly across from you. (Again, the locking mechanism is on the wall to your
right.) Welcome to cell block one.

[ NOTE: Once again, we have a difference between Thief and Thief Gold. The
original Thief had a stationary guard in this room. If you're playing the
original, then move up behind the Hammerite, and lift the key from his belt,
then club him. Once that is done, move through the door mentioned above and
continue with the walkthrough. ]

The first turn on your left leads into the cell block. Once again, you will need
to sneak through, hiding in shadows. Unlike the other cell blocks, this one has
a second exit, leading to the barracks. Ignore that for now. Once you've moved
past the cells, take the first left, and make your way up to the second level.
At the top of the stairs, turn left, and move forward. The first left is the way
you want to go.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is another of those move forward, hide, steal the key, open
the door areas. Do this part exactly like before. Once you have the Hammerite
unconscious, turn to the levers on the wall. Issyt is in cell nine. The lever to
open this cell is the second one from the bottom, on the right hand side. Once
activated, leave the room, turn left, and enter the second cell on the right.

Poor Issyt. Looks like the Hammerites were too much for him. Look down at the
body. One of the hands attached to the skeleton is your Lucky Hand of Glory.
Grab it, and then work your way back down to the first level. Stop when you come
to the sign pointing the way you came, saying "Level Two".

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part CAN be tricky, depending on how you want to do it.
Move forward, and turn left, and you should see the sign pointing to the
Barracks. Follow the sign, but stop before entering the room. There is a
Hammerite Priest in this room. Pull out your bow, and douse the torch at the far
end of the room. Once the room is in darkness, you have two options. 1) Sneak up
on the Hammerite and blackjack him. This is DIFFICULT. You have to move close to
him, but not within blackjack range (once you're close enough to blackjack him,
he sees you). Once you are close, LEAN OVER and strike him down. 2) Arm a
Broadhead Arrow, and shoot it towards the far end of the room. The noise
distracts the Hammerite, and he moves TOWARDS THE NOISE. While he's poking
around for you over there, now you can sneak up on him and blackjack him. Once
he's taken care of, take the stairs ahead all the way to the top.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next area is a patrol area. There are two Hammerites
wandering about up here. At the top of the stairs, turn left, and then take the
next left.You should now be in a semi-opulent room, and Garrett is making a
comment about how they spend their money. Directly across from you is a stained
glass window. There is a passageway on either wall, ahead of you, and this is
where the first patrolling Hammerite will come through. He doesn't turn towards
you, he just keeps walking straight, so it's pretty easy to knock him out. Once
he's asleep, turn back to the entrance you came in, and move to the left side as
you face it (staying in the room!), and wait.

[ NOTE: In the original Thief game, the guard you just knocked out was carrying
a Healing Potion which you could pick off his belt. In Thief Gold, this has
apparently been removed.]

Another Hammerite will be patrolling the hallway you came in from. Wait for him,
and when he passes...well, I'm sure you know by now what to do. :)

Once he's out, move into that hallway, turn left, and follow the corridor until
you come to a door on the right. Enter, and open the chest. You'll find a small
pouch of gold (100, Treasure Count: 610). Now, leave, and return to the semi-
opulent room.

[NOTE: For those who are interested. Instead of returning right away, turn
right, and keep going to the next door. Inside you'll find another chest, with
10 Broadhead Arrows inside. Leave that room, turn right, then take the next left
into the dining room. Across the room is the door to the kitchen. Inside, you
will find a Water Arrow on the righthand counter. Once you've done that, work
your way back to the semi-opulent room.]

Standing in the entrance to this room, facing the stained-glass window, you
should see ahead some sort of table on either side of you. On top of each one is
a golden hammer. Take them (75, 75, Treasure Count: 685, 760). On the ledge just
beneath the stained-glass window is a pair of candlesticks. Take both of them as
well (50, 50, Treasure Count: 810, 860). Turn to your right, and move out of the
room. At the end of this short hall, on your right, is a stairway going up. Take
it. Take it all the way up, and continue on ahead until you come to a left-right
turning, with a Hammer insignia on the wall in front of you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a Hammerite patrolling nearby, and you don't want him
to hear you! Turn left, and go through the door ahead on your right. You should
now be in some sort of a study, with a large hammer on the desk in front of you.
As soon as you enter the room, go through the door on your right. Follow the
passage until you come to a door on the right. Go through it. Now, turn left,
and move forward, but do not go around the corner. Instead, try to position
yourself so that, without leaning, you are looking partway around the corner.
Wait here, until you see the Hammerite turn around. Once he does, you can sneak
up behind him, get the key from his belt, and blackjack him.

Now, return to the study (the room with the hammer on the desk). Once you've
entered the room, move forward, and turn left. At the end of this small area, on
the wall to your left, is a safe. The key you just got from the guard outside
will open it. Inside you will find a diamond and a crown (100, 125, Treasure
Count: 960, 1085). Now, leave this room through the other door.

[Note: In one bookcase in this room, you can pick up a scroll and read the story
about a man named Nammon who made off with some items from the evidence box.
This explains WHY you didn't find what you were looking for there, but other
than that, there's nothing special about it. It is also interesting to note that
in Cell Block 2, the only one you don't need to enter, the book lists Nammon as
one of the prisoners, and that he died under questioning.]

Back in the hall now, move to the other end, and go through the door on your
left. Upon entering, turn to your right. You should see ahead of you a banner to
your left, and another safe to your right. Open the safe using the same key you
used for the previous one, and you will find another diamond and a tiara (100,
200, Treasure Count: 1185, 1385). Now, go over to the banner that you saw beside
the safe. Take out your sword, and cut it down. Beyond is a secret drinking
room. Move into it. On a table to your left you will find three bottles of wine
(50, 50, 50, Treasure Count: 1435, 1485, 1535). That's everything from up here,
so leave the room, and make your way back down to the bottom of the stairs. Once
there, continue straight ahead, turn right, and enter the large room ahead, but
stay in the shadows.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You should be on the other side of the stained-glass window.
Across from it are some stairs leading up to another room. Inside, you should be
able to overhear two men speaking. (NOTE: If you moved close enough to the
stained-glass window when you picked up the candlesticks, you may have triggered
their conversation already, and won't hear it now.)

Hide in the shadows. There is a treasure inside the room with the two men, but
you can't get in without at least one of them spotting you. Stand near the
staircase leading into that room, and jump. When you land, the noise will
attract their attention, and they will come looking. When one of them is close
enough, you can blackjack him. Then you can work more freely on the other one.
Note that one of them has a key that you can pickpocket from him. If they stop
looking for you, simply jump again to remind them of their duty.

[NOTE: The above can get very tedious, as it can take a long time to finish. The
treasure inside is not worth all that much, and if you don't mind having a
slightly less-than-perfect score, you can ignore this entire area.]

[Another NOTE: One time, I was very fortunate...jumping brought them out, and I
was able to club the Priest almost immediately. The gray Hammerite went back
inside, and had his back turned. I was able to sneak up behind him inside the
room and blackjack him.]

Once the two Hammerites have been disposed of, go up the stairs and on the table
you'll find another golden hammer (75, Treasure Count: 1610). You're now
finished on this level, so it's time to return for Basso. Go back downstairs the
way you came up, through the cell block, and turn right. Go through this door
(unlock it with your key), and then go through the door directly ahead of you in
the next room (again, use your key). You should now be just outside of cell
block three, where you dropped Basso. Look around on the ground until you find
him, and pick him up. Then, continue on forward. When you reach the sign showing
which way to go for cell blocks three and four, turn to the left and go down the
stairs. Remember to watch out for the sensor!

In the room at the bottom of the stairs, drop Basso near the closed door, then
continue through the room, but don't exit it. At the end of the room, turn left,
and move forward. There is a hole in the wall in front of you. To get through,
crouch and then move forward. Once through, go down the stairs to the water
level.

Move forward, wading through the water, until you have to turn to the left.
Turn, and move forward to the end, and up onto the dry area. This is a small
shelter of some sort, and there is a dead thief here. There are a number of
items to take here (you may need to move the body out of the way first),
including Felix's note. Apparently this is Nammon, the guy who stole from the
evidence locker. Also, you'll find a stack of copper coins (5, 1615), a stack of
gold coins (25, 1640), and four stacks of silver coins (12, 12, 12, 12, Treasure
Count: 1652, 1664, 1676, 1688). There are also 3 Water Arrows and 4 Moss Arrows.

Time to get Basso again. Go back through the water and up the stairs, and crouch
to go through the hole again. Now, go to the closed door, and open it (you
should not need to use your key). Then pick up Basso, go through the door, and
jump into the water. Follow the current until the flow drops you into a pool of
water. (While following the current, try to keep your facing in the direction
you're going.) Once you've landed in the pool, head through the tunnel directly
ahead (assuming you've kept your facing as suggested). You'll be in another pool
area. Directly across from where you entered is a tunnel to another cave, but
this one is underwater. Dive, and follow the tunnel. When you emerge, come up
for some air. Again, directly across from where you enter is another underwater
tunnel. Once you've got your air supply full, dive and follow the new tunnel.
This time, you'll exit into a pool with a ledge at the far end.

Climbing onto the ledge can be tricky here, since you've got Basso with you. On
the right hand side of the ledge, you should be able to find a sort of "crease"
in the rock, where two edges meet. Aim yourself for this, and press forward.
Once you're on the ledge, enter the tunnel and follow it back into the mines.

Take the first left you come to, and then the next right. Ahead, you should be
able to see the lift which you called up earlier. Move forward, and get on the
lift. Drop Basso (make sure he's on the lift with you!), turn to face the call
button box, and push the second button from the top. The lift will take you
down.

Once you stop moving, pick up Basso again, and look around. Once you find a
direction you can move in, do so (you may need to jump off the lift first). Keep
following this tunnel all the way...there are no choices to make (you can even
climb down the ladder you find while carrying Basso). Once you emerge into the
daylight, you will be overlooking the area where you first started the mission.
Congratulations! You've rescued Basso from the Hammerite prison!


Section 7: Down in the Bonehoard (Mission 3)
============================================
My best time on Expert: 22 minutes, 44 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2450

7.1: Introduction
=================
"...And the manfools piled rocks on rocks and raised a treesie roof, hammers
saws tear the skin of goodsie wood... ...and laughs at the Woodsie Lord. ...And
when learns the Lord of this, He sends His beastesses to the manfools... ...who
attacks and hammers saws their useless fleshes, and build him a house of they
rotting skins."
     -- Unattributed Trickster song


I was pissed at Cutty for a good while after the...prison debacle. But hey, you
can't blame him for what the Hammers did to him. So I decided to go after that
horn Felix talked about. Not like I had a whole lot of choice, really...the rent
is due...and my landlord's even tougher than the Hammers.

The map's pretty specific about where the entrance is. Too bad it's not as clear
about where the HORN is. Felix did some scrounging before he left, and his notes
say the horn is in the tomb of some nobles...the Quintus family. Guess I'll just
have to explore.

Felix, always helpful, also said that the catacombs are supposed to be haunted.
Think I'll go make some inquiries about where a "heretic" like me can get some
holy water. Always go prepared....


7.2: Objectives: Normal
=======================
1. Search through the ancient bonehoard and procure the legendary Horn
   of Quintus.
                                        
7.3: Objectives: Hard
=====================
1. Search through the ancient Bonehoard and procure the legendary Horn
   of Quintus.
2. What use do the dead have for their treasures, anyhow? Relieve them
   of at least 1000 worth of valuables.
3. In addition to garnering the Horn of Quintus, find and steal the
   fabled gemstone, "The Mystic's Soul."
4. Once you have what you came for, get back to the surface.

7.4: Objectives: Expert
=======================
1. Search through the ancient Bonehoard and procure the legendary Horn
   of Quintus.
2. In addition to garnering the Horn of Quintus, find and steal the
   fabled gemstone, "The Mystic's Soul."
3. What use do the dead have for their treasures, anyhow? Relieve them
   of at least 2000 worth of valuables.
4. The Mystic's Soul had a sister stone, called "The Mystic's Heart,"
   also thought to be in the Bonehoard. Find it. Make it yours.
5. Once you have what you came for, get back to the surface.

7.5: Simplified Objectives
==========================
1. Find the Horn of Quintus.
2. Steal the gemstone "The Mystic's Soul."
3. Rob the dead. Need 2000 total loot.
4. Steal the gemstone "The Mystic's Heart."
5. Once you have what you came for, get back to the surface.

While the objective of 2000 in loot may seem a bit daunting, what you HAVEN'T
been told is that both the Mystic's Soul and the Mystic's Heart contribute to
your final Treasure Count (a total of 1500).

7.6: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Zombies, Burricks, Flaming Spirit, Restless Dead.

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to steal from Cragscleft Prison. (Maximum:
1688.)

Starting Gear:

 1 Sword
 1 Blackjack
50 Broadhead Arrows
12 Water Arrows
 8 Rope Arrows
 3 Healing Potions
 3 Holy Water

Items for Sale:

12 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 6 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
 6 Noisemaker Arrows (Cost: 250 each)
 3 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)
 3 Holy Waters (Cost: 200 each)

It is unnecessary to purchase any Rope Arrows, as your eight will be more than
enough to finish this mission. (Likewise, I didn't need to use any Noisemaker
Arrows either.) If you plan on destroying the undead that you come across (as
opposed to simply running around them), then buy up all the Holy Water and the
Water Arrows. Although you start with three already, an extra Healing Potion or
two may not be a bad idea either.

Recommended Purchases: 12 Water Arrows, 3 Holy Waters. Total Cost: 1200

7.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
=================================
This mission introduces you to a new aspect of Thief: Traps.

While most of the "puzzles" on this mission are no real problem, there is one
that is VERY unforgiving. To obtain the Mystic's Soul, you need to have at least
FIVE Fire Arrows. If you have less than five, then you've either missed some
along the way, or expended too many already. You'll have to reload at an earlier
(usually a MUCH earlier) part of the mission. If you are playing Thief Gold, you
will also need a few Water Arrows and/or some Holy Water. Note that in Thief
Gold, defeating the Guardian for this puzzle gives you another Fire Arrow, so
you can come here with only four and acquire the fifth that you need.

There are a few areas of this mission where you can find the remains of the
members of Felix's doomed expedition. Beside each is a notebook which you can
read. These are interesting, but most of the time you will not find them if you
follow this walkthrough...they are scattered about in other areas. If you want
to find them, you'll have to do some exploring on your own.

There is a secondary objective in this mission that you can perform, if you
choose to. Scattered throughout the Halls of Echoing Repose will be some golden
bones you can find. While they don't count towards treasure, if you find them
all and place them all in a specific coffin, you are rewarded with more Holy
Water, Fire Arrows, etc. While this walkthrough will not attempt to complete
this (as it is unnecessary to complete the mission), it will be noted where
these bones can be found and where to bury them. [NOTE: I have not tried this
objective in Thief Gold yet...I do not know if the effect is different or not.]

Once I completed this mission, my stats screen showed: "Innocents Killed: None,
and Others Killed: 1". I presume that the one it thinks I killed was the Flaming
Spirit, as the only other things I "killed" were Zombies.


7.8: Walkthrough
================
You start facing the entrance into the Bonehoard. There is a Corpse-Zombie lying
on the ground in front of the entrance. Above it and to the left, you should see
a faint light (not the light from the lantern...above and to the left of that).
You want to get up there. Turn left to face the hill, and RUN (walking won't
work) to climb the hill, and make your way over to the dimly lit area. It's a
crypt. On the floor to the right of the bier is a goblet (15, Treasure Count:
15). Now turn, leave this room, and make your way onto the stone "roof" you can
see ahead. Once you're on top, turn right (facing the Corpse-Zombie), and let
yourself drop down, turn 180 degrees, and move forward into the Bonehoard.

Directly across from you, across a large hole with some planks across it, you
should see a rope hanging down into the room below you, and beyond that, another
room through a hole in the wall. Ignore the rope, and move into the next room.

Yes, it's a long way down. However, the ceiling just above you is made of wood.
Shoot a Rope Arrow into the ceiling, then use the rope to descend into the room
below. The rope does not reach the floor, but don't worry, the fall is not far
enough to damage you.

Once you've landed, turn so that your back is to the wall with the ugly faces on
it. You now have a choice. The apparent exit to the far right is nothing more
than a dark alcove. The exit to the room is to the far left. However, going
straight ahead between to two pillars will take you quite quickly into a dead-
end room, but on the floor at the far end (in the rubble area, behind the
"ALARUS" sign) is a healing potion. Considering the problems you'll be facing, I
recommend grabbing it. Now, go back to the room you just left, and turn right,
and then take the right-hand turn ahead. You should now be facing a stairway up.

[For those of you who want to get a few more water arrows for this mission (and
that's probably not a bad idea), this next part is for you. If you'd rather just
press on, skip the next paragraph.]

Turn left, and follow this dark passage up some stairs, until you are on a ledge
overlooking the first room, with the three ledges, the rope, and the Zombie.
Turn right, facing the south wall, and crouch. See that hole in the wall? Beyond
it is a chest. Open it, and you'll get 8 Water Arrows. Now, turn around, and
take the same passage back down to the other set of stairs.

Take these stairs up, and follow the passage. Ignore the first turning on your
left...while it leads to a holy water font, you really don't need it. Once you
enter the next room, with a set of stairs and some coffins set into the wall
ahead, turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There's a trap here that you'll want to avoid. Look over at the
far end of the room, near the coffins. A section of the floor is slightly
recessed. It's a pressure plate. Stepping on it will set off the trap, and
you'll be riddled with arrows. Unfortunately, there is a golden vase guarded by
that trap. There are two ways to avoid this trap. Either walk onto it when
you're crouched down, stand after the arrows have fired, look up and grab the
vase, and then move off. Alternatively, walk AROUND the pressure plate, and when
you're close enough, jump up, and grab the vase before you come down again (100,
Treasure Count: 115).

Once you've got the vase, take the stairs out of the room. (Note: if you used
the crouch method to avoid the trap, be sure you move OFF the plate before
heading towards the stairs...otherwise, you may set the trap off again and turn
yourself into swiss cheese.)

In the next room, stop as soon as you've entered. That corpse ahead is another
Corpse-Zombie. Turn to your left, and you'll see a rope descending from the
ceiling. Grab it, and climb down. At the bottom, turn left, and move into the
next room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! That's another Corpse-Zombie you can see. Ahead of you, to the
left of the Corpse-Zombie (past the passage to your left) is a hole in the wall.
Inside it is a chest, containing a treasure. You can either use your holy water
to make some Holy Water Arrows to take out the Zombie (a waste, in my opinion),
or you can run up, grab the treasure, and run out of the room with the Zombie
following you (I have not been able to do this without waking him up). Pick your
method, and grab the small diamond from the chest (100, Treasure Count: 215).
Leave this room from the same entrance you used, and push forward into the room
with the pool. Dive into the pool, and swim forward (ignore the turning to the
right), and when you surface, turn 180 degrees and pull yourself out of the
water.

Hmm...those two chests look tempting don't they? And unguarded, too. That should
be your first clue there's more here than meets the eye. Each one of these
chests in trapped. Once opened, an arrow shoots out from just beneath the chest,
directly ahead of it. So, when you open these chests, be sure you're not
standing directly in front. The left chest holds a Speed potion, and the right
one contains 6 Fire Arrows.

Turn around, move past the pool, and turn right. Yes, that is a long drop down,
but someone has kindly provided you with a ladder to climb safely. Once you've
reached the bottom of the ladder, MOVE forward quickly...you've stepped on a
pressure plate, releasing a boulder from above. If you're still standing there
when it hits...well, you get the idea.

Ahead of you is a tunnel leading to the right. Take it. When you reach the red
tunnel area, turn right, and then left. Ahead you should see an opening back
into gray tunnels.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a Burrick patrolling in the tunnel ahead. You can do
this one of two ways...the fast way and the safe way. The safe way involves you
staying here, and firing Arrows at the Burrick as he passes by, until you've
killed him. As you do this though, he will be breathing his deadly gas at you,
so you may have to crouch in the low area with the boulders from time to time.
The fast method is to watch, and when he's moved out of your sight to your
RIGHT, jump down into the tunnel.

Whichever method you use, after you're in the tunnel, turn left, and go through
the hole in the wall ahead. Once you're down in the next tunnel, turn right,
move forward, and let yourself fall down into the water below. (This part can be
tricky, as once you fall into the next tunnel, it gets a little disorienting.
Just fall, turn right until you see a way to go forward, and do so. If you wind
up in a gray cavern with roaming Burricks, you went the wrong way.)

Once you've come back to the surface of the water, turn right slightly, and you
should see an opening in the cave wall. Move towards it, and climb out of the
water when you reach it. Head up the stairs.

SAVE YOUR GAME! See all those recessed floor panels? Each one is a pressure
plate that shoots an arrow out towards whomever happens to be standing on the
plate. In this case, that's you. To avoid an untimely demise, crouch as you walk
through this room, and the arrows will fly over your head instead of through
your heart. Move towards the lighted area with the corpse on the floor. Don't
worry, he's not a Corpse-Zombie this time. [Note: One time while doing this
room, I somehow got hit by an arrow while still crouched. This was a one time
occurrance that I have not been able to repeat.]

In this small room, there is another trap. Right in front of the ledge with the
Fire Arrows on it is another pressure plate. You can get close enough to the
ledge to grab the Arrows without setting off the trap (there are six Fire Arrows
in all). [If you want to do it the hard way, crouch, and WALK (don't run)
forward onto the plate. The arrow will fly past you. Then you can stand up and
take the Arrows from the ledge. Note that, in order for this to work properly,
you have to crouch and walk DIRECTLY towards the ledge, ie: not on an angle. To
play it safe, you may want to inch forward until you hear the trap spring, then
wait for the arrow to fly before proceeding.]

On the floor next to the body is a small purse (100, Treasure Count: 315). There
is also a papyrus which, if you read, will give you a clue regarding how to
obtain the Mystic's Soul.

Turn around, and leave the way you came (don't forget to crouch). Back in the
water room, at the far end across from you, you should see another tunnel. Swim
over there, and pull yourself up. Follow these tunnels (you can run safely here)
until you reach the end, where you are overlooking a gray cavern filled with
roaming Burricks. [Note: In the tunnels leading up to this point, there is never
any choice of which direction to go, although in one point you need to pull
yourself up into the next tunnel.] Take a look around. Note that when you enter
the cavern, you can go left, or you can go right slightly, where the tunnel then
turns to head in the direction you are (currently) facing. That is the area you
will want.

SAVE YOUR GAME! These Burricks do not like trespassers. Drop down into the
cavern, turn right, then left. Just after making this turn, turn to your right
and there will be a hole in the wall. Enter it, turn left, and follow the tunnel
to the crossroads. Turn left, and follow this tunnel as far as you can. (Note:
At one point, you may think you're at a dead end. Look up and to your left, and
you should see the passage continuing.)

This is a spot where Thief differs from Thief Gold. If you're playing Thief, you
should come to a T-Section, with the two other tunnels being somewhat dark. Turn
to your right, but don't go forward. Instead, look down, and inch forward
somewhat, until you find the uncut diamond (50, Treasure Count: 365). If you are
playing Thief Gold, then the tunnel will eventually dead-end, near the remains
of another unfortunate adventurer. Near his skull you'll find the uncut diamond
(50, Treasure Count: 365).

Now, make your way back to those crossroads (there should be no problem, as
there were no other turns you could take on your way here), and turn right.
Follow the tunnel until you've returned to the opening which leads back into the
Burrick caves.

SAVE YOUR GAME! While you should have no trouble bypassing the Burricks here,
it's best to be safe. Exit the tunnel you are currently in. While you could
probably take any of the three possible passages here, for the sake of this
walkthrough, take the left passage...it's darker, and you can possibly hide if
you need to. Follow this passage as far as you can, hugging the left wall. When
you cannot move forward anymore, turn to the right. See that lighted tunnel up
near the ceiling? That's where you want to go. Press forward, hugging the left
wall again, and you should climb the wall at the same time. Soon, you'll get the
mouth of the tunnel. Pull yourself up into it. [Note: Alternatively, there is a
rope hanging from the ceiling that you can grab and climb up, then jump into the
tunnel mouth. Whichever method you prefer, use it.]

Move forward, following the tunnel until it opens into another white-gray
underground cavern, with a rope hanging down at the mouth of your tunnel. Hop
down onto the ledge below, turn left, and follow the ledge all the way over to
the red tunnel you can see. Climb into that tunnel, and follow it up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You are about to enter what is referred to on your map as the
"Halls of Echoing Repose". This area is heavily populated with Zombies, and they
patrol the area. You may want to take a few of them out to make this area a
little more bearable. [Note that, if you are doing this part of the mission
simply by avoiding the Zombies, then you may have to move very fast. This is a
good way to get yourself turned around and disoriented. Whenever you find a
chance to stop for a moment, if you've made any progress whatsoever, I suggest
saving your game.]

When you climb out of the tunnel into the Halls of Echoing Repose, Garrett will
make a comment about "tombs with piped-in music". That's the Horn of Quintus
you're hearing. Move straight ahead, so that the large pillar in the centre of
the room passes by on your left. Ahead, you should see a stack of alcoves
flanked by an exit on either side. Take the right hand one. Move forward,
ignoring the hallway to your right, and instead enter the room ahead on your
right. There should be a few Corpse-Zombies lying on the floor, in front of a
small ramp with a jewelled urn at the top. Grab it (100, Treasure Count: 465),
and leave. [Deal with the Corpse-Zombies as you see fit. I usually kill two as
they lie there, using Holy Water Arrows. Note that this room contains one of the
golden bones mentioned previously.]

[NOTE: The above room is an ideal ambush point. When I played the last time
(using Thief Gold), I sat in here and just pumped Zombies full of Holy Water
Arrows as they came in the door. Took out about ten or so.]

Exit the room, and turn right. Hug the right wall, until you find a shadowy
alcove on the left side of the hall. Go into that area, and you'll find a door.
Open it, and go in. The two corpses on the floor are Corpse-Zombies. Directly
across from the door is an alcove which contains a gold vase (100, Treasure
Count: 565). (You'll have to move at least one boulder, and crouch to get into
the alcove.)

Leave the room the way you came in, and turn right. Head down this corridor,
until you can see (ahead and to the right slightly) a white stonework "wall".
Head towards that area. Once you're there, turn left and move forward (the white
"wall" should be on your right). Note that at just about this point is another
of those golden bones. Once you've passed the "wall", turn right and move
forward (again, the "wall" should be on your right). On the wall on your left,
up above your head-level, you should see some sort of engraving. There's a ledge
there with another uncut diamond (50, Treasure Count: 615). Keep moving ahead,
and go through the passage on the leftmost side of the wall ahead. [Note: The
white "wall" is a sort of guard rail for a staircase leading down. At the bottom
is a hole leading into a flooded area. If you go down here, and follow the water
into the next chamber, you'll find another golden bone floating in the water.]

Keep following this passage until you find a turn in the right hand wall. Go in.
You should be looking at a room with no floor, and a walkway across. Go across
the walkway, but be careful...it's trapped in the centre. Jump across the
depression in the centre to avoid setting off the trap. Behold, a ladder! Take
the ladder all the way to the top, and turn to your right. Grab the vase (50,
Treasure Count: 665).

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part is a bit tricky. While still on the ladder (make sure
you're as far up as you can get), turn to face the bier opposite the one which
had the treasure on it. Hop onto it (jump while holding the WALK button, not the
RUN button). Now, ahead and down somewhat you should see an opening in the wall,
that you could never reach if you were beneath it. Now that you are above it
though, run and jump towards it, and you should land safely in the opening.
[This is really tricky. The secret is to not run right to the edge and jump. Try
jumping from about the centre of the coffin you're standing on.]

[NOTE: At least one person has said that the jump I just described is very
difficult to accomplish, and suggested re-writing the walkthrough for this level
to include a different way to get there. I tested this jump, and except for one
or two fumbles, I was able to make the jump time and time again with no
difficulty, so I've decided to leave it as is. Comments?]

Directly ahead of you is a passageway. Move down there, and when you come near
the end you'll see a chamber with a hammer-shaped light on the floor. DO NOT
ENTER THE LIGHT! The lighted floor sections are pressure plates, which cause
some sort of acid to rain down on you. Instead, move off to either the right or
the left side of the light. On either side, is a recessed coffin, with a skull
sitting on top. Behind each skull is a golden goblet (15, 15, Treasure Count:
680, 695). Also, at the end of the room is another small chamber. Inside is
another goblet (15, Treasure Count: 710).

[NOTE: At the far end of this room, flanking the entrance to the far chamber,
are two ladders descending into the room below. Down in that room you will find
the last two golden bones, plus a holy water font. Also in this room is the
coffin where you "bury" the bones. Drop each one into the coffin (they will
disappear), and when all five are put in, six areas around the coffin light up,
highlighting your rewards for putting this poor soul to rest.] Leave the way you
came in, and turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Thief Gold has made this portion more difficult with a new
monster! (If you are playing the original Thief, ignore everything regarding the
Flaming Spirit. The rest of the puzzle is the same.)

Follow this passage until you can turn right again, and do so. Inside the room
ahead, far off, you should see what appears to be someone on fire moving around.
This is a Flaming Spirit. Take him out (using either Water or Holy Water
Arrows), then move forward (pick up the Fire Arrow he leaves behind, if you are
so inclined). Ignore the heavy breathing you hear from some nearby
Zombies...they are trapped at the moment and cannot reach you. In the centre of
the room ahead, on the floor, is some sort of locking mechanism. Try though you
might, you cannot unlock it. Also in the room, are five doors, which you cannot
open. There are also five unlit torches on the walls.

Move forward, very close to the locking mechanism. Now, pull out your Fire
Arrows, and light each torch above the doors. This will open the locking
mechanism, revealing a well of water. It also unlocks the five doors, releasing
five Zombies into the room. Dive into the well, and swim to the other end. When
you surface, climb out of the water.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This room is heavily trapped. Arrows will be shooting out of the
stairs, and purple energy out of other holes around the room, so this must be
done carefully. Move forward, until you are between the first two opposite
pillars. Move either left or right, so you are lined up with the EDGE of the
stairs (not the stairs themselves...the "banisters", if you like). Now, run
forward, jump and land on the banister. You might hear some activity behind you
as the traps are going off, although sometimes you can manage this without
hitting the pressure plate. Move to the top of the banister, towards the
pedestal. Before you get any bright ideas though, look down. Hmmm...a skull.
Remember "Raiders of the Lost Ark"? Pick up the skull. Now, place it on the
pedestal, in the recessed area with the gem. Once it's there, you can pick up
The Mystic's Soul (500, Treasure Count: 1210). When you pick it up, there should
be no activity whatsoever...the skull is weighing down the trap trigger.
Congratulations, Indiana! If you misplaced the skull, well...aren't you glad you
saved your game? (It can be a little tricky to place the skull properly.)

[NOTE: For those playing the original Thief game, it has been suggested to me
that balancing the skull on the pedestal is not exactly necessary. You should be
able to just grab the gem while standing on the left side of the stairs (NOT on
the stairs proper, but the "railing" area. (I am assuming that this is the left
side of the stairs as you face the pedestal.) This doesn't appear to be possible
anymore in Thief Gold, however. They've redesigned the staircase so you can't
reach the gem while on the railing.]

Those traps are still active, so if you want to get out with your prize, work
your way back down the same way you got up. Head back to the hole in the ground
that you used to enter this room. See that ladder above the waterhole? Get on
that, climb up, and move forward in the resulting tunnel until you find another
ladder.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Thief Gold players have an additional problem to deal with here.
If you're playing the original Thief, skip down to the next paragraph. That
Flaming Spirit that you dealt with earlier is back, and on patrol. I have only
done this part once myself, and as soon as I got off the ladder I RAN for the
exit...he never caught me. However, it MAY be possible for him to do so. If so,
keep watch while you're on the ladder as he moves around down there, and when
you think he is sufficiently far enough away to give you your chance at escape,
take it. We now return you to our regularly scheduled walkthrough....

Grab onto that ladder, and move down. Before jumping off the ladder, make sure
you are facing the wall that the ladder is attached to. Jump off, and you'll
fall back down into the entryway before the "well room". Those Zombies are still
roaming, but fortunately, you are facing the way out, so as soon as your feet
hit the ground, move forward and out of the room. Turn left when you exit, and
keep going straight, ignoring any turns, until you find a long wooden ramp. Turn
right onto the ramp, and move forward through the tunnel it connects to. At the
end, be sure you're still running and jump across that abyss. Turn left, climb
the stairs, go through that doorway, and climb to the top of the ramp.

SAVE YOUR GAME! I don't know WHAT those purple balls of energy are, but they can
kill. Turn to your left, and follow this ledge (being wary of the purple
energy). About halfway across, stop and turn to your right. Aha! Once it's safe
to cross the path of the shooting energy, move into this room. Take the first
right, move forward, and then turn right into a natural cavern.

You've just entered an area with quite a few Burricks in it. However, the sound
of the Horn of Quintus has lulled them into peace, and you can move through here
without worry (unless you attack one). So, move forward, then turn left. At the
bottom of this tunnel is a chamber. Through the one exit you can see some
Burricks. Through the other, nothing. Take the second one (it's on your right).
Move through that opening, then turn left when the opportunity presents itself.
Move forward from there into a dark cavern, and turn right. You should see two
Burricks guarding the passage there. Move between and behind them. You should
now see, to your right, a passage that does NOT look natural. Move through
there, and you'll be in a room with statues and coffins.

Move ahead, and turn left. Once you've entered the next room, Garrett will make
a comment like, "Good thing I'm not afraid of heights." As his comment suggests,
you have to climb here. From the entrace, you should be able to see, to your
left, a ladder. Go there, climb up, and get off at the next level. Now, move
around the walkway to the opposite end of the chamber, and you should soon find
another ladder going up. Climb up and get off at the next level. While facing
AWAY from the ladder you just got off of, turn to your right, and move around
the walkway to not quite the opposite end. Again, you'll find another ladder.
This one is rather difficult to see, so look carefully. Climb up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This ladder is a little tricky to disembark correctly. You want
to face towards the right (as you're looking at the centre of the room). Jump
off, then move around until you come to an opening in the pillar in the centre
of the room. Move inside, jump across and grab the ladder. Climb up to the top.
Once you climb off the ladder, move forward. Garrett will remark that you've
found the Horn. Grab it.

Oh dear. That haunting music stopped. I wonder why? Turn around, move forward,
and work your way around the pillar until you are at the opposite end from the
one you climbed up. Jump forward off the pillar and land on the ledge below.
Turn around, and walk of the ledge to another below on the left (if your back is
against the wall). Once more, walk off, and land on the walkway below. You
should be near the ladder that brought you up here. Get on it, and work your way
down back to the ground floor the same way you got up. Once down there, take the
tunnel back out, and through the room with the coffins, which opens onto the
Burrick caverns.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Uh-oh...something seems to have agitated them. Since you've
grabbed the Horn, it is no longer playing its soothing song, and the Burricks
are just a wee bit upset about this. Get out the same way you came in...run
through the two Burricks, turn left, then right, then climb the tunnel to your
left, turn right, then turn left, then left again. That should take you back to
the room with the shooting purple energy.

Don't hang around sightseeing...those Burricks just may be following you. Work
your way back to the top of the ramp, then down it. In the next room, follow the
stairwell all the way around, and go through the exit. Move forward until you
can't anymore, and turn left. Move out onto the catwalk, stopping where it joins
another walkway. Turn so you are exactly facing the ledge you see across from
you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If this doesn't work, you're one dead Thief. You have to time
this just right. Run and jump across to the ledge. You won't land on it, so
you'll have to pull yourself up onto it.

[NOTE: If you are having difficulty making this jump, try drinking the Speed
potion that you picked up earlier in the mission. It will make your jump easier
to accomplish.]

Once you're on solid ground again, move forward into the burial chamber, move
past the first set of alcoves. At the second set, turn to your left, and in this
burial alcove you will find another goblet (15, Treasure Count: 1225). That's
all that's in here, so turn around, climb up, and head back out onto the ledge.
Turn right, and move as far forward as you can. Then, turn left, line yourself
up with the walkway below and move forward, falling onto it (RUN, don't walk).

Turn right, and move down this corridor. Be careful, as there is a trap that you
will want to avoid. Keep moving until you find an opening to your left. From out
of this opening, you should see small fireballs hitting the wall opposite the
entrance. Well, you need to go in there, so wait until a fireball smacks the
wall, then push forward into the room, keeping to the right of the fireball
stream once you're in. Move towards the wall opposite the entrance, and you'll
see a hold in the floor, with a ladder sticking out.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part isn't really dangerous, just annoying if you do it at
the wrong time. You want to climb down the ladder into the room below. There is
a Corpse-Zombie in the centre of the room. Once you are down, turn around so
that the ladder you just descended is to your back. You want to head for the
ladder that leads up the wall on your left. At the top of this ladder, turn
left, and grab the golden cup (25, Treasure Count: 1250). Climb back down, and
back up the ladder you originally used to get down here. Turn left, and jump
onto the bier at the top of the ladder. Then, turn to face the interior of the
room, and pull yourself up.

Once again, you have to get past that fireball trap. Wait for the right moment,
then move through the doorway, and turn left. When you get to the ramp that
leads down, turn left (AWAY from the ramp, facing the wall). Be careful, as
there is a Corpse-Zombie nearby. There is a ladder here. Climb it all the way to
the top. Once there, turn all the way around, and jump into the next room. Move
around the hole in the floor to the opposite end, where you'll find an exit.
Move through here, and follow this hall to the next chamber.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a Burrick on guard in the next room, and you have to
either get past it, or kill it. To get past, take either the left or the right
path, it doesn't matter which, and move up the ramp, and down the next one into
the next room. At the far end (directly across from the Burrick) is another
doorway. Move through it, to the end.

[NOTE: While moving around the ramps to get past Mr. Morning Breath, you don't
need to sneak...I was able to run the entire way without attracting attention.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part is very tricky, and a wrong step could be your last.
You may want to save your game a couple of times through this. You have to work
your way down to the room below, without falling, and without getting killed by
those purple energy streams. Move across the top beam to the centre, then step
off on your left side (be careful, there are purple streams shooting along its
length). Move to the end of that beam, and hop off the side (to your left) onto
the ledge below. Turn so your back is to the wall...you want to jump over to the
beam on your right now. Once you've done that, move to its centre, and hop down
onto the beam below (again, be careful of the purple streams!). Move to the
centre, hop down to the next beam, and move off of it and onto the floor. You
should be close enough now to do so with no damage, or minimal damage. Turn to
the exit, and leave the room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a warning plaque on the ground before entering this
next room: "He upon whom the gaze of the Guardians falls, he shall be
destroyed." This room is filled with statues and pillars. The statues are the
Guardians. If your path crosses the gaze of one of these statues, you're fried.

Move into the room, and turn right. Go past the first statue, and pass the first
pillar with it being on your right. Move across to the next pillar you see,
walking around it with it being on your left. You should now be in a slightly
darker area, with two statues nearby, and directly ahead and to your left
another pillar. Walk forward, and hug that next pillar, keeping it on your
right. Hug the next one as well, this time keeping it on your left. Hug this
last pillar, keeping it on your right. Now that you're past all the Guardians,
move forward to the door to the next room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! As soon as you set foot in the next room, a bright light appears
in the centre, and another guardian appears (a Restless Dead). At the opposite
end of the room, past the guardian, is a chest containing the Mystic's Heart,
beyond which is a teleporter.

You can handle this section in one of four ways. I find that the first way is
the fastest and simplest:

1) Run into the room. When the guardian appears, just ignore him. Run right past
him, and as you pass the chest (DON'T stop!), grab the Mystic's Heart. Keep
running into the teleporter. The guardian will not follow you. (This method
takes me about 10 seconds.)

2) The long way. As soon as the light comes on, rush over to one of the dark
sides of the room, crouch, and wait for him to stop looking for you. Sneak
quietly around to the other side of the room, pausing occasionally to wait while
he looks around for you. (This method takes me about 4 minutes.)

3) The intermediate way. Before stepping into the room, arm your sword. Prepare
for a smashing blow as you step into the room, then run forward and deliver it.
After that, it should only take two sideswings to deal with this guardian
permanently. (This method takes me about 20 seconds.)

4) If you can trigger the Guardian WITHOUT alerting him a single Fire Arrow shot
will kill him. (This method also takes me about 20 seconds.)

After using your method of choice, move to the box at the end of the room, and
open it to get the Mystic's Heart (1000, Treasure Count: 2250). Move into the
teleporter behind the chest, and you'll be teleported back to the start of this
area, up at the top with the shooting purple streams.

Turn so you are facing away from the room with the streams. Move to the end of
the hall. In the next chamber, you need to sneak by the Burrick again. Do so in
the same way as you did before. Once you reach the other exit, use it, and find
the ladder that brought you up here. You need to climb back down again. Once
you're at the bottom of the ladder, turn left (if you're facing the ladder), and
head down this passage again. You'll need to time yourself to avoid the fireball
again. Once you are past it, follow the path into the next room, then cross to
the opposite end of the chamber. Climb the ramp up, and turn right. Follow this
path to the foot of another ramp. Climb this ramp up, and enter the room at the
top.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part can be tricky and deadly. You need to get into the pit
at the bottom. You can either fall in, or use a Rope Arrow to create a more
subtle entrance. However, if you use a Rope Arrow, make sure you do NOT make it
too close to the north end of the pit.

Once you are in the pit, turn to face the... okay, turn to face the face. Move
to either the left or the right side of it, and then move forward. The eyes in
the face are diamonds. Once you are close enough, you can grab one of the eyes
(you may need to LEAN over to do so) (100, Treasure Count: 2350). Then, move
AWAY from the face, and once the fireworks have stopped, move to the other side,
and repeat (100, Treasure Count: 2450). [For those of you who like completeness,
behind the pillar directly across from the face is a chest containing 4 more
Rope Arrows.] Once you have the eyes, climb back out of the pit (use your Rope
Arrow now if you didn't use it to climb down). [Once more, for those who like
completeness, remember that your Rope Arrows are retrievable.]

Once you are out of the pit, leave the room the way you came in. Climb down the
ramp. At the foot of the ramp is a passageway. Go through it. Follow it as far
as you can. When you get to the point where you can either go right or move
forward a few more feet and THEN turn right, take the first right. (I hope that
made sense!) At the end of that hall (you should be facing a barrel in front of
an opening in the wall), turn left. See that hold near the floor in the left
wall? Crouch down and go in there. Follow this passage all the way to the end.
Exit out onto the top of the Bonehoard. Congratulations! You're a successful
grave robber!


Section 8: Assassins (Mission 4)
================================
My best time on Expert: 15 minutes, 20 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2705

8.1: Introduction
=================
"The ancient corruption was again contained. To do more would have upset the
balance, but we knew to remain ever vigilant lest it resurface. Neither the
Hammers nor the pagans could be trusted not to meddle."
     -- Keeper Annals


I had some money to spare after disposing of the Horn, so it seemed time to
invest in some new..."tools". Farkus is one of the few merchants willing to risk
selling to an idependent like me, and his prices are steep...but the other
choice is to let one of the so-called "City Wardens" give me orders...AND take a
cut of my profits. They'd been after me for years to join one of their stables,
but I'm not interested. Maybe they'll get the idea and give up. More likely
they'll just ramp up the threats. Nothing I can't handle if I'm careful. AND
lucky. And my luck seems to have finally turned for the better....


8.2: Objectives: Normal and Hard
================================
1. Now that you've got the finest in lockpicks, you can go after more
   challenging -- and lucrative -- targets. How about the local Hammer
   Temple? Get at least 1,000 loot.

8.3: Objectives: Expert
=======================
1. Now that you've got the finest in lockpicks, you can go after more
   challenging -- and lucrative -- targets. How about the local Hammer
   Temple? Get at least 1,000 loot.
2. A true professional doesn't leave a mess. Don't kill anyone!

8.4: Simplified Objectives
==========================
1. Loot the Hammer Temple for at least 1,000.
2. Don't kill anyone.

NOTE: Your mission objectives will be changing VERY fast once you start the
mission.

8.5: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Human Guards (including Archers and Swordsmen), Burricks.

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to acquire in the Bonehoard. (Maximum:
2450.)

Starting Gear:

40 Broadhead Arrows
 4 Water Arrows
 2 Moss Arrows
 1 Set of Lock Picks
 1 Lockpicking Instructions

Items for Sale:

20 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
11 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 2 Fire Arrows (Cost: 300 each)
 8 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
 3 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)

NOTE: Once again, your sword and blackjack are not shown under the "Starting
Gear" for this mission. However, you DO have them both.

Fire Arrows and Broadhead Arrows are pretty much useless in this mission, since
you can't kill anyone. Since your supply of Water Arrows starts so small, you
should buy a few more, to take care of any torches that will reveal your
presence inside. Also, at the start of your mission you will have an opportunity
to pick up a few items (see below)...so check what you will be getting and
decide what you'll need then.

REMEMBER: Despite what your mission objectives tell you at the start of the
mission, you will NOT be entering the Hammer Temple, but home of a man named
Ramirez. Prepare for THAT.

Recommended Purchases: 11 Water Arrows. Total Cost: 550

8.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
=================================
This is another mission that introduces a new aspect to Thief, and this time
it's one that I enjoy far more than the traps: Lockpicking. [Note: A few times
in this walkthrough I will tell you to pick a lock. You are carrying a set of
lockpicking instructions. Read them.]

The beginning of this mission is a follow-the-leader type of mission.
Unfortunately, the ones you are following sometimes take a different route back.
I have only personally witnessed one, which is the one detailed below. If anyone
knows of any additional features that should be noted on other routes, I would
appreciate knowing about them.

While you are working through this mission, there are a lot of guards you may
encounter. While the walkthrough does not specify when to take any out, feel
free to do so at your discretion. In some cases (such as leaping onto the roof),
you may want to make sure no nearby patrols can hear you by removing the patrol.
Inside, many of the guards (and at least one servant) have keys you can
pickpocket.

If the guards become aware of you during your mission, then you get another
mission objective: Get back to your own area of the city. I have seen this once,
and when you leave the mansion area, the streets are crawling with Ramirez' men.
Basically, all you need to do is retrace your steps back to the area where you
started, Farkus' shop (I think...I haven't actually made it back successfully
yet, but this is what I've been told). Anyone who cares to clarify this, I would
appreciate it.

The first time I went through this mission, it took me over an hour. Why?
Because I like to be thorough the first time through...I took out every guard I
could outside the house, so I could have free run if I needed to. But when I
came back OUT of the house, there were new guards posted (they looked something
like thieves), in slightly different areas. Since no alarm was raised, I can
only assume that at some point in the game there is a "changing of the guard".
Also, one of these new guards was positioned in a spot as to make the exit from
the manor that I propose very difficult. As noted above, my best time is under
half an hour...I assume that this "changing of the guard" takes place at a
specified time like half an hour or one hour into the mission. (As an
interesting tidbit, while exploring the grounds with the new guards in position,
I noted that one of them was practically standing on the body of a guard I had
hidden in shadows!) (All of this was noted while playing the original Thief
game.)

There seem to be several differences between the original Thief and Thief Gold
with this mission's guards...both in number, location, and where and when they
patrol. For this reason, most references in this walkthrough to such things are
either left out, or refer to Thief Gold if they are mentioned.


8.7: Walkthrough
================
You start off in Farkus' store, having just purchased your new lock picks. As
soon as you take a step though, and arrow comes slicing through the window and
puts an end to Farkus's mercantile days. If you stop and listen, you'll hear the
two assassins discussing the murder. That arrow was meant for you! How rude!

[NOTE: At this point, your mission objectives change to the following:

1. Loot the Hammer Temple for at least 1,000. (This one will have a
   mark in the box, indicating its irrelevance.)
2. Trail the thugs who just tried to assassinate you, without being
   detected.
3. Don't kill anyone. ]

Move around the store, and pick up the following items:

2 Water Arrows (beneath the shelf holding the Fire Arrows)
3 Fire Arrows (one on the counter, two more on a shelf near the window)
2 Moss Arrows (on the same shelf with the Water Arrows)
3 Rope Arrows (underneath the counter)
2 Noisemaker Arrows (underneath the counter)
3 Flash Bombs (one on the counter, two more underneath the counter)

[NOTE: Be VERY CAREFUL when picking up the items in the store. The first few
times I did it, I was in such a rush I accidentally set off one of the flash
bombs, alerting the assassins to my presence and prematurely ending the
mission.]

You have to do this quickly, so the assassins don't get too far ahead and you
lose their trail! [Note: I suggest that you do this WHILE they are discussing
their sloppy handiwork. It saves time. Alternatively, if you are not that
concerned with getting the best possible time, you can come back here and pick
up the items AFTER you have followed the Assassins to their lair.]

Exit the shop, and turn right. Try to stick to the shadows as you move. Move
forward, past the first turning on your left, and take the next left. Keep
going, until you come to a point where You can move on or through a lighted
archway. Continue forward.

At this point, if not before, you should have the assassins in sight. Since you
have to follow them, I'm not going to walk you through their route back.
Instead, I'll point out some highlights [Note that it would be wise to save your
game a few times as you follow them]:

1: The lighted archway (mentioned above). At this point, no matter how careful
you've been, the assassins stop for a moment to make sure no one is following
them.

2: The metal bridge. You have two choices here. Use a Moss Arrow to cover the
sound you make crossing, or wait until they are too far ahead to hear you.
[Note: After crossing the bridge, the assassins turn left. ONCE, I saw them turn
right. I didn't get a chance to follow them, as they heard me cross the bridge.]
Once past the bridge and out of sight, they appear to pause and check to see if
anyone is following again.

3: Stone ramp. For some reason, they can hear you at this point. Hang back, and
wait for them to turn.

4: The wooden bridge. Sometimes, they hear you here, either on the bridge
itself, or on the metal steps leading up to it. Tread softly. Also, their path
at this point puts them in a position to see you if you're following far enough
behind. Either stay close, or hang back.

5: Streetlamps. Just up past the wooden bridge is a street with lit streetlamps.
Wait in the shadows here. At the far end of the road, they assassins turn to
once again check to see if they're being followed. [Note: I have, on occassion,
seen them skip checking here. I have no idea why.]

6: Ramp with three overhead lights (not streetlamps). Sometimes (again, I don't
know why they do or don't) the assassins stop at the top to check behind them.

7: The Ramirez Mansion. This is where your journey ends. As Garrett is talking
to himself about what to do, one of the assassins turns to take a last look
behind.

[NOTE: At this point, your mission objectives change to the following:

1. Trail the thugs who just tried to assassinate you, without being
   detected. (This one should be checked).
2. Time to show Ramirez who the real criminal mastermind is. Break into
   his mansion and take what he values most -- his wealth. The purse
   from his belt should make the point.
3. Loot the mansion for valuables. You need at least 2,000 worth.
4. Locate his prized silver fire-poker. It's worth quite a bit.
5. Get out of the mansion.
6. Don't kill anyone.]

ADDITIONAL FEATURES: On other routes that the Assassins can take, you may note
the following:

8: Long metal ramp. If the Assassins move down a long metal ramp, DO NOT FOLLOW
THEM DOWN IT! Instead, walk along the left and fire a Moss Arrow down at the
base of the ramp. Then drop onto the moss, and continue.

Once the last assassin as gone inside, move up to the entrance, and listen to
the conversation the guards are having. Hmm...I wonder if that has anything to
do with you?

SAVE YOUR GAME! It would be a shame to go through that whole follow-the-leader
routine again. Once you hear the guards start to move off, move almost
immediately forward. However, don't go too far. Stay in the shadows.

In the original game, one of the guards comes back very quickly, and you'll be
able to club him with your blackjack. [Note: There is a dark area across and to
the left of the mansion (as you face away from it), which you can hide bodies
in.] In Thief Gold however, it takes the guard about two minutes to return.

You can either go forward into the mansion through the main entrance (careful,
there's a guard right inside that might be facing your way!), or down one of the
gravel paths, left or right, onto the mansion grounds. While any of these
directions will get you inside, my preferred way is going left. So, go left,
being sure to walk carefully on the gravel path (use a Moss Arrow if you need
to...there's a guard on a walkway right above you!).

[NOTE: A third route into the grounds is available. If you go around the mansion
on the outside, you will eventually find a sewer/waterway system. You can push
against the flow under the wall and pull yourself up onto the grounds inside.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! The entire outer grounds area is a Patrol Area. Move forward
onto the grass, and turn left. Stay in the shadows. Move all the way to the end,
and turn right. You should see a guard walking away from you, and a very large
shadowy area. Move into that area, and stay there. There should be a guard
walking towards this area very soon, if he's not already. (If you've seen him
before this point, you weren't moving fast enough, and were probably seen by
him.) Knock him out, grab his body, and move forward. There's a narrow space
between the outer wall and the mansion up ahead, with a door in the outer wall.
You'll need to pick the lock to get in, but don't worry, you have time. Once you
get the door open, go inside. It's safe to hide the body in here. There is also
a flash bomb and two mines on the floor near the ladder. Climb up the ladder.
Once at the top, turn right. You should be looking out a "window" at a low roof
portion of the mansion.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You might be heard when you try this. Jump out the window and
land on the roof portion. Turn left, and mantle up onto the balcony. Go inside.
Congratulations, you've made it into the mansion proper!

Immediately upon entering, turn to your right, and go through the door there.
Nice bathroom, isn't it? Plenty of stuff for a taffer like you. Unfortunately,
to get everything in here you're going to have to mantle up onto the edge. (When
you're finished on one side, you can do a balancing act on the edge of the
bathtub to get to the other side.) Start collecting treasures. You will get the
following: four Golden Candlesticks (50, 50, 50, 50, Treasure Count: 50, 100,
150, 200), two fancy goblets (15, 15, Treasure Count: 215, 230), a bottle of
fine wine (50, Treasure Count: 280), and a jewelled bracelet (125, Treasure
Count: 405). Hop out of the tub, and go back into the main bedroom.

Okay, time to pick up some more loot. In front of the fireplace, pick up two
more bottles of wine (50, 50, Treasure Count: 455, 505), two gold goblets (25,
25, Treasure Count: 530, 555), and a golden dinner plate (50, Treasure Count:
605). Now, see the bed? Go over to the far side, and there will be a chest
against the wall. If you like, go ahead and pick the lock on the chest. All that
is inside is a key to the basement, which you won't need (you can pick that
lock, too). However, look straight down onto the carpet. It may be difficult to
see, but there is a ring on the floor here (100, Treasure Count: 705). Now, turn
back and go to the fireplace again. Look up on the mantle, and grab the vase
(100, Treasure Count: 805). Put out the fire with a Water Arrow, crouch down,
and move into the fireplace. First, turn right, and look down. Someone
carelessly dropped a diamond in here (100, Treasure Count: 905). Turn around 180
degrees, and look up (if you're still crouched). Pull the lever, and a secret
door to your right will open. Move through (you need to be crouched to fit
through), and almost immediately to your right, on the wall, is Ramirez' prized
silver fire-poker (200, Treasure Count: 1105). Move forward, and turn left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's possible for you to be overheard in here. Walk forward, and
open the chest to get a small sack of gold (100, Treasure Count: 1205). Now work
your way back through the fireplace into Ramirez' bedroom again, turn to the
right, and move over to the door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This door opens into a small, dark hallway, and there is a guard
out there patrolling the main hallway. If the guard is nearby and sees or hears
you, you'll be glad you saved. If you get the chance, take care of him. [Note:
He has a key on his belt you can pickpocket, if you like.] Also tread slowly up
hear, as there are windows that open into a courtyard outside, where two guards
can hear you.

Move to the end of this small dark hallway, and turn right. Go into the first
door on your right (you'll need to pick the lock). Take the vase off of the
fireplace mantle (50, Treasure Count: 1255), and leave the room. Turn right in
the hallway, and enter the next room on your right (again, pick the lock).  Take
the ring off of the table in the far corner (100, Treasure Count: 1355), and the
golden vase off of the fireplace mantle (100, Treasure Count: 1455). Leave the
room, turn right, and take the next LEFT turn.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're walking through an area now where there is a guard below
you. That large opening to your right opens down onto the main entrance. Hug the
left wall (if you want to feel safer, crouch, but it's not necessary), and walk
all the way down to the end of this hall. Stop before entering the next hallway
though. Move forward slightly until you can open the door across the hall from
you. Open it, and rush into the next room. There are two servants down the hall
a ways, and they may see you if you dally in the hallway.

Turn left in this room, and go over to the other door. Open it. Now turn left,
and lean out into the hallway. You should see the two servants. Shoot a Water
Arrow at the torch behind them. Once the coast is clear, open the door across
the hall from you, and move in.

[Note: For those of you that like completeness, when you turn left after opening
the second door in the room above, you'll see a chest on the ground. Pick the
lock, and you'll get a speed potion.]

Time to add to your collection of Ramirez Originals. Turn to your right, and
grab everything in sight: two bottles of wine (50, 50, Treasure Count: 1505,
1555), two golden goblets (25, 25, Treasure Count: 1580, 1605), a golden dinner
plate (50, Treasure Count: 1655), and five more fancy goblets (15, 15, 15, 15,
15, Treasure Count: 1670, 1685, 1700, 1715, 1730).

While you are helping yourself to Ramirez' best, listen to the conversation that
the servants in the hall are having...hmmm, so Ramirez is in the basement, is
he?

[Note: On more than one occassion (in the original Thief game), the door to the
room where you just picked up all that treasure just disappeared. I couldn't see
it, and there was no way to close it. I don't know why this happened.]

Once the servants have ended their conversation and you can hear the their
footsteps, enter the hall again and turn left. Go through the door directly
ahead.

You may wish to move carefully through this room...the floor makes your
footsteps particularly loud. As soon as you've entered, turn left, then take the
first right, then left again. Turn left and climb the stairs. Once upstairs,
move all the way down to the desk at the end, and take the two golden
candlesticks (50, 50, Treasure Count: 1780, 1830). Then turn left (as you're
facing the desk), and move into the shadowy alcove ahead. Turn right, look down,
and pick the lock on this chest to get another ring (100, Treasure Count: 1930).
Make your way back down the stairs, turn right, then left, then left again.

Move forward a step or two. You should now be in the library, facing a pair of
double doors, with a roaring fireplace to your right. Turn to your right, and to
the right of the fireplace you should see a dark area surrounded on three sides
by bookshelves. Enter that area, and face the wall of books on the same wall as
the fireplace (if I've confused you, use your compass...it's the southern
bookcase). Look around until one of the books is highlighted...it will be on the
third shelf from the top, second shelf over, first book. Pull on the book, and
you'll open another secret door. Turn right, and move forward...go through the
secret door you've opened, and move to the end of the passage, where you'll find
a ladder leading down.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are a few guards at the bottom of this ladder. Sit here
and listen for a bit...they're talking about the men who tried to assassinate
you tonight. (You may need to jump onto the ladder in front of you before they
start their conversation.) Once they leave (listen until you hear the door close
behind them), climb down the ladder. With the ladder at your back, move ahead
into the next room. If you want to open the chest, go ahead. It contains two
flash bombs, which you won't need. The gold on the table, however, is a
different story. Take all six stacks of coins (25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, Treasure
Count: 1955, 1980, 2005, 2030, 2055, 2080). Turn left, move forward, and turn
left again. Open the chest in front of you to get another stack of gold coins
(25, Treasure Count: 2105). Turn left. You should be able to see two doors, one
in the wall opposite you, and one in the wall to your right. Head for the one
opposite you. (Just for information's sake, the two guards you heard talking
left through the other door.)

[NOTE: Apparently, it is possible to get into the room below with the guards
still in it, without them noticing you. Someone wrote to me saying they
accidentally fell off the ladder into the room, and the guards never noticed at
all! I myself fell halfway down the ladder before stopping, and had a clear view
of the two, and one of them could not fail to see me...but did!]

SAVE YOUR GAME! The hallway you are about to enter is a patrol area. If
necessary, deal with any guards you come across appropriately. [Note that some
of them have keys you can lift off their belts.]

Go through the door, step out into the hall, and turn right. Step into the next
hall, and turn right again. Go through the first door on your left. On the table
on the right side of the room you'll find a necklace (200, Treasure Count 2305).
Beside the table is another door. Go through it, and turn right. Ahead of you is
another door. Head for it, but before going through it, turn right, and pick up
the bottle of wine (50, Treasure Count: 2355) and the golden goblet (25,
Treasure Count: 2380).

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're going back into the hallway, which is still a patrol
area.

Go through the door, turn left, and go through the door directly ahead of you
(pick the lock). Turn right, and then left. Follow this hall to the end, where
you'll find a door on the left. Pick it, and go through it into the basement.

In the room at the bottom of the stairs, turn right, and follow the hall until
you can turn left. Do so, and then take the very first left, directly in front
of you. Follow this corridor all the way to the end, ignoring the turning to the
right, and you'll be stopped by a door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Pick this lock, go through, and turn left. You want to go into
the first left turn, but be careful about it. Crouch, hide in shadows, edge
forward slightly.

This is Ramirez himself. You can either knock him out and take the purse off his
belt, or lift it off and then knock him out. Either way the result is the same
(250, Treasure Count: 2630).

[Note: If Ramirez pulled the bell-pull, wait around in the shadows. A servant is
coming to leave a tray for him. Either take him out when you get the chance, or
simply let him go through...he will put the tray down and leave. Also, I've been
told that if the alarm has been sounded, there will be a guard in this room with
Ramirez. Apparently, you can blackjack him and pick up the body before Ramirez
turns around to see.]

On the table in the dark area, there are 6 Water Arrows and 4 Moss Arrows. On a
shelf opposite from the bellpull you'll find two stacks of gold coins (25, 25,
Treasure Count: 2655, 2680). On the shelf at the back of the room is a speed
potion, a flash bomb, and a key. The key is needed to open the two chests in
this room...their locks cannot be picked. You can ignore the chest on the
floor...it only contains some documents of Ramirez'. The chest on the back
counter, however, holds another stack of gold coins (25, Treasure Count: 2705).

Okay Garrett, time for you to leave! Exit the room the way you came in, turn
right, and go through the first door on your right. Follow this hallway all the
way to the end, and turn right, and immediately turn right again. Move forward
into the next room, turn left, and climb the stairs.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're entering the ground floor again, and the halls are still
patrol areas. Go through the door, turn right, and at the end of the hall turn
right again. Go through the door on your left, and then go through the next door
on your left. You should now be back in the guard room with the ladder. Take the
ladder up, and follow the passage back to the library. Once there turn left,
move forward until you have a set of double doors on your right. Turn and face
them.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You might accidentally attract some attention outside. You need
to pick the lock on one of these doors (either one, your choice). Once that is
done, go through it.

From here, you can end the mission one of two ways:

1) The safe way. Turn left, and hop onto the roofing you see ahead of you. Turn
right, so you're facing a door across a gap. Look down, and you'll see a ladder
beneath the door. Line yourself up with the ladder, move forward until you fall,
and catch the ladder. Climb the ladder down to the water level (once you reach
it, you won't be able to go any down any further), then jump off the ladder into
the water (don't worry...you're so close, you won't make a big splash). Swim
under the water, following the current. Turn left up ahead, and let the current
flush you out the rest of the way.

2) The fast way. Turn slightly to the right, then run and jump OVER the balcony.
You should land (with quite a splash) in the water below. Follow the current,
turning left up ahead, and let it flush you out the rest of the way. (This
method runs the risk of attracting the guards' attention.)

[NOTE: One time while using method two, as I was falling through the air towards
the water, I saw a guard just turning the corner. Somehow, he failed to notice
me at all! The splash didn't attract his attention, nor did my body flying
through the air!]

Congratulations! You've shown Ramirez who's the REAL criminal mastermind!


Section 9: Thieves' Guild (Mission 5)
=====================================
My best time on Expert: 36 minutes, 35 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2716

9.1: Introduction
=================
"In the beginning we lived as thieves, Stealing fur and fang of beasts for
survival. Then came the Builder who brought us the Hammer, And with it we forged
a new way of life. To reject the Hammer is to denounce the Builder."
     -- The Hammer Book of Tenets


I was going to pay Lord Randall and his vase collection a visit, but the
Downwind Thieves' Guild beat me to the score. Word is that they haven't divvied
the booty yet. Apparently their leaders...Donal and Rueben...are arguing over
the prized sapphire vase. Sounds like they could use a third party to settle
their disagreement. Since I'm no mediator, I'll just steal the vase from them.
They'll be so busy blaming each other no one will suspect an outsider.

The Downwinders run a gambling den called the "Overlord's Fancy," which operates
under a nearby restaurant. The guild's hideout is beneath the casino. I have a
rough map of the complex I got from..."sources" from the inside. Once I'm in the
"Overlord's Fancy" I'll have to search for the secret entrance to the hideout.
Have to be careful...the Downwinder's know me all too well. If they catch sight
of me they'll KNOW who took the vase. Assuming they don't just kill me for
trespassing.

Finding the vase may prove difficult, since I have no idea where it is. Should
be a hot topic of conversation among the Downwinders. Maybe I'll be lucky enough
to overhear where they're stashing it. Time to make a living....


9.2: Objectives on Normal level
===============================
1. Break into the Downwind Thieves' Guild by breaking into the gambling
   den the Overlord's Fancy.
2. Retrieve Lord Randall's sapphire vase.
3. The Guild made stealing the vase more difficult -- make them pay.
   Don't leave with less than 1000 in loot.
4. Get out of the Guild and back to the streets when you are done.

9.3: Objectives on Hard level
=============================
1. Break into the Downwind Thieves' Guild by breaking into the gambling
   den the Overlord's Fancy.
2. Retrieve Lord Randall's sapphire vase.
3. The Guild made stealing the vase more difficult -- make them pay.
   Don't leave with less than 1500 in loot.
4. They also stole Lord Randall's prized bracelet. It'll fetch a good
   price on the market.
5. Violence is the mark of the amateur. Don't kill anyone who is
   unarmed.
6. Get out of the Guild and back to the streets when you are done.

9.4: Objectives on Expert level
===============================
1. Break into the Downwind Thieves' Guild by breaking into the gambling
   den the Overlord's Fancy.
2. Retrieve Lord Randall's sapphire vase.
3. The Guild made stealing the vase more difficult -- make them pay.
   Don't leave with less than 2000 in loot.
4. They also stole Lord Randall's prized bracelet. It'll fetch a good
   price on the market.
5. Violence is the mark of the amateur. Don't kill anyone.
6. Get out of the Guild and back to the streets when you are done.

9.5: Simplified Objectives
==========================
1. Get into the Downwind Thieves' Guild.
2. Steal Lord Randall's sapphire vase.
3. Steal at least 2000 loot.
4. Retrieve Lord Randall's bracelet.
5. Don't kill anyone.
6. Get back to the streets when you are done.

Once again, this is another mission where some of your mission objectives (in
particular, the vase and the bracelet) contribute to your loot total. The vase
adds 500, and the bracelet adds

9.6: Before The Mission
=======================
What You'll Encounter: Thieves (Archers and Swordsmen), Spiders.

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to acquire from Ramirez. (Maximum: 2705.)

Starting Gear:

 1 Sword
 1 Blackjack
30 Broadhead Arrows
 7 Water Arrows
 2 Moss Arrows
 3 Rope Arrows
 1 Set of Lockpicks

Items for Sale:

30 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
20 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 5 Fire Arrows (Cost: 300 each)
 8 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
 5 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
10 Noisemaker Arrows (Cost: 250 each)
 3 Flash Bombs (Cost: 200 each)
 6 Mines (Cost: 350 each)
 4 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)
 3 Speed Potions (Cost: 500 each)

Once again, this mission requires that you kill no one, so Broadhead and Fire
Arrows are useless to you on this level, as are Mines. You also start with
enough Rope Arrows to complete the mission successfully (I can only recall using
a single one!), so purchasing more are unnecessary. And with Healing Potions
scattered about all over the place, your money is best spent elsewhere. You will
be dousing a LOT of torches, so buy up all the Water Arrows. A Flash Bomb or two
might also prove useful. A Noisemaker Arrow will definitely come in handy later.
Speed Potions...I've yet to find a real use for them. A couple of extra Moss
Arrows may prove useful to you, but I found I didn't require any.

Recommended Purchases: 20 Water Arrows, 1 Noisemaker Arrow, 3 Flash Bombs. Total
Cost: 1850

9.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
=================================
One of my favourite pieces of science fiction humour is a masterpiece called
"The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy," by Douglas Adams. In one portion of the
radio series, the following quotation is given about just how large space is:

"Space is BIG. I mean, REALLY BIG! You just won't believe how vastly, hugely,
mind-bogglingly big it is! I mean, you may think it's a long way down the street
to the chemist, but that's just PEANUTS to space!"

That's how I feel about this mission. Big. Huge. Sometimes confusing, and
sometimes DEFINITELY frustrating. And a LOT of FUN!

The treasures on this level are, for the most part, very small in value, so
there are a LOT of them, and sometimes hidden quite well. (I suppose that that
can be said for ANY mission in Thief, but for some reason I particularly noticed
it here.) Be aware that a few of the treasures you find are purses which you
have to take off of someone's belt.

There are a LOT of people in this level which you need to knock out. (My first
time through, when I finished I had a total of 69 knockouts!) In some areas, I
have found people stationed close together, nearly side by side, but which you
are able to knock out one by one without alerting the others. I do not know why
this works, but it does. It shocked the heck out of me at first. Other areas are
patrolled with such frequency that you sometimes have very little time to do
much with the guards. You have to time it so that you can take one out and have
enough time to hide the evidence before the next one approaches. I've been
spotted on more than one occassion. Thank the Builder for saved games! There are
so many people moving between areas that you can pretty much consider this
entire level a Patrol Area, so save your game often. There are also a lot of
pockets to pick...18 in total.

There are machines scattered about the sewer/waterway areas, with level
attachments. Some of these open portals and doorways that I've been able to
find. Some, I have not found the correspondingly numbered panels that they
(presumably) operate. #48 has me especially baffled...if it exists, I want to
find that portal! :)

The most difficult part of this mission I had was finding Lord Randall's
bracelet. I eventually had to contact Looking Glass themselves and ask them
where they had put it! :(


9.8: Walkthrough
================
You'll start the mission around the corner from the front entrance of the
restaraunt. You should also see someone standing there. Move into the shadows to
avoid being seen, and listen to their conversation. You can lean over if you
would like to see them as well as hear them, but be careful...if you're spotted,
they come after you.

After their amusing conversation (they really are breeding them from the shallow
end of the gene pool, aren't they?), one of two things will happen: either all
three of them will go inside, or two of them will go inside, and the third will
patrol around outside. In either case, once you are no longer in danger of being
spotted, move forward to the spot where they were chatting, and turn left. Move
down this street, and continue following it until you have the choice of either
continuing forward (you should see a blue sign beyong a barrel ahead), or
turning right. Turn right, and move forward. Once you hit the wall, turn right.
You want to go through this door, but you'll have to pick the lock.

[NOTE: At some point, you may notice a guard (of the regular type you found in
Lord Bafford's) wandering around outside. Unless you threaten him, he pretty
much leaves you alone.]

Once you're inside, move over to the only other exit from this room. If you look
inside, you'll see a servant preparing food. You may also see a guard patrolling
between this room and the next. You'll want to knock out both of them. Take out
the servant first.

See that fireplace directly across from where you entered? To the left of it (as
you face it) is a nice dark patch, ideal for hiding bodies, and for waiting for
that guard to come back on his rounds.

On the other side of the fireplace is an exit leading into the next room.
There's another patrolling guard moving between the next room and the one after
that. If you're lucky, you'll get to him so you can see him with his back
turned...run up and club him. If you can't see him though, that means he's in
the next room, but will be coming in soon. Move into the room, and sidestep to
your left. You will find yourself in a darkened corner beside the fireplace,
safe from being seen. Then you can watch for the guard to turn, and club him at
your leisure.

Now that this level is clear of guards, move into the next room, across from the
fireplace in this room. Upon entering, turn right. Aha! Your first bit of loot!
Not much granted, but it's something. Pick up the two stacks of copper coins (5,
5, Treasure Count: 5, 10), and open the box to get some silver coins (15,
Treasure Count: 25). Also grab the key on the table.

Turn right around, and move through the exit across the room from you. Turn
right, and unlock the door you find using the key you just picked up. Go up
these stairs, but wait until you enter the next room. There is someone moving
around up here between rooms, and this is one of them. If you don't hear any
nearby footsteps, then it is probably safe to move into the next room. Once you
do, hide in one of the shadowy areas and wait. Once he comes into your area,
make sure he doesn't leave again.

Now, turn to face the two doors on the opposite wall. You want to the one on the
left. Go through it. This next room has two chests you can open. The first one
holds only a Rope Arrow. The other one though (the one closest to the Sleeper)
holds some gold coins (25, Treasure Count: 50). Gather your findings, and move
through the door at the other end of the room (be careful not to wake up the
Sleeper!)

In the next room, there are two Broadhead Arrows lying on the ground immediately
to your right upon entering (you will have to move around the door, or close it,
to get to them). If you want them, take them. Across from the door you just came
through you will see a what looks like a well in near the wall. This is your
access to the casino below. Shoot a Rope Arrow into the ceiling above it, then
grab on and climb down!

Move out and to the right. Near the fireplace, you should see two exits...one
ahead, and one to the left. You want to be over there. Move ahead, and go
through the opening, but do not go into the hallway! There is a patrolling guard
you want to take out. Stay here near the entrance to the hall, and wait for him.
You may need to crouch to make sure he avoids seeing you. If you've got the
time, you may want to lean out and shoot a Water Arrow at the torch you'll be
able to see.

Once you've clubbed the guard, turn around and head back the way you came. Go
all the way down to the end of the hall, and move through the door you'll find
on the right. Ignore the opening on your right for now, just keep moving until
you reach the first door on your right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The guard in here is sometimes facing your direction, and when
you open the door he blows the whistle on you. Open the door, and move in behind
the guard. Take the key from his belt, then knock him out. Once he's
unconscious, you can move forward to the window ahead (opposite the door). On
the table on the other side, you can pick up two stacks of copper coins (5, 5,
Treasure Count: 55, 60). This might also be a good time to use a Water Arrow on
that torch far ahead and to your right. Now turn around and leave the way you
came in. Turn left, and move into the room through the opening on your left.
Immediately to your right you should find a stack of silver coins on the table
(12, Treasure Count: 72).

Turn again so that that table is again on your right. Move ahead, and you should
soon come to a sort of guardrail. Turn left, and move forward towards the next
room. Before going in there though, shoot a Water Arrow at that torch down the
hall.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If this part doesn't work the way you want it to, things might
get messy. With the torches out, the next room is in relative darkness. There
are four people to deal with. We'll take care of two now, and the other two
later.

Move forward until you are standing behind the man at the table. Knock him out.
Leave his body where it falls...instead, turn and run back the way you came in,
but stop at the intersection between this room and the previous one. The woman
who was at the table with the man should have discovered his body, and started
running. But, she's running THIS way, and you've just blocked her escape. Turn
around, and when she's close enough, give her a whack with your blackjack. (Okay
all you dirty-minded people...that is NOT what I meant!)

[NOTE: Sometimes it is easier to finish the other two guards off now, instead of
waiting until later. If you'd rather take the remaining two out now, skip the
next seven paragraphs to find how to take them out now, then come back up here.]

Once the two non-combatants are taken care of, you can move into the room and
take the four stacks of coins off the table: three copper and one gold (5, 5, 5,
25, Treasure Count: 77, 83, 87, 112). Then turn right. See that light that keeps
flickering off and on? Well, you want to go through that area. Wait until the
light is out, then RUN through it, and turn right. Keep moving until you are out
of the light's radius, but stop before entering the next area. Shoot a Water
Arrow at the torch ahead of you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's possible you may be seen here. Move into the next room, but
don't go too far. Once you're in a bit, turn around...there's a torch behind you
to your right. Shoot a Water Arrow at it.

Once all the light's are out in this area, you've got other problems...there are
four more people to deal with in this room, but they aren't as easy to handle as
the last two were! Before we tackle them though, turn around again, so your back
is to the entrance you came in from. There's a roulette table up ahead, with a
stack of silver coins on it (12, Treasure Count: 124).

SAVE YOUR GAME! You may need to do this part several times before you get things
the way you want them. While you're standing at the far end of this room, shoot
a Noisemaker Arrow down the hall towards the crowd. Everyone will start
searching for you. Whenever the opportunity presents itself, knock someone out.
Note that the two guards that search for you have keys you can lift. Eventually,
everyone may stop looking for you before you can knock everyone out. If so, just
get their attention again and continue as before until everyone's taken care of.
(Remember, your Noisemaker Arrow's are retrievable!)

Once you've got this section all to yourself, move to the table in front of the
"window", and take the two stacks of copper coins off it (5, 5, Treasure Count:
129, 134). Then open the door to the guardroom with your Casino Key. Inside, you
will find shelves on either side. To the left, you'll find a Healing Potion on
the top shelf, and two Water Arrows on the bottom shelf. To the right is a purse
on the top shelf (50, Treasure Count: 184).

Exit this guardroom, and turn left. Go through the archway ahead, then stop. On
the shelf to your right you will find two Water Arrows. Now continue ahead, turn
right and move forward. Once you reach a doorway on your right (across from a
fireplace), turn right through the doorway, and continue forward through this
first room, stopping at the intersection leading into the next one.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part is described under IDEAL CONDITIONS. If the two
guards from this area were attracted by your activities on the other side of the
room though, things may not be ideal. If the guards have left their customary
posts, you may need to improvise this part a bit.

Move forward into this room, staying in the shadows. The flickering light at the
far end is still flickering, so wait until it's dark, then move through that
area quickly, turning left. You should be in front of a metal door. Crouch down,
making sure you're in shadows. Use your Casino Key on the door to open in. Move
in very carefully. You will be in full light, but the guards won't see you. Move
behind the first one, lift the key from his belt, then stand up and knock him
out. Crouch again, and repeat this process on the second guard.

Once these two are asleep, turn around. You should now be facing a door with
iron bars protecting it. Use your Casino Key to raise the bars, and then use it
again to open the door. Move through the door carefully...you might be heard.
Congratulations! You've made it into the Downwind Thieves' Guild!

[NOTE: There is another way down, this is just my preferred method. Back in the
casino, if you spin the roulette wheel on the table where you found the coins, a
secret door will open up, leading down to an area further along this
walkthrough. I will note the area when we come to it.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! This doesn't always work. At the end of the tunnel, stop and
listen to the conversation the two thieves are having. You can (sometimes) douse
that torch as they are talking, then move forward slowly (while crouched), and
get the purse from the one guy's (the non-guard) belt (25, Treasure Count: 209).
Once the two are finished, they will go their separate ways. Follow the guard to
the left. He's got a key on his belt you can lift. Knock him out (preferably in
the dark tunnel you move through). After he's sleeping, move ahead out of this
tunnel and into the next room, but stay in the shadows. There's another guard
patrolling. Once he's got his back turned to you, move in behind him, grab the
Healing Potion from his belt, then knock him out.

If you want to put the fire out in the fireplace to do this, go ahead, but it's
not necessary. Behind the fire is a secret panel (you may need to crouch to do
this). Open it, and grab the golden goblet you find inside (50, Treasure Count:
259). Then turn so that the fireplace is on your left, and move into the next
room, but stop almost immediately inside. Turn left. Sneak behind that guy, lift
his purse (100, Treasure Count: 359), and knock him out. Then grab the stack of
silver coins on the table (15, Treasure Count: 374), and the jeweled vase and
the fancy goblet from the bookcase shelf near the table (20, 15, Treasure Count:
394, 409). Also in this room, on the other bookshelf, is a scroll you can read.
It tells you of a way between the two feuding guild halves: the number 47 is
your clue. Doesn't mean much yet, but it will later. I recommend you also grab
the two Water Arrows in the chest.

Exit this room the way you came in. Once out, turn left, move forward, turn left
again, move forward, then turn right. Move ahead until you come out of the
tunnel. Then turn right and move forward a little. Once you've got the opening
to your right, turn, move in, and look down near the fireplace. Grab that silver
nugget (25, Treasure Count: 434).

Turn right around. Move forward, directly across the room towards a small
shelving unit, upon which sits a Speed Potion. Grab it if you like. Turn left,
and move ahead through the opening in the wall. Walk forward carefully, across
the room. Shortly, you'll reach a doorway in the wall on your righthand side.
Move up to it, but stay on this side of it. Crouch, and wait for a guard to come
through. (Watch your light monitor...to close to the doorway and you're visible
to him!) He'll turn around real quick and head back again, so grab his purse as
soon as you can (25, Treasure Count: 459). If you feel more comfortable leaving
no witnesses, knock him out. In either case, once the coast is clear, turn right
around and head for the door you came in through.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two men that patrol through this next area, so you'll
need to be careful! Now, move through the door ahead of you, and immediately
turn left. Move ahead into the next room, hugging the wall to your left, and
move all the way forward until you are standing beneath that lamp. Now, turn
right, but don't move forward. Now we wait. Eventually, there will be two men
who come through. Keep waiting after the first man comes through, until the
second one appears. Once he comes in, make sure that first man can't see you,
then move in behind him (the second man) and knock him out. Then go after the
first man, and club him. [Note: When you first entered this area from the
casino, if you did not pick the purse from the man's belt, it will be on one of
these two gentlemen...the one who is not a guard.]

Okay, now that both men are sleeping peacefully, turn your attention to the
banner in this room. (If you had to leave the room to club either of these men,
return there now.) Pull out your sword, and cut down the banner. Behind it
you'll find a Healing Potion and a diamond (25, Treasure Count: 484). [Note:
It's important to take out those two patrollers before cutting down the banner.
Otherwise, they notice it.] Also, if you are interested, behind you you'll find
a single Broadhead Arrow on the rug.

SAVE YOUR GAME! While unlikely, you could be noticed here. Now, remember the
doorway that those two men came into this room from when you were hiding under
that lamp? You want to go through that doorway and immediately turn to your
left. Walk forward, hugging the left wall. Do not go into the next room though.
Once you're near the doorway, turn to your right, and crouch. You should see
some treasure highlighted in a hole in the wall. If you don't, move your view
around a little until you do. There are two stacks of copper coins in there (5,
5, Treasure Count: 489, 494). Also, if you are interested, you can lean into the
next room and open the chest. Inside it you'll find three Moss Arrows. Turn
around so you're facing the way you came, and move forward, staying in the
shadows. Stop before you go to far. Then turn left, but don't move forward. Lean
over to the right, so that you can see down into the next room. (If you can't do
it, you didn't move forward enough...or you're still crouched.)

Soon, a woman will come into the next room, head in your direction, then turn
around. Once she turns, you run down there and put her to sleep. Now that you
are in this room, continue ahead, keeping the pit to your right. Once you are
able to turn right, do so (do not go through the archway ahead just yet...we'll
get there soon enough). Ahead you should see a small ramp leading into a well-
lit room. Go into that room.

Directly ahead you should see some sort of stone shelves. Move forward, and on
the bottom shelf you'll be able to grab a fancy goblet (15, Treasure Count:
509). Now turn left, and move through the archway you see on your right.
Immediately upon moving through it, turn right again. The bottom shelf on this
side contains a Broadhead Arrow and two Water Arrows, plus a scroll of no
importance. The top shelf contains a Noisemaker Arrow and a Fire Arrow. Take any
of these you wish, although you'll probably only need the Water Arrows. At the
far end of the room (the opposite side from which you came in), look down in the
shadows near the wall with the shelves, and you'll find another fancy goblet
lying on the floor (15, Treasure Count: 524). Now move through the archway next
to the goblet you just found. In the next room (the one you just left actually),
leave through the door in the wall you're facing. (This would be the one you
originally came through.) Keep moving forward in the next room, and turn right
when you can. Turn right again, and head down this ramp. When you're at the
bottom, get into the shadows, and turn left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another area where you could be found out, albeit not likely, if
you're careful. Move cautiously into the next room. There's a guard at the far
end, but like the idiot he tries to be, he's facing the wrong way. (Who guards a
room like this???) Sneak up behind him. You can club him or not, as you see fit,
but I recommend it. On the floor next to him is a purse (20, Treasure Count:
544). Once you've got that, turn around and leave this room the way you came in.
Keep walking forward. In the next room, keep going past the hallway up that
small ramp on your left, and move through the shadowy opening ahead. Go through
this small, narrow hallway into the shadowy room ahead.

Loud in here, isn't it? Move ahead to the far side of the room, and you'll find
a large machine with six levers on it. Written above these levers are the
numbers 37 and 38, and each one has three corresponding levers. Operate the
leftmost lever under number 38. You should hear a loud CLANG! behind you. Ignore
it, and operate the leftmost lever under number 37. You should hear the sound of
a door sliding open. Now turn around, and move forward. Don't leave the room,
but turn left, and you should see a small ramp leading down and to the left.
Follow the ramp into the next room. You'll find another Fire Arrow on the floor,
and next to it two stacks of silver coins (10, 10, Treasure Count: 554, 564).
Leave this room the way you came in. Once you're at the top of the ramp, turn
until you see the exit you originally used to enter this room, and go through
it.

Ahead, you should see a large iron door which was once closed is now open.
Ignore it...it's for much later. Instead turn right so you're facing down the
long hallway, where you can see a guard at the end, and possibly (if you're far
enough to the one side) a lit torch.

[Incidentally, I was able to take that torch out from in this room, with the
floor grating about even with me on the left. It was a fantastic shot, if I do
say so myself. :) ]

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two guards at the end of this hall, and sometimes they
spot you if you aren't careful enough. Move forward down this corridor, hugging
the right wall. Keep going until you can move right. Sidestep to the right, and
douse the torch with a Water Arrow. Then, sticking to the shadows, move in
behind the two thieves as they talk about Donal and Rueben. Their conversation
should give you some more information about where the vase is, as well as some
interesting bits about the turmoil the guild is currently undergoing. Lift the
purse off the one thief's belt while they're chatting (10, Treasure Count: 574).
Then head back into the shadows, and wait for them to finish their conversation.
When they do, one will head into your dark area. Knock him out. The other one
will be heading into a room beside this one, but emerge again quite soon, and
then move down a corridor which you can look down from this room. If you were
fast enough with the first thief, you should be able to run down there and knock
the other guy out before he turns around. If not, just wait for him here...he'll
move back into the room next door, then come out and move down the corridor
again. Club him then if you have to wait.

If you want to go into the room down the hall from here, you'll find an
Explosive Mine and a Flash Bomb on the floor near the wagon. There's also a
parchment on the floor near the back, a letter to another thief about paying
tribute to the heads of the Guild. You shouldn't need to go in this room,
however.

If you go into the room beside the one where the two thieves were talking (where
the second thief made part of his patrol), you'll find two Moss Arrows on a
shelf, and a ramp leading up to a door. Pulling the lever opens the door, and
leads back into the casino. (This is the door that opens when you spin the
roulette wheel in the casino.) Again, you should not need to go into this room,
it is merely mentioned for the sake of completeness.

So, now that those two thieves are sleeping peacefully, time to move on.
Directly across from the door leading into the room where the second thief did
part of his patrol is a ramp leading up. Take it to the top, but don't move out
just yet.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You don't want to be spotted. Peek out, and see if there's a
guard coming in your direction. If there is, just wait for him to turn...if he's
far enough away, he'll turn down a side corridor partway down the hall. If he's
closer, he'll turn to your right quite close to you. Note that this guard has a
Healing Potion you can lift from his belt.

If you saw the guard and he turned while close to you, then now you can just
emerge and club him. If this is not the case however, then slip into the room,
and immediately turn left. You should be facing a corner. Get into that corner,
and hide in the shadows there, and wait. Eventually, the guard mentioned above
will make his appearance. When he does, take him out.

While all this is going on, you should have heard and/or seen another guard
patrolling. This one, you want to get far at the other end. Facing down the
corridor where the guard was approaching you from, once the second guard turns
so he can't see you, race down the corridor, and take the same turn he did. Then
move up behind him and say nighty-night.

[Alternatively, if you are feeling daring, you can try this: when he turns the
corner so that he is walking away from you on the level below, drop down behind
him and club him. While I've tried this several times, I was only ever
successful once.]

That taken care of, continue down this hall, and you'll come to a door in the
left-hand wall. Go through it, turn right, and open the door at the end of this
short hall. But don't go through it yet.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once again, someone's roaming around that might see you. Move
through the door (don't close this one). There will be a room on your left,
which you can ignore...there are two chests in it, but one is empty, and the
other contains only two Moss Arrows. The room on your immediate right is the one
you have to be careful of. There is a patrolling servant that sometimes moves
into that room. You can watch from behind the open door. If he does go into that
room, then wait until he turns around, then run up behind him and knock him out.

If the servant does not go into that room (I have no idea why he sometimes does
and sometimes doesn't, it just is that way), you may have to go into the room
BEYOND that one, and knock him out. From the first room (not the one with the
door, the one with the rug) you can knock out the fire in the fireplace and the
torch on the wall in the next room in order to improve your chances of remaining
undetected.

Once the servant is taken care of, the room with the rug contains an Explosive
Mine at the foot of the bed, if you want it. From this room, move into the room
with the fireplace mentioned above. Move towards the fireplace, and then go
through the opening you'll see ahead on your right. Another bedroom, but see
that shelf on the wall to your left? If you jump up, you'll be able to see (and
grab) another golden goblet (25, Treasure Count: 599).

Turn around and leave the room. In the next room, you should be able to see two
separate exits on your left. Move to the far one, but do not go through the
archway!

SAVE YOUR GAME! This has to be done a certain way in order for it to work
properly. Inch your way through the archway very slowly, but don't actually go
through. You are trying to trigger the conversation between two thieve's at the
other end of this hallway. Once they start talking, back up a bit. Then turn so
you are facing in the direction that the thieves are in, lean out, and shoot a
Water Arrow at the torch. Once it's out, whip out your blackjack and move up
closer to the two men.

While they are still talking, knock out the one closest to you. For some reason,
the other thief does not find this odd...he just acts as if the conversation is
over. Move in behind him and knock him out as well.

[NOTE: If you want to listen to the conversation, it's about the Bafford job you
pulled earlier on in your career. :) ]

Now that the coast is clear, move across the room towards the door on the wall
opposite the entrance you came in from. Open the door, and move into the next
room, turning left immediately, and moving down to the end of the room. Turn
right, and move forward to the end of the shelves. Look down, and on the bottom
shelf you'll find a golden candlestick (50, Treasure Count: 649). Turn and face
the way you came, and move forward to the end, and turn left. Move forward
through the archway ahead of you, and move past the first shelving unit on your
left. Turn left, and move forward to the door ahead of you. Don't open the door.
Instead, turn right, and look at the top shelf to find a necklace (50, Treasure
Count: 699). Turn so your back is to the door, and move forward. Turn right,
move through the archway ahead, and up to the door ahead on the left wall, and
move through it. Immediately turn right, move through the archway then turn left
and move through the door ahead of you. Turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This area can be tricky, and there are a couple of guards to
worry about. Move through the doorway you can see ahead, and turn left. Move
forward and get into the corner, and turn right. Use your Water Arrows on the
two torches you can see in this hallway. Now move forward, hugging the left
wall, until a door in that wall lights up. Open it, and lean over to see when
the guard walks by. Once he does, move in behind him and knock him out.

Move into the room and turn right. A little ways down, there is a chest against
the left-hand wall. Pick the lock to get silver nugget (50, Treasure Count:
749). You can pick the lock on the other chest if you want, but it only contains
an Explosive Mine.

Continue down to the end of the room. There is a door in the right hand wall. Be
sure you are not standing in view when you open it. There is a guard in here
with a very short patrol. You will need to knock him out. Edge over a bit so you
can see the end of his patrol. Watch it for a while to time your shot, then run
up behind him and knock him out. You may want to lean over and take out the two
torches in the next room to maximize your odds.

Crouch down, and open the door ahead of you. Sneak your way into the room,
pausing any time the woman thinks she hears you. Despite the way things look,
you can sneak right up behind her and pick her pocket (30, Treasure Count: 779).
There are also two chests in the room, which you can ignore. The one on the left
(as you face them) has a Healing Potion. The other has a Flash Bomb.

Leave the way you came in. In the next room, near the far wall there is a
sliding half-door on the wall to your left. Open it, then move forward and turn
left. Move into the hallway ahead, and go to the end. When you enter the next
room, turn right and move through the dark doorway you see. Move into the
lighted area, and turn right again. Go down that ramp you see. At the bottom,
look at the left of the wall opposite the ramp, and you should see a small metal
covering. Move over to it, and open it. Crouch, move through it, and go down the
ramp into the sewers. Turn right, and move forward. Ignore all turnings, just
keep going forward until you have reached a large metal portal.

SAVE YOUR GAME! While I've never alerted the guards with this, best to play it
safe. Open the portal, and move through it. Turn right, and move forward, up the
ramp ahead. Stop when you reach the top, and try to stay in the shadows. Turn
left so you can see a door. There is a guard that patrols in this area, and he
moves through that door. Wait for him, and when he shows up (either coming out
of the door or moving to it), get him.

Move forward. If the guard opened the door and it is still open, close it. Now
turn right. Move down to the end of the hall, and open the door on your left.

Move carefully into this room, and knock out the big guy standing by the
firepit. Once that is done, turn your attention to the table. The document on it
is just a threat to Rueben's number one man, and the box is empty. But
underneath the table you'll find a stack of gold coins (25, Treasure Count:
804). You need to be quiet in here, as there is another guard just outside the
other door in here. Walk around the firepit (keeping it on your left) and move
to the bookshelves. Just below the centre of the bookshelf, there is a hollow
between the books. Look there, and you'll find a key.

Now turn around and examine the firepit. Move around it so that, as you face it,
the bookshelves are on your left. A metal grate should highlight. Open it, and
inside you'll find Lord Randall's bracelet (75, Treasure Count: 879).

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part is a little bit tricky. Leave this room from the
door you came in through. Once in the hall, turn right and move forward a bit,
then turn left and walk up the ramp, but don't enter the hall. Stay here in the
shadows. There is a patrolling guard out there. If he's near, you may hear his
footsteps rather loudly. Lean around and see if you can spot him...he patrols
the whole area outside this hall, so he may not be near.

You probably noticed the guard standing on a small porch, with two torches lit
up for him. Well, you're going to need to take those torches out. However, if
that patrolling guard is near them when you do, he will be alerted to your
presence and start looking for you. So if the guard is nowhere near the torches,
its safe to extinguish them. If he is, wait.

You need to take out the patrolling guard, and the torches. Do them in whichever
order is most expedient to you. The best way to take out the patrol is to wait
for him to walk by, then move in behind him. The other guard may see you, so you
may need to pause while he decides it was nothing. Try to knock the guard out
when he is behind the wall, so the other guard can't see him.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It would be a shame to fumble now. Once the guard and the
torches are taken care of, head towards the porch. You should be on the walkway
to the left of the porch, as you face it, hugging the left wall, for maximum
cover. When you are able to turn right and move onto the porch, do so
cautiously, and once you're close enough to club the guard, do so. Then turn to
the door, and unlock it with the House Key you just found. Move inside.

SAVE YOUR GAME! A couple of servants are sometimes on patrol in the next room.
The wall that you're facing has a door on the right. Open it, and from in here
you will be able to knock out the torch on the inner wall to your right. This
will put most of the next room in shadows, enough for you to walk in. You can
then put out the torch on the opposite wall from the previous one, if you wish,
although it is probably unnecessary.

The two servants will wander around in this room, the hallway beyond, and
another room (which we won't get to, as there is nothing worthwhile in there).
When you get the chance, knock them both out. Assuming you are still in the
large room where you extinguished the torches, then go forward into the hallway
(the entrance is directly opposite the way you entered this room), turn left,
and move down this hall to the end. Turn right and move to the end of this room.

This is a cell area. In the far cell on the left (as you face with your back to
the entrance you used) is a large spider. You don't have to worry about it, as
it can't get to you. There is an opening in the wall opposite the entrance you
used, but it is also useless to you. That room only contains an Explosive Mine
(which, if you are feeling violent, will do wonders to that trapped spider).
What you want is the door directly opposite the spider's cell. Go through the
door and up the stairs. Enter the next room cautiously, and stay in the shadows.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two guards who will patrol into this room. Take out
the fire in the fireplace to give you more shadows to work with. (You can lean
over and just hit the inside of the fireplace with a Water Arrow...the splash
will do the rest.) There is a secret panel inside the fireplace. If you open it,
you will find another fire burning in the opposite fireplace. Opening the panel
while the other fire is lit does NOT increase the illumination in this room, but
putting out the other fire will improve your cover in this room.

Now wait for the guards. I have seen them come in nearly together, so that you
cannot blackjack them immediately. But most of the time, just wait and one will
come in. Take him out, wait for the other, and knock him out as well.

There are three exits in this room (not counting the portal in the fireplace).
Turn so that the exits are all in sight...one on your left, another ahead, the
last to your right. Move forward and go through the exit on the left. Turn right
once you're inside, and move to the end of the room. On the floor near the
makeshift bed you'll find a stack of copper coins (5, Treasure Count: 884). Now
leave this room the way you came in, and turn left into the next room. Near the
makeshift bed in here you'll find another golden goblet (25, Treasure Count:
909). Leave the way you came in. Keep walking forward, and turn left when you
can. In the next room, turn right and move ahead, turning left again through the
doorway there. Ahead of you is a fireplace, beside which is an entrance to a
kitchen area. Don't go forward just yet...we'll come back here later. Instead,
turn right again, and move over to the bookcase in the corner. Look at the top
shelf, and a book should highlight. This is a switch to activate a secret door.
Do so, then turn right again and go up the stairs that have now been revealed to
you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Things can get very tricky up here. At the top of the stairs,
move through the doorway. To your right will be two sleeping guards. If you want
to, you can ignore the two chests in the room. The closest one contains a Flash
Bomb, and the other a Healing Potion. Turn your attention to the two doors in
the room. There's one directly across from you, and another in the wall to your
left. The latter is the one we want.

Move to the door, and open it carefully. There is a guard who's patrol takes him
very close to this door. Move out into the hall, and stay in the shadows. Wait
for the guard to come around, then club him. (Lift the Healing Potion from his
belt if you can.)

From this point, you should be able to see a large gap in the floor. Directly
across from you, across that gap, is a hallway. In the far corner of the room is
another door. There are two more guards you want to take care of, and they have
the same patrol. Unfortunately, they also usually patrol close together, so you
have to generally wait for the first one to pass and take out the second one
first. They will come out that door I mentioned, and then move towards the
hallway across from you, head down it, and disappear through a door. Also, each
one carries a key you can lift. Another cautionary note...there are two guards
on the level below who patrol around, and they may hear you up here, or even see
you through the gap in the floor. Exercise caution!

Once these two guards are taken care of, turn your attention to the door they
both came through to get in here. Move through it, and inside on a table you'll
find a gilded vase (25, Treasure Count: 934).

There are two exits from this room. Go through the one opposite the door you
entered by. In this new room, you'll find another fancy goblet on a table (15,
Treasure Count: 949). Leave through the only other exit in this room. Across the
hall you'll see a pair of double doors. Move through them.

Across from the door you entered by are two other doors. This room also contains
a few tables. On the table on the far right side of the room (as you face the
two other exits) are two golden goblets (25, 25, Treasure Count: 974, 999). Now
turn to the exit directly opposite from the way you came in. Use one of the keys
that you lifted from the guards up here, and go inside. Directly across from the
entrance in a small table, underneath which is another key. (You can ignore
this, you don't need it.) The far corner of the room contains a ledger you can
read, and another Healing Potion.

The real treasure in this room is behind a secret panel. Beside the door you
used to enter this room is a small picture. Face it. Two panels over to the
right is the secret compartment, inside which is a gold nugget (60, Treasure
Count: 1059), a silver nugget (25, Treasure Count: 1084), and a box containing a
safe key. This is what you will need to get to Lord Randall's vase.

There is another exit from this room. Open the door and move inside. Careful,
the floor is tile in here! Immediately turn left, and on one of the tiers to the
bathtub is a bottle of wine (50, Treasure Count: 1134).

You can either leave the way you came, or turn right and unlock the door ahead
(use the same key as you used to get into the room with the secret panel). Once
you are in the large room with four tables again, leave it via the double doors.
In the hallway beyond, turn right, and continue forward until you enter the room
with the large gap in the floor again. Turn left, move forward as far as you
can, then turn right and move forward. You will see some double-doors ahead. Go
through them into the library, and continue forward. At the end turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once again, this can be tricky. There are two guards patrolling
the area you're about to enter. If you can see or hear either of them, then you
may want to wait until they are gone before doing this bit.

Go down the ramp ahead, and at the bottom turn right. On a long table in this
room are three candlesticks. The one in the centre is a golden candlestick (50,
Treasure Count: 1184).

There is a door in this room. Turn to face it. Now, sidestep over to the left
side of the room, and wait for the guards. If you position yourself right,
you'll be able to see a doorway far off through the archway you entered, in the
direction you're facing. This is the door the guards will come through. Watch
for them there, then get ready.

These guards, like the ones above, sometimes travel together. If this is the
case here, you will need to let the first one go by, and deal with the second
one first.

The guard will enter this room using the same archway you did. If you are
hugging the left wall (as you face the door ahead), you can actually be quite
close to the archway and not be seen. When you get the opportunity, club him.
(You may need to follow him into the next room to do so.) Note that one of these
guards has a Healing Potion you can filch.

Once the two roaming guards are taken care of, you should have free reign to
move about, at least for a while. Now, from the position where you were waiting
for the two guards to come in, you want to turn left through the archway that
you originally entered here from, then turn right immediately. Go through the
door you see at the far end. In the next room is a door in the left hand wall.
Open it, and go through it. Again, you may want to be careful...it's another
tile floor.

Upon entering, make a half-turn (about 45 degrees) to the left, and head for the
table in the centre of the left hand wall. There is another golden candlestick
on it (50, Treasure Count: 1234). Then turn around so you are facing a door
directly opposite this table. Go through it. Directly across from the door you
just entered by is a torch. To the right of the torch is a table, containing two
fancy goblets (10, 10, Treasure Count: 1244, 1254) and a bottle wine (50,
Treasure Count: 1304). Directly opposite the table is another, containing a
gilded vase (25, Treasure Count: 1329).

To the left of this table (as you face it) is another door. Go through it, turn
left, and go through the door ahead. This new room contains nothing but two
mines...one underneath the table closest the door you entered, and one on the
shelving unit opposite your entrance. Beside that shelving unit is another door.
Go through it, into the night air.

See that large banner on the wall to your left? Well, almost directly opposite
it is a door that you want to go through. In the next room, turn about 45
degrees right, angling for the opposite corner of the room, and go through the
door there. Once through, you should see light spilling in through an archway on
the opposite wall. Go through that archway. Then turn right, and go through the
door ahead into a bathroom.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Although it's never happened to me, you just may be noticed
here. Turn left, and open the door. The room beyond is part of another guard's
patrol. If he's not in here, then there are two torches near the other door
which you may want to douse before he arrives. When he comes, knock him out.

From the point which you entered the room, turn either left or right. In both
cases, you'll find a stack of copper coins (5, 5, Treasure Count: 1334, 1339)
Then at the far end of the room, directly opposite the door you entered by, is a
chest. Pick the lock and you'll find some silver coins (12, Treasure Count:
1351).

Now turn to the door which the guard used to enter this room, and go through it.
Continue straight ahead until there is a door on your right. Go through it, turn
right, and go through the door ahead. Inside, turn left, and open the box
underneath the desk to get a jewelled bracelet (60, Treasure Count: 1411). Turn
around, go forward, turn right, go forward, turn left, and move back into the
hallway. Turn right. Take out the two torches in the next hallway with your
Water Arrows, and move ahead. If you like, you can pick the lock on the next
door, but there are only two Water Arrows in that room, on a shelf. Personally,
I ignore that room, and continue ahead. Hug the right wall as you move forward.
Pick the lock on the next door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's possible that the servant in the kitchen will see you as
you enter this room. Once the lock is picked, move into the room, and turn
right. On the shelf ahead is a small diamond (80, Treasure Count: 1491). If you
like, on the opposite shelf is a Fire Arrow.

Leave the room the way you came in, turn left, and head down the corridor.
Ignore the first right turn (which leads into the kitchen), and try to be quick
about it to avoid being seen. Take the next right, and move forward. In the next
room, head for the exit in the wall opposite you. (If you left the secret door
open earlier, you will see two exits...take the one on the right.) Turn right,
move forward, turn left, and move into the next room. At the far end there is an
exit on the left wall. Take it, and go down the stairs. At the bottom, go out
the door and immediately turn left. Go through the exit in the wall you are
facing, turn left, and move forward. Ignore the first opening on your right, and
go through the second one. Move forward through the exit ahead, and in the next
room go through the exit you can see. You should now be back outside of the
house.

Turn right, and move off the porch. Then turn left, move forward, and take the
first right. Move down this small ramp, and at the foot, turn left. Turn left
again, then right, and move down this long ramp. At the bottom you should see a
large grating...if you didn't close it when you were here before, it should
still be open. If it's not, open it and move into it...you're back in the
sewers.

Turn right, and move straight ahead. Ignore the first right. Keep moving
forward. When you can either go forward or turn left, take the turn. Keep
following the tunnel, and you'll come to a small ramp leading out of the water.
At the top, turn right and open the sewer grating. Open it, and move
forward...you'll splash down into a small pool of water. Turn right, and mantle
up onto dry land again. Move forward, turn left, and move up the ramp. At the
top, go through the door to your right. Keep moving forward until you have to
turn, and turn right. Move forward again, moving through the archway on your
left. When you come across a door (either open or closed, depending on what you
did earlier), turn left and move through it.

Once in the next room, turn about 45 degrees to the left, and move forward. When
you find the hallway, enter it and move down it. At the end, turn right, move
into the next hallway, turn left, and move through the door (either open or
closed again) you see at the end of the hall. Turn left, and move through the
door (open or closed). Keep moving forward in the new room, until you reach the
end, and turn right. Again, move forward to the end, then turn left. Move
forward, turn left, and move down the ramp. At the bottom, turn right. Move
forward, turn left, then turn right, and move forward down this long hallway,
until you enter the room with a large open sewer grate in it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You will encounter at least one nasty in here. Move into the
room past the grate. Then move to the opposite corner of this room, and go
through the opening you find there. In this new room, again move through the
exit in the opposite corner of the room. (Note: There is a grate in the ceiling
in this room. Just beneath it you will find another Explosive Mine.)

When you can choose to turn either left or right, turn right. It is about now
that you will start having to worry about the nasties. There are two spiders
down here (not big ones like the one in Rueben's, but small ones...but still
nasty). If you are lucky, then at some point before you arrive the two spiders
down here will have had a bit of a scuffle, and there will be only one left.
(You'll find the corpse of the other one.) This scenario is the most common I
have found. I suggest you catch this last one when it is moving away from you
down the corridor. Shoot it with a Broadhead Arrow. Alternatively, if you've
picked up a Mine, you might want to launch it into the critter's path. This,
however, might alert others to your presence in the sewers.

Move down this tunnel, until you have to make a turn. Turn left. On the floor in
this small chamber you'll find a Water Arrow and a small diamond (50, Treasure
Count: 1541). Now turn around, and move down the tunnel. Turn left at the
junction. At the next turn (you won't have a choice, the tunnel will just turn)
you will find another Water Arrow and a Moss Arrow on the ground...grab them if
you want. Then continue down this tunnel until it ends.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you do this just right, you will have no problems. Open the
hatchway on your right, and move through it. Move forward through the opening
ahead, and then immediately turn left. It may be difficult to see, but there's a
ladder there. Take the ladder up. By now you have probably triggered the
conversation between two nearby guards. We want to finish this part before they
finish talking, if possible. When you get off the ladder, fall into the water.
Turn right, and move forward until you can turn right again. Once you have,
dive, and swim for the pipehole you will now see. Swimm through the tunnels down
here until you can go no further and must surface (don't worry...you'll have
plenty of air to do this in one swim). Climb out of the water, and you will see
two machines in front of you, one for #47 and another for #48. Operate #47, then
turn around, dive back into the water, and swim through the tunnels again until
you are back in the large pool you started in. Surface, and turn left so you are
facing a brick wall you can mantle up on. Do so, then turn right. Walk forward,
and get on the wood plankings that form a makeshift bridge. Now, see the window
to your right? You need to jump through it. Do so.

[NOTE: Across from this window, if you look, you'll see two more windows, close
together, lit up. This is where there is a patrolling guard, one of the talkers
mentioned above. The windowsill on the right (as you face it from this window)
contains a Fire Arrow, a Water Arrow, and a Moss Arrow.]

Turn left, and follow this short, curving corridor until you can turn left
again, and do so. Move forward a little, then turn right. You should be facing a
pool of water, with a tunnel almost directly ahead of you. Jump into the water,
and follow the tunnel. At the top turn left (your only choice). Garrett will
talk about finding a "back door". Look on the right hand wall for an opening,
with a barred door protecting it. Open the door (as you would any other door).

SAVE YOUR GAME! Due to the proximity of the guards in this area, you may goof up
the first time trying this. Move through the door you just opened, and stop.
You'll be at the bottom of a small ramp, and you should hear voices. Instead of
climbing up the ramp, turn left, and mantle up into the darkness. You've just
entered the lower level of Donal's home. Now arrange yourself in the darkness so
you'll be close enough to whack someone when he walks by. Wait for the two
thieves to finish their amusing conversation. One of them will come walking by
you soon. Unfortunately, you aren't close enough to whack him in the darkness,
so you'll have to move out into the open slightly to do so when he passes.
You'll have to be quick though. There's a guard down the hall that can see down
the hallway (somewhat). Once you've taken care of this guy, turn so you are
facing the ramp you decided not to climb, and move forward into the room where
the two were chatting. Hug the left wall as you do so...the guard down the hall
can't really see you that well then.

In this room, turn left. Ah, another corridor! Instead of moving down it though,
move over to the right and wait. The other thief that was doing the chatting
will be coming back shortly. When he does, club him. Then move into the corridor
he came down, and go through a door you'll find on the right. In this room is a
chest at the foot of the bed, which only contains an Explosive Mine. However, if
you hop onto the bed, and look between the wall and its long side, you'll find
another golden nugget (50, Treasure Count: 1591). Leave the way you came in,
turn right, and take the left turn ahead. Move forward, and at the top of the
ramp, turn right. Move ahead and take the left turn right in front of you. Move
ahead, and when you reach the end go through the door on your left. Move through
this dark room and go through the door at the opposite end. Turn right, and pick
the lock on this door. Inside, you'll find two chests. The first one (to the
left of the door) is empty. The second one contains a necklace (50, Treasure
Count: 1641). Leave the room, turn right and move back into the room you used to
get here. Move through the door at the end, and continue ahead until you have to
turn right. Take the ramp up and stop at the top.

[NOTE: Before you entered the dark room, there was another door at the end of
the corridor. Inside, if you would like, are three chests. Two are empty, but
the one closest to the door contains a Speed Potion.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another patrolling guard is around here somewhere. If you can't
hear him walking around inside, then you may have enough time to rush in and
knock out that serving girl. If you're caught while doing so however...well,
aren't you glad you just saved?

Once the serving girl is taken care of, return to the point just outside the
room and wait. Once the guard comes around, sneak up behind him and put him to
sleep.

Across from the entrance you used is a sink containing two golden goblets (25,
25, Treasure Count: 1666, 1691). Now, move over to the door which the guard used
to enter this room, and go through it. Move down this small hallway, turn right,
and move through the door you see across the hall (be careful...the floor in the
hall is tile!). On a table across from you is a gilded vase (50, Treasure Count:
1741). Once you have that, turn left, and move through the door ahead.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It is very possible to get caught doing this next part. In the
next room, open the double doors across from you. Inside is a guard standing in
the middle of a tile floor. You have to sneak up on him. Before you knock him
out, be sure to pick his pocket (50, Treasure Count: 1791). Once he's sleeping
peacefully, move over to the table opposite the doors you entered by, and grab
the golden vase (100, Treasure Count: 1891). Leave the room the way you came,
and turn right. Across the tiled hallway you will see another carpeted area.
Move over to it (jump over the tile if you don't want to make any noise), and
turn left. Move over to the stairs you see and climb up them, but stop before
moving out into the hallway above.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two guards who patrol up here. Wait here in the
shadows, and watch. Knock them out as they come by. Sometimes, they patrol very
close to each other. If it sounds like there are more than one set of footsteps
approaching, wait for the first one to go by, knock out the second one, then go
get the first one.

You should now have the upper level all to yourself. From the top of the stairs
(if you're not there now, go back and orient yourself so they are to your back),
move forward and go through the door on your left. You are in Donal's "Banner
Room". Whip out your sword, and chop down the large blue banner you can see from
the doorway. You've exposed Donal's safe. Use the Safe Key which you purloined
from Rueben's to open it, and grab Lord Randall's Sapphire Vase (500, Treasure
Count: 2391).

To the right of the safe is a red banner. Cut it down and get the golden goblet
from within (200, Treasure Count: 2591). Turn around, and move forward to the
far end of the room. Turn right, and move through the door ahead on your left.

In this room, there is a small shelving unit to your left, upon which sits a
golden nugget. Take it (100, 2691), then turn around and move through the door
directly opposite the shelves. Grab the Front Door Key from the table (the book
is simply a ledger detailing the thieves' activities of late), and continue
forward. Go through the door on your right, and turn left immediately. Move down
this hall, and go through the door on your left. Just inside, on your immediate
left, is a gilded vase (25, Treasure Count: 2716).

Leave the room the way you entered. In the hall, turn right, and move forward,
taking the left turn at the end. Move forward, and turn left at the end. Move
down these stairs. At the bottom, turn left, and move towards the door ahead.
Unlock it with the Front Door Key you grabbed upstairs, and move outside.
Congratulations! You've pulled off a caper against the Downwind Thieves' Guild!


Section 10: The Sword (Mission 6)
=================================
My best time on Expert: 22 minutes, 29 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2656 or 2636

Note: In the original game, the Maximum Possible Treasure on this level was only
2636. Treasures which are unique to Thief Gold are indicated as such.

10.1: Introduction
==================
"Builds your roofs of dead wood. Builds your walls of dead stone. Builds your
dreams of dead thoughts. Comes crying laughing singing back to life, takes what
you steal, and pulls the skins from your dead bones shrieking."
     -- Clay tablet in an abandoned Trickster temple


I was contacted by a woman named Victoria. She claims to represent a client who
was impressed by the way I took care of Ramirez, and now wants me to steal
something for him. The target is a magical sword, owned by a nobleman and
collector named Constantine. Little is known about Constantine except that he is
an eccentric new face in this city, and mostly keeps to himself. Victoria says
the sword will probably be on display, but it will be well protected by guards
and security systems. She also mentioned that the guards are tough and
organized, and the mansion is confusing to navigate in.

The house was constructed recently, so I've had to piece together my own map,
from observation and hearsay. Sounds like the place is a bit of a maze. I guess
if you're rich enough you can build any sort of madhouse to live in.

This is going to be a challenging job, but it will pay better than the last few
I've taken. As usual, the front entrance is heavily guarded, but I've managed to
find another way in. 'Course once I've picked up the sword I'll still have to
worry about getting back out....


10.2: Objectives: Normal and Hard
=================================
1. Find and obtain the sword. It's probably on an upper level of the
   mansion.
2. Take the opportunity to steal other valuables.
3. Leave the mansion with the sword.

10.3: Objectives: Expert
========================
1. Find and obtain the sword. It's probably on an upper level of the
   mansion.
2. Take the opportunity to steal other valuables.
3. Pull off the job without having to kill anyone.
4. While you're in the mansion, see if you can dig up any valuable
   informatin about Constantine.
5. Leave the mansion with the sword.

10.4: Simplified Objectives
===========================
1. Find and obtain the sword by searching upstairs.
2. Pick up 1,500 in additional loot while you're in here.
3. Don't kill any of the guards.
4. Find some incriminating information on Constantine.
5. Get out of the mansion.

10.5: Before The Mission
========================
What You'll Encounter: Human Guards (Swordsmen), Fly Swarms.

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to acquire from the Downwinders. (Maximum:
2716.)

Starting Gear:

25 Broadhead Arrows
 4 Water Arrows
 4 Fire Arrows
 2 Moss Arrows
 3 Rope Arrows
 3 Noisemaker Arrows
 2 Flash Bombs
 1 Set of Lockpicks

Items for Sale:

30 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
20 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 8 Fire Arrows (Cost: 300 each)
 8 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
 5 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
 8 Noisemaker Arrows (Cost: 250 each)
 5 Flash Bombs (Cost: 200 each)
 7 Mines (Cost: 350 each)
 3 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)

NOTE: I do not know why your sword and blackjack are not shown under the
"Starting Gear" for this mission, but you DO start with them.

Ignore the Broadheads, the Fire Arrows, and the Mines...you can't kill anyone,
so they are all but useless. On the other hand, you will find plenty of torches
to douse, and you'll need to, so stock up on Water Arrows. Likewise, Moss Arrows
will be a great asset in this mission. Recall that your Rope Arrows are RE-
USABLE! One you've finished using one, collect it so you can use it again. There
are no areas where you will NOT be able to collect your spent arrow, so you
don't need to waste your money there. Flash Bombs are noisy, and unnecessary in
this mission. Finally, healing potions won't be needed unless you fall prey to
some of the traps in Constantine's mansion...and this walkthrough is to help you
AVOID those traps! However, there is nothing else to spend your money on, and
you never know what might happen, so go ahead and buy one or two.

Recommended Purchases: 20 Water Arrows, 8 Moss Arrows. Total Cost: 2000

10.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
==================================
This is a VERY difficult mission. It is nearly impossible to move around on the
first level of the mansion due to the heavy traffic of guards and the tile
flooring. Consider the entire first level a patrol area. Take out ANY guard, ANY
chance you get. (Note that, on tile flooring, you are the most quiet when you
walk while crouching.)

Be aware that some of the treasures you find are purses on the belts of guards.
There are four in total...three worth 100 each, and a fourth worth 50.

Also, the place can be somewhat disorienting...some areas of the house look like
a cross between Alice in Wonderland and Winchester Mansion. (For those
unfamiliar with Winchester Mansion, check out http://www.ghosts.org/faq/3-8.html
and http://www.ghosts.org/haunted/haunted.html)

Take note that there are some strange, mystical traps on this level. You may
notice some sort of protrusion coming out of a wall with a strange symbol on it.
If you examine it too closely, the symbol will "fly out at you", and the trap
will be set off.

Also note that the locations of the guards as noted in this walkthrough may very
well be dependent on timing. For example, in one instance, I opened a door and
there was a guard RIGHT THERE. I was able to pick his pocket and club him
immediately, and it was just luck I was in the right place at the right time. If
something doesn't work for you, and you find an alternate method, I would very
much appreciate hearing about it.

This mission is the first time you really have to deal with a lot of unavoidable
hard surfaces. For help on getting through those areas, look at Section 3.5
above.


10.7: Walkthrough
=================
You start this mission over the wall, inside the grounds of Constantine's
mansion. Before going into the mansion itself, however, turn right, and move
forward. The spot you want to hide in is in the shadow of the balcony above,
where you can see the gate and a stone walkway. Wait in these shadows, and
listen to the guards' conversation for a moment. Shortly after that, one of them
will come into your view. Watch him, he'll walk towards your area, though not
too close at first. When he turns around to head back, he'll be close enough.
He's got a purse on his belt (100, Treasure Count: 100). Once you've lifted it,
knock him out QUICK...he's good at spotting you. Even if he starts to give some
sort of shout, you should be able to take him out with your blackjack. [Note:
For those of you who are uninterested in the honourable mention of picking
pockets, you can try to knock him out BEFORE getting the purse...it may be less
risky.]

[An alternative is to wait in the shadows ACROSS from the balcony instead of
beneath. You'll have to watch the guard's turns though, as he doesn't come near
you...you'll need to watch to know when to move in on him.]

Once you've got this guard safely tucked away, return to where you started, and
go in the other direction (the one you started facing in). Move forward until
you are in the next shadowy area. Now, turn to face the mansion, and look up.
See that small wooden area up above? Shoot a Rope Arrow at it (try to get it as
close to the outer edge [i.e.: edge furthest from the house] as you can). Then
climb up. Jump off onto the balcony to your left. [Note: You may find it easier
to jump off on the ledge beside the balcony, and then turn left and
jumping/mantling up onto the balcony itself.]

[A note regarding this entry into the mansion. For some reason, once the Rope
Arrow is lodged in the beams above, I sometimes have great difficulty in getting
myself on the rope to climb up if I'm facing the house. I assume this has
something to do with the slope you run up. Instead, try moving up to the top of
the slope, and THEN turning and jumping onto the rope. I find this much easier.]

[To retrieve your Rope Arrow, climb up onto the balcony's ledge, look up so
you're facing the arrow, and jump straight up (NOT forward!). The arrow should
highlight, at which point you can grab it. However, you will also be exiting the
house from this point later. If you wish to leave the Rope Arrow in place to
make an easier egress, then do so.]

Move over to the balcony doors, open, and enter. Immediately to your left will
be some bunk beds. Beside the closest one, on the ground, are three stacks of
silver coins (12, 12, 12, Treasure Count: 112, 124, 136). The door immediately
across from the one you entered by is locked, and cannot be picked. Move to the
right (as you are facing said door), into the next small area. There's a hole in
the floor, with a ladder. Make your way down to the next level. Once down, turn
left (as you're facing the ladder), and go through the opening ahead. Turn
right, and you should be facing a door. [Note: There are some wooden alcoves
along the left side of this room, as you face down it with the door to your
right. In the furthest one is a Flash Bomb, and the one beside it has an
Explosive Mine on the floor.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! This is where things start to get interesting and dangerous. The
door in front of you opens onto a hallway with some patrolling guards. The
hallway's floors are hard tile (very loud), and are carpetted at intervals, but
not enough to make your job easy. Also, the guards like to go in and out of the
rooms. [Note: This room you are currently in is not part of any guard's patrol,
so it is a good place to hide bodies.]

Open the door in front of you, and if it is safe to do so, move through the door
across the hall. (If it's not safe, wait for it to be safe.) Move to the second
pillar in this room, and look down. Pick the lock on the safe and inside you'll
find a Healing Potion and a gold plate (50, Treasure Count: 186). Turn, and move
to the other exit from this room (the one you didn't use.)

SAVE YOUR GAME! You might be seen here. Open the door, and wait for the guard to
walk by. You may want to stand a bit back to minimize the chance of him seeing
you. Once he walks by, in either direction, move out, lift the key from his
belt, and knock him out. [Note: A Moss Arrow on the tile floor just near the
door might prove helpful.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another risky bit here. In the hall where you sent that guard to
sleep, turn so you are facing west. Move to the end of the hall, and turn right.
Watch down this hall (try staying out of sight and leaning into it for maximum
protection against being seen). You should soon see a guard come out of one of
the doors down the hall, come towards you, then exit the hall through a
different door. Once he has left the hall, move onto the carpet, then run down
this hall, jumping over the tile sections so that you land on the carpet. When
you reach the fourth door on your right, move through it.

You have very little time at this point, as that patrolling guard will be coming
in here through the doorway on the right side of the room. You may have time to
douse a torch if you wish. When the guard approaches, keep the column in this
room between the two of you, so that he can't see you. Once he's in a position
for you to knock him out, sneak up behind him, lift his purse (50, Treasure
Count: 236) and put him to sleep. Also in this room, on the wall opposite the
doorway, you will find a gold-gilded vase on one of the counters (50, Treasure
Count: 286).

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another tricky part here.  Move into the doorway which the guard
entered this room through. In the next room, there will be a torch burning on
the right-hand wall. Douse it. (Note that you will have to walk on some tile to
do this part, so tread carefully.)

At the far end of the room (from where you are), a patrolling guard will walk
into the room, up to the door on his end, turn around, and walk back out. When
it is safe to do so, move over to the end of the room. On your way there, note
the candlesticks on the table. The one in the centre is a golden candlestick
(50, Treasure Count: 336). When you reach door where the guard makes his turn,
crouch and wait for him. Make sure that you are crouching on carpet. When he
comes close enough, lift the key off his belt, and after he's turned, move
forward and then club him. (Note that if you are waiting for the guard while
crouching on tile, when you move forward to club him, he will most likely hear
you...the tiniest move seems to alert him to your presence.)

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part can be dangerous for you, if there is a guard in the
wrong position. Move over to the table where you grabbed the candlestick, and
jump up onto it. At about the centre of the table, look up. A door in the
ceiling? Why not? Open it, and shoot a Rope Arrow into the ceiling above. Climb
up the rope into the next room.

There is a single guard on this level, and he patrols through this room. If he's
in here and didn't notice your activities, then keep yourself low on the rope
until he's past seeing, then disengage from the rope, run up behind him, and
knock him out.

If the guard is NOT in here however, he's on patrol, which will bring him
through here eventually. You may want to douse the torches in here. There are
five total exits from this room...the door in the floor you came through, a
secret door in the ceiling, two doorways, and one regualr door. With your back
to the regular door, the two doorways are ahead of you and to your right. The
guard's patrol brings him into this room through the door ahead, and he exits
from the one on your right. When you get the opportunity, take this guard out,
and you'll have (more or less) free reign on the second level.

Once you're ready to proceed, take your Rope Arrow out of the ceiling. On the
table in this room is a gilded vase (50, Treasure Count: 386). Once you've taken
that, look over to the left side of the ceiling (with the table to your back). A
secret door in the ceiling? Why not? Open it, and shoot another Rope Arrow up
into the next room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part presents some risk again. Climb up into the next room.
Be careful where you hop off the rope, as several of the tiles on the floor here
are pressure plates, which set off a shooting face (although it appears that
only the one face takes offense...the one on the right, as you face them). The
chest on the left (with the face to your back) contains a diamond (100, Treasure
Count: 486), and the one on the right holds a ring (100, Treasure Count: 586).
There is also a Land Mine at on the floor between the two chests.

Turn around, grab your Rope Arrow (you may need to jump up to do so), and let
yourself fall back down to the next level. In the room below, move over to the
only normal door. Open it, but do not move through it yet. It's trapped. When
the trap is sprung, a purple energy ball will shoot over to the doorway. Once it
dissipates, move into the room, and look to your left. Beneath that face carving
is a gold nugget (100, Treasure Count: 686). Once you've grabbed it, turn around
and leave through the door you came in. In the next room, leave through the
doorway on the right side of the room. Across a large expanse of tile floor, you
will see a greenish room with a torch burning in it. That's where we want to go.
So head over there.

Inside the room, turn to your left. Another face carving, set into a sloping
wall. There is a treasure sitting on top of the carving. Climb up the wall (you
will need to run up it to do this), and grab the silver nugget (50, Treasure
Count: 736).

SAVE YOUR GAME! Some more danger here. Move towards the door opposite the face,
but do NOT stand in front of it. Open the door. The face behind you will shoot
out a single purple energy ball, and you'll also be able to see three blasting
past you in the hallway beyond the door. Once those three have gone by, move
into the hall and turn left. Once you hit the tiled floor, turn right, move up
the ramp and into the next room. A couple of repeating energy traps should be
going off.

SAVE YOUR GAME! These energy blasts hurt! Move towards the chest in the
corner...upon entry, turn left, and time it so you can move past the energy
blasts. Then turn towards the chest, and move as close as you can. You can open
it without getting hit by the blasts, but you'll have to pick the lock. Inside
is a diamond (100, Treasure Count: 836). Now, leave the room (timing the energy
blasts again), go down then ramp, and turn left back into the hallway.

[Note: While you are performing the above procedure, you may hear a guard
calling out to you. This is one of the ones on the lower level, and you
shouldn't worry about it.]

Back in the hallway, move forward past two sets of double-doors on your left.
(If you hear the sound of energy balls shooting, move over to the side of the
hallway and wait for three of them to pass by...you've managed to trigger the
trap again.) Stop at the next door on your right (it will be the last door in
this hall on that side). Turn, pick the lock, and go inside.

You should see a bed at the other end of the room. On the wall to the right of
it is another face on the wall. Move towards it, but stay on the right side of
the face (as you face it), and not to close. Then, inch your way forward until
you can grab the two rough diamonds (50, 50, Treasure Count: 886, 936). (The
trap should go off when you've got the diamonds within reach, ie: one of them is
highlighted).

At this point, the game differs slightly between the Original Thief and Thief
Gold. If you are playing the original game, then turn around, and move past the
bed (keeping it on your right). Then turn right, and move up onto the dais that
the bed rests upon.  Look at the ground here, carefully. Hidden in the pattern
on the carpet is a key. Once you've got the key, leave this room the way you
came in, returning to the hallway.

If you're playing Thief Gold however, they've moved the key on you. There is
another door in this room. From the face on the wall, turn 180 degrees, and it
will be in the far wall on the left side. Go through it, turn right, and the key
will be on the table. (There is a papyrus on the floor beneath the table, which
you can ignore.) Once you have it, leave this room the way you came in, move
forwards through the next room, and turn right, leaving the room and returning
to the hallway.

The game is now the same for both versions. Back in the hallway, turn right.
Move forward, and go through the next door on your left. Ignore the door in the
room across from you, it just opens onto a wall section with a face carved into
it. Turn right. There are two tables in front of you. On the left table you'll
find two goblets (15, 15, Treasure Count: 951, 966). One is slightly hidden
behind the potted plant, so move far back into the room to get to it. On the
right table is another papyrus, which you can also ignore.

Leave the room, turning left in the hallway. Move forward and enter the next
room on your left (this will be the last room in this hallway). It should be
fairly dark with a roaring fireplace. This next part can be done with the fire
still roaring, but a Water Arrow would not be remiss. Face the fireplace,
crouch, and move into the fireplace (stick to the left side). Once you're in the
back of the fireplace, turn left, and pull yourself up onto the ledge back
there. Grab the gold nugget (100, Treasure Count: 1066). Now, make your way back
out of the fireplace.

In the corner to your left, you should now see a chest. This chest is
trapped...when you open it, the faces in the walls shoot purple energy balls out
of their mouths at you. So, face the chest at an angle, stay back, and open it.
You should avoid the traps, and get another gold nuggest (100, Treasure Count:
1166). Go back out into the hall, and turn right.

[Note: While unnecessary to do this, you may feel you need another Healing
Potion. If so, when you are out in the hall, turn left instead of right, then
turn right at the corner. Go down this hall and take the first left, into a dark
guardroom. There are two chests in here, both locked. The one on the left
contains a Healing Potion, the one on the right contains a deer's leg. Be
careful moving down the hallway, as there is an opening down to the first level,
and a guard can hear you moving about up here in this area. When you're done,
make your way back to just outside the fireplace room.]

Move down the hall again, stopping at the first set of double doors. Open them.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to re-enter the first level, which still has a
couple of guards here and there.

Move down the stairs in the next room, but stop before the first turn. You want
to move so you're in a position to see down the stairs and through the archway
at the bottom into a tiled hallway with a rug. There is a spot just near the
torch in the wall where you are completely hidden. While you wait, you might
want to shoot a Moss Arrow at the tile floor between the wooden one and the rug.
It may be necessary to move across that section.

Eventually, a guard will walk past. He will either come through the room with
the wooden floor beneath and turn into the hallway, or he will be in the
hallway, moving either to the left or the right. If he's moving towards the
right, he'll turn and enter the room with the wooden flooring, then make a turn
moving away from you. No matter which way he's moving, once you can move without
him spotting you, move in, pick his pocket (a key), and knock him out.

With that guard taken care of, this section of the mansion is clear, except for
one other. He's not too close, so for now, you don't need to worry about the
tile. Across the hall from the stairs is a door. Open it, and step into a bar.
Move behind the bar itself. On the far shelf (at the end of the bar, as you move
down it), you'll find two bottles of wine (50, 50, Treasure Count: 1216, 1266).
Now, turn around, so you are facing the bar, and look down...you'll find a
secret panel in the bar. Open it, and collect the three golden goblets (25, 25,
25, Treasure Count: 1291, 1316, 1341). You may have to do a bit of hunting for
them, but they're there. Once you've got them, move back to the door you used
before, and go into the hallway. Turn right, and go through the first door you
come to on your left. Once inside, turn right, and go pick up the vase off the
table (100, Treasure Count: 1441). Go back into the hall, turn left, and go
through the first door on your right. Pick up the two goblets from the coffin-
shaped table (15, 15, Treasure Count: 1456, 1471).

[There is one more guard in the mansion proper on this level, and he's close.
While unnecessary, if you wish to do this part, here's how: SAVE YOUR GAME! Now,
there is another door in this room besides the one you entered through. Open it,
and move carefully into the hall. See the doorway across from you, leading into
a room with cavern-like walls? You want to go in there. Before you do though,
you may want to use a Water Arrow to put out the torch. Once you've done that,
you can enter the short hall, and take the turn on your right. Don't be too
anxious...that guard is VERY close. It's also possible to douse the one in the
room with the guard, but the torch is in a difficult spot. As you face the small
stairway down, it is on the same wall as the staircase, on the left. You have to
angle yourself and lean so you can just see the bottom of the torch, then shoot
a Water Arrow near it. Splash damage does the rest. Now, see the guard walking
his patrol down there? It's not a very large patrol, so you'll have to time your
move just right. When you've got it, go down there and send him to bed. The
chest holds another Healing Potion. Then turn around, go up the stairs and turn
left, moving into the hallway. If you want another Fire Arrow, turn left, and
move forward until you have the fire-fountain on your right. There's a Fire
Arrow in the fire. Now head back the way you came, and return to the room with
the coffin-shaped table.]

Leave this room the way you came in (if you did the extra bit above, then leave
this room from the other door.) Once you're back in the hallway, turn left, and
follow the corridor. Keep moving forward until you come to an opening on your
right with wooden flooring (this is the room across from the bar). Turn into
there, and then turn left almost immediately. Move forward to the tile floor,
and stop.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Hard tile will give you away every time. Sneak into the hallway,
turn right, and move forward, turning left at the corner. (Before you do take
that left turn, you may want to consider using a Water Arrow on that torch in
the corner, and perhaps a couple of Moss Arrows on the tile.) You should see a
grassy area ahead. There is a guard patrolling through there, so tread
carefully.

NOTE: This next part is described under ideal conditions. However, that may not
be the case. Read a bit ahead if you normally do not, to find out what to do in
other situations.

As soon as you hit grass, turn slightly to the left and move into the dark patch
ahead, just to the left of the canal. This is a very good place to hide, both
for yourself and anybody you put to sleep. Turn around so that you are facing
the opening you came through, and wait. Soon, you'll see a guard approaching
from an area to the left. Wait until he's turned around, then run up behind him,
lift the purse off his belt (100, Treasure Count: 1571), and knock him out. (If
you needed to put out the torch because a guard was noticing you, this will be
the same guard.)

If, however, after waiting for a while, no guard shows, then you have the "less-
than-ideal" condition. Remember when you were upstairs, and you could hear a
guard downstairs searching for you? Well, it was the guy you're waiting for now.
If he hasn't shown, it means that you managed to stop his patrol. He's standing
motionless in another room. Go and find him. When you do, I'm afraid you'll have
to move in behind him and take him out, probably adding a good minute or more to
your time. I tried making him move again with Noisemaker Arrows and other means,
but then I was unable to knock him out...he just kept coming.

[Note: In any of the rooms with water, if you look into it, you may spot a Water
Arrow at the bottom. If you like, once all the guards are taken care of you can
swim around these waterways collecting them.]

Once the guard is taken care of, this section of the garden will be clear of
guards. Move to the entrance you used to come into the garden, and move past it
(keeping it on your right). Turn right at the next opening, and move across
through the next room, into an odd looking room with water floating near the
ceiling. Move to the end of the room, and turn left. Hidden in a small patch of
dark here are two stacks of gold coins (25, 25, Treasure Count: 1596, 1621).
Now, move to stand beneath the water.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part can be a little bit tricky. Look up, through the
water. Shoot a Rope Arrow up and through the water, grabbing a hold of the
wooden area above. Climb up into the next room. On a table in this room is a
golden-gilded vase (50, Treasure Count: 1671).

[Note: If you look up, you'll see the wooden beams in this room all meet in the
centre. If you use a Rope Arrow to get up there, in the centre you'll find a
Moss Arrow, a Fire Arrow, and a Water Arrow.]

Once you've grabbed everything you intend to get, go back to the water and grab
the rope dangling down into it. While holding the rope, retrieve the Rope Arrow
attached to it. You should fall into the water, which will slow your descent
slightly, and you'll land again in the room below.

Once down there, exit the room. In the next room, take the first path on the
right. Take it until you can see the gilded vase, and grab it (50, Treasure
Count: 1721). Now, turn left, move forward, and take the exit on the right. Move
through the next room, into a nursery of sorts (a plant nursery). Move to the
end of the room opposite from the doorway, and turn left. Take the stairs down.

This door is locked, and cannot be picked. However, the key you picked up
upstairs will unlock it. Move through the door, and follow the path. At the
first T-junction, turn  right (left is a dead end). At the next T-junction, turn
either left or right, it doesn't matter. Move until you come to an opening (on
your right or left, depending on which side you followed), and move in. There
should be a chair and a couple of tables in this room. Pick up the bottle of
wine (50, Treasure Count: 1771) and the goblet (15, Treasure Count: 1786) off of
the one table. Look underneath that table, and you'll find a papyrus. Get it,
and read it. This is the incriminating evidence against Constantine you've been
looking for. (If you'd like, you can read throught the book of magic on the next
table as well.) That's all you need down here, so leave this area the way you
came in. Once you're back at the top of the stairway, turn right, and leave the
nursery.

In the next room, turn right, and you should see a door. It's locked. You can
pick this lock if you like, or use one of the keys you pilfered from the guards
earlier. Inside, on the floor on the right, you'll find two golden vases (100,
100, Treasure Count: 1886, 1986). Exit this room, turn left, and move into the
grassy area.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are still three guards on patrol down here, and this next
manouevre will put you in a position to be sighted by two of them. If you are,
just reload your game, and wait a little before trying it.

Turn left, and move forward. Move past the large pool/canal in the next room,
and continue into the room beyond, where there is a well. Turn right, and move
forward, keeping to the right. Take the next right down a small slope, into an
indoor garden style room.

In this room, you may want to move quietly and crouched, as you need to move
into position to whack a guard. Turn left, and move over the bridge ahead. Then
turn right, and move into the archway ahead, but don't go all the way through.
In this archway, you can position yourself so you are completely hidden. Now,
wait for the guard to walk past you, then sneak out, grab his purse (100,
Treasure Count: 2086), and whack him.

Facing the waterway in this room, there should be an exit in the wall on your
left. Go through it.

[Note: In this room, the overhang has a Moss Arrow on top of it. To get it, move
to the opposite end of the room {directly opposite from the door you entered),
turn around, jump, and mantle up onto the overhang. Grab the Moss Arrow, then
fall back down to floor level.]

There is another in this room, to your left. Go through it, turn right, and at
the T-junction, turn right again. Follow this passage until you can turn left.
Do so, and move forward, stopping in front of the flower on the ground in front
of you.

This is the most insidiously hidden treasure I've encountered (with the ring on
the carpet in "Assassins" a close second). Look down at the plant. The stamen is
a gold nugget (100, Treasure Count: 2186).

EXPERIMENT AREA: If you move just a little further from this point and turn
left, you'll find a tunnel with a glowing mushroom at the end. If you try to
pick this mushroom up, it disappears from the ground, and the lights go out in
here, but it does not appear in your inventory. Does anyone know what this is
all about?

[If you want to get another Moss Arrow, then from this plant, move forward and
take the very first left. Continue down this tunnel until you can't move forward
anymore. Turn right, then turn left, and then take the next right. At the end of
this darkened tunnel you'll find a Moss Arrow on the ground. In Thief Gold, it
is partially hidden beneath a plant. I cannot remember if it was also hidden
like that in the original game. Work your way back to the intersection plant you
de-flowered.]

Turn right around, and move forward. Turn right, push forward, and take the next
left. Move forward and take the next left again. You will be facing the room
with the overhang. Enter it, and the leave it through the other exit. In this
room (the one where you whacked the guard), make a half turn to the right, and
move past the stump in the centre. Ahead you should see an exit (the one you
originally used to come in here). Move through it into the next room. From the
entrance, move straight across to the other side of the room, past the bridge.

Turn left and look down. See that canal? Dive in, then turn right. Push forward
(you'll be swimming against the current), and surface for air when you can. When
you do, you should still be in a dark enclosed area, so no one can see you, with
another room up ahead.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's quite easy for you to be caught here, if you time this
wrong. Swim forward into the next room. On the right you will see a wooden
staircase. (At this point, if you look down, you should be able to get another
Water Arrow.) Turn right to face the staircase, and pull yourself up. Climb up
the stairs, and push forward, following the corridor until you come to a set of
doors. Use the key you found upstairs on this door to unlock it. Then move into
the room, and go all the way down to the other end. Pick up the four golden
goblets on the altar (25, 25, 25, 25, Treasure Count: 2211, 2236, 2261, 2286).
(Ignore the door on the right side of the room...it's lock cannot be picked, and
there is no key for it.) Leave the room the way you came in, follow the tunnel
back to the stairs.

[NOTE: This walkthrough is leaving out a small area on the ground floor. It
contains a few items that you might like, but nothing that you need. If you wish
to explore, there are a total of two guards left, one with a key on his belt.
The items you can find are a Flash Bomb (on a shelf in a large room with grass),
an Explosive Mine (same room, opposite shelf), a Moss Arrow (atop a strange
ramp-like structure that leads nowhere), a Water Arrow (in the room with a tile
well), and a Fire Arrow (in a torch-like niche in a hallway). You can get to
these areas by jumping from the stairs over the canal, and going down the
passage immediately ahead. You'll need to take out one of those two guards in
that hall, however.]

NOTE: THE LARGE SECTION AFTER THE NEXT PARAGRAPH IS FOR THIEF GOLD ONLY! IT DOES
NOT EXIST IN THE ORIGINAL GAME! Original Thief players should do the following
instead:

[Stay hidden in the shadows up here. Look around the corner, and take out that
torch you see. Then wait for the guard to come by. Once he leaves again, move
down the stairs, jump over the canal, and move into the corridor. Turn left,
move up behind the guard, and whack him. Then move forward again. Turn right,
and move forward slight. Don't leave this little alcove, and stay in the
shadows. Wait for the next guard to come by, and when his patrol takes him past
you, move in, lift the key from his belt, and knock him out. In the wall
directly across from the alcove you waited in are two exits. Take the one on the
right (as you face it), move forward, turn right again, and move down to the
end. Turn right, and move into the room you see ahead, with a door in the
ceiling. Open the door. Now, move to the wall which has the torch on it, and
turn so your back is to it. Now look up. There is a stained glass window on the
ceiling in the room above. You want to shoot a Rope Arrow in the red area just
beneath it. When you do, grab the rope, climb up, and jump off in the new room.
Turn around and look for an exit. When you find it, crouch and move through it.
At the far end of the room, you'll find a golden candlestick (50, Treasure
Count: 2336). NOW SKIP DOWN TO THE SECTION WHICH SAYS "ORIGINAL THIEF PLAYERS
START AGAIN HERE!"]

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once again, if you time it wrong, you're caught. Move down the
stairs and jump across the canal. Move just past the pillars, and turn right.
Look at the side of the pillar that faces away from the water, and you will find
a switch hidden in the carven face. Operate the switch. Then turn so you're
facing the canal, and dive in again. Turn left, and move through into the
tunnel, stopping before the sloping passage downwards that you can see.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you're low on health at this point, you might want to
consider taking a Healing Potion. You've got some swimming to do, against a
strong current. While it is possible to make the trip without running out of
air, you cut it very close.

Turn so you're facing the downwards passage mentioned above, take a deep breath,
and dive. Follow the passage as best you can, turn right inside the red passage,
and move forward. Follow this passage, and you'll come to a spot where you have
to go straight down. Do so.

It's a bit hard to orient down here. While you are travelling downwards, check
your compass. You want it to show north pointing to the left side of the screen.
When it does, orient your view so you can swim forwards again, and swim
underneath the wall ahead. As soon as you have done so, surface for some more
air.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Phew! Okay, turn so you are facing in the only direction you can
go in (while still breathing, that is), and push forward. Follow this tunnel to
a waterfall, and drop down. There is a guard that will be patrolling in this
section, but its unlikely he'll be in a position to see or hear you at this
point. Keep your eyes peeled for him, and when you find him, lift the Healing
Potion off his belt, and knock him out.

A note about this guard: This is not your average, everyday guard. This guard
was apparently bitten by the same radioactive spider that turned Peter Parker
into Spider-Man. One time this guard caught me, and I tried running for him. He
climbed the bloody walls! But I digress....

[Although unnecessary, there is a Breath Potion in this room. Find a little
circle of stones, and look inside for it, if you want to get it.]

With the waterfall to your back, move forward, down the pathway into a very
small town setting. Feel like Gulliver yet? In here, turn left, and head for the
stone wall you see. Mantle up, and dive into the water. Ahead, you should see
what looks like a sewer drain. Enter it. Follow the tunnel into a room where you
have to dive, and do so. Once you're down, swim into the underwater tunnel, and
move down it. When it ends, turn yourself upwards and swim up into the air.
(Don't ask me what that golden ring is, I haven't the faintest idea.)

What's this? First Gulliver, now Alice? You're currently swimming around in a
giant sink. Position yourself so that you're facing west. Now swim over to the
edge, and pull yourself up.

NOTE: This bizarre area has three guards in it, two of which patrol in this
area. However, they patrol a very large area here. If there's one nearby (you
can see movement on the carpetted area below), you may want to wait before
leaving the sink area. If not...then proceed.

This room is a veritable stockpile of weaponry. I'm not going to give specific
directions on how to get all the items in here, but here is an inventory of what
I've been able to find:

1 Rope Arrow - Stuck upright in the rug near the tub of water.
3 Rope Arrows - Stuck into a giant pincushion, top left shelf
4 Fire Arrows - Matchheads in giant matchbox, top right shelf
3 Water Arrows - In the tub of water (NOT the sink!)
2 Moss Arrows - Disguised as mould on the cheese
2 Water Arrows - Inkwell on the desk
1 Speed Potion - Mousetrap
3 Noisemaker Arrows - In the chest
2 Rope Arrows - In the chest
2 Moss Arrows - On the bed

SAVE YOUR GAME! This manouevre can be difficult, and if you don't do it
correctly it will cost you your life. Turn left, and move to the corner of the
sink. Look down, and shoot a Rope Arrow into the leg of the table. Don't shoot
it too high, aim low. Then, run off of the edge you're standing on. Don't jump,
just fall. If you positioned the Rope Arrow correctly, it will break your fall
for you, and you won't take any damage. And if you aimed low enough, you'll be
able to retrieve it as well. :)

Now turn right. Move towards the table sitting in front of the couch. When you
get close, shoot a Rope Arrow into the table, near the left leg. Climb up, and
mantle onto the coffee table. Turn left, and jump across the gap to the couch.
Move forward to the back end of the couch, and drop down (if you do it properly,
you won't take any damage...but if you do take damage, it's only a single
point). Turn right, move forward, and grab the two coins (10, 10, Treasure
Count: 2296, 2306). Now turn around, and move forward to the die that someone
lost down here. Hop onto it, turn left, and mantle up. Mantle up again to get
back on top of the couch. Move forward until you're at the front edge of the
couch.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Doing this wrong will hurt! Look down, and you should see your
Rope Arrow. Run off the edge of the couch towards the rope, just like last time.
The rope will slow your fall enough for you to land safely (and possibly
retrieve your arrow as well).

Now, turn so your back is to the table, and move forward. When the couch has
passed by on your right, turn right and move to the end of the couch. Turn right
again, and move down near to the end of the couch again.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Patrol area again. Same two guards. If they are on the other
side of the couch from you, that's great. If not, and you can see them, then
wait for them to pass. If you can't see them, then you may have a LOOOOONG wait.
You can try chancing it though. If you happen to cross their path in the dark
shadowy area you will pass through, they shouldn't see you.

Turn left, and move forward until you are able to turn left again. After doing
so, move forward a little, and turn left again. Move forward to the end of this
dark area, and turn right. Move forward all the way to the end, and turn right.
Move forward to the end, and you'll find an exit in the wall that looks like a
mousehole. Go inside.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Doing this wrong could mean a nasty fall. Look up. You will need
to shoot your Rope Arrows into the ledges one by one. Shoot a Rope Arrow into
the ledge, climb up, then turn around, shoot another into the next ledge, etc.
It will take a total of three Rope Arrows (but you can retrieve each one once
you're no longer using the rope).

When you've reached the top, turn so the wall is on your left, and move forward.
To your left will be an opening. Move into it, and follow this tunnel until you
reach a tiled area. You will see a red button on the wall. Push it to open the
exit. Move onto the tile, and turn so your back is to the button. Move forward
towards the exit. Before jumping out though, look down, and grab the golden
candlestick (50, Treasure Count: 2356). Now move into the next room, falling
into it.

ORIGINAL THIEF PLAYERS START AGAIN HERE!

[Note: From this point on, there will be a slight discrepency in the Treasure
Count between Thief Gold and the original game. This FAQ is keeping track of
treasure using Thief Gold. Original Thief players will have a treasure count of
20 less from this point on.]

Now look up at the hole in the ceiling. Although it is hard to see, there is a
table on its side up in the next room. You want to shoot a Rope Arrow into the
table (its a narrow target, but quite easy to hit). Once you've done that, climb
up into that room, and hop off the rope.

My goodness...the whole ROOM is on its side! Retrieve your arrow if you like,
then look around for the only other exit in the room. Move over to the pillar
beneath it, and mantle onto it (jumping onto it causes problems). Then mantle up
through the window, and move forward through this room and into the next. You
should see a door ahead and on your left, where you can see red through it. Move
over there, and go through it. In this small area, you will be able to see tile
floor ahead. Move up to it, but don't step on it. Now look slightly to your
left. There's a sort of cave-like opening. You can do a running jump across the
tile and land on the grass. Do so.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The guards get very numerous hereabouts. Follow this grassy
tunnel up, and you'll soon find a vine dangling down. From here, you should be
able to see up into a hallway, with some torches burning. Position yourself so
that you can take out the torches from down here. As you're facing the hole, you
want to take out two to the left, and one to the right. Now climb up through the
hole. Don't use the vine to do so, just scramble up the incline. Careful, you're
back on tile floor again!

If you've been saving up your Moss Arrows, this would be a good place to start
using them. If you made the recommended purchases at the start of this mission,
that should give you about 10 Moss Arrows, which should be enough for here.
Whether you use them or not though, start creeping forward. A guard will come
through eventually. Knock him out. Move past the first opening on your right,
and take out the next torch ahead. A little further along, the passage forks.
Take out both torches brightening the halls, one down each fork.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a guard which patrols down each fork. The one down the
left-hand fork moves into this intersection. What you want to do is move in
behind that guard after he turns, and club him. However, you don't want the
guard down the other fork to see you do it. Your best bet is to wait a second or
two after this guard has moved back down his fork before rushing in and putting
him to sleep.

Move forward a little. See that vine dangling down? Grab onto it, and climb up a
ways. From here, you have two holes you can jump to. If you're still facing the
direction you were when moving down the hall, the hole you want is on your
right. Jump into it, and follow this tunnel until it ends, emptying onto a tiled
hallway. Enter the hallway, turn right, and move forward. Ahead, you'll see a
small ramp. Climb up the ramp into the next room, and turn left.

You should be looking down a tunnel that looks like it comes right out of a
funhouse. Follow that tunnel to the end. Step onto the grass, and move forward.
Ignore the turning on your right, and take the left turn ahead. You should be
standing on a stone walkway in outer space. Move to the the end of it, and look
down at the walkway. There is a diamond there (100, Treasure Count: 2456). Now,
turn left, and across a gap, you should see another stone walkway. Run and jump
the gap to land on it. On the first step is a gold nugget (100, Treasure Count:
2556). Now run forward into the grassy area. At the end of the tunnel, turn
left, crouch, and move into the tiled hallway. Immediately, turn right, and
follow this tunnel up as far as you can. It will take you back to the hanging
vine. Jump onto the vine, and drop back down into the corridor below. Turn left,
and move down to the intersection ahead, but don't enter it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another guard to take out now. Make sure you're hidden well, and
lean out to watch when the guard patrolling the other fork is coming and going.
Moss Arrows will really help you here, so take the opportunity to use one or two
on the tile ahead. When the guard comes up the ramp, he will almost immediately
turn around and head back down. Move in behind him now and knock him out.

At the top of the ramp in question, turn right (as you face down it). Take out
the torch ahead, and move into this small hallway. Turn left, and take out the
torch down the hall. Move forward, but don't actually enter the next hallway.
There are two guards down there.

SAVE YOUR GAME! These two guards, while stationary now, will start a patrol once
you sneak almost out into their corridor. When they start talking, sneak back
into your dark hallway. You want to be positioned near the hall where the two
guards are chatting. Once they start their patrol, the first guard will come
around the corner. Blackjack him (you may need to wait for him to actually start
walking down your corridor). Just leave him where he falls, and wait...the
second guard is close behind. Give him the same treatment.

Now, move forward into the corridor they came from, and turn right. Move ahead,
and take the first right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part can be dangerous if you screw it up. If you have any
Healing Potions and your health is low, you may want to take one now.

Once you are just inside this room, move over to the left. Stay in the shadows.
Look up. Ah, the object of your quest!

This part is a little hard to describe, but I'll do my best. The sword is
suspended above, and the construct which it hangs over is in something of a
circular "room". At the base of this (the part which is closest to this room) is
what appears to be a band of metal running around the circle. But above it, the
material is soft enough for you to shoot a Rope Arrow into. That's what the plan
is. Also, note the pattern the lights make on the floor around the construct.

Move forward, but stick to the left of the room. Turn about 45 degrees to the
right. You want to be in a position so that when you're facing this direction,
your view is exactly across the second shaft of light. Now look up at the area
you want to shoot into. Basically, if you don't change your facing, you will
just have to look up and shoot your Rope Arrow into the area just above the
metal band.

[I hope that was not too confusing for anyone. If anyone can provide a better
description for this, by all means, please let me know!]

Keeping to the shadows, make your way over to the rope. Get on it, and climb up.
Note that a lot of the time, you will be in shadows.

At this point, it doesn't really matter if the guards see you or not. However,
you should know that there are three of them patrolling around the room you're
in, and at least one has a bow. [Also, at least one of them has a Healing Potion
you can lift off his belt.]

Move high up onto the rope, and turn around. You will now need to jump off the
rope and land on one of those thin rails around the sword. However, if you jump
and fail to land, try to grab the sword anyways...sometimes you will succeed,
and the fall may not kill you.

Once you're on the rail, turn and grab the sword, then fall down into the
circular construct. After you've landed, crouch, turn to face north, and walk
off the platform you landed on. Move out the doorway ahead, and turn left. Move
down this hall, and fall through the hole ahead. From here there will be about
three passages you can follow. Head down the one where you can see tile floor
beyond. At the bottom of the slope (at the edge of the tile), turn slightly
left, and move forward through the doorway onto wooden flooring. (You may want
to jump across the tile.) Push forward into the next room, turn left, move
forward a bit and take the next right, move forward, and then turn left. Move
into the green area. Follow this pathway as far as you can (there aren't any
real deviations), and you'll come to a long slope downwards, covered in tile.
Move down to the bottom, staying on the left side of the slope.

Once you're at the bottom, turn left. Move ahead until you reach a four-way
junction. Turn right, and move into that open doorway you see ahead.

[Note: If you're interested, follow this hall instead until it ends at a door.
Go through it and in the next room, in a dark corner to the right of the bed
you'll find a Water Arrow. Read the book on the table if you like, then go
through the door opposite the one you entered. Look down into the bathtub, grab
the Water Arrow at the bottom, and then work your way back to the open doorway
mentioned above, and move inside the next room.]

Inside this upside-down room are two Fly Swarms. Attached to the ceiling between
them is a chest.

Move to the right side of the room, and walk forward, until you can angle
yourself so you are facing the chest BETWEEN the two swarms. Look up towards the
chest, and edge yourself forward until you can open it. Doing so drops a diamond
on the floor. Grab it (you may need to edge forward a bit more to do so, and/or
crouch, but you can still do it without getting bitten by the Swarms) (100,
Treasure Count: 2656). Now, turn so you're facing away from the door you entered
by. Open this new door. Run through the Swarm and into the hall beyond.

There are now two ways you can do this. See that hole in the floor ahead?

1) You can leap across it, unlock the first door on your right, and move through
the open door ahead in the next room, then leap off the balcony and onto the
grounds below. This will HURT though, and you may not survive it.

2) Fall through the hole in the floor, and continue down the corridor. Follow
it, taking the left at the end, and continue moving forward, until you have a
large opening on your right. Turn into that opening, and run out onto the
grounds.

No matter how you do this final part, congratulations! You've proven yourself an
exemplary Thief!


Section 11: Cutscene - Victoria
===============================
[Note: Anything placed between square brackets is my addition.]


[Scene: Garrett's apartment. Soft knocking on the door. When no reply comes,
knocking repeats.]

"Garrett? It's Victoria. I trust you made it back alive? You've done well,
Garrett. Come with me, and bring the sword. There is someone you have to meet.
It's time for the payment you've been promised."

[Garrett opens the door.]

"Yes."

[Scene changes. Garrett, lounging in a chair before a fireplace, Victoria and
another man standing in front of him.]

"A refreshment, Mister Garrett? I'm in the possession of a superior brandy, that
has the most...restorative...effect."
"I prefer my payment in CASH...not liquor, Mister...ahh..."
"My apologies. I've been watching you, Mister Garrett. So closely, in fact, that
I'm afraid I'd forgotten we haven't actually met yet. I am...Constantine."
"All this time I thought you were going to pay me. You've brought me here to
kill me?"
"But you have it all wrong, Mister Garrett. Would it surprise you to know that
it was I who hired you to steal my own sword. Yes. You see, Victoria and I
are..."

[Victoria interrupts.]

"Old associates."
"Yes. You were being tested. Do you understand? And I must say, you more than
live up to your reputation. You are quite an extraordinary Thief."
"Testing me? What is it you want from me, Constantine?"
"I am a collector, Mister Garrett. But there are some...items, that are not
available for purchase. They must be acquired using other means. In this case
the item in question would be best acquired by thieving. Not simple
thieving...no. I need an artist. Like yourself."
"What exactly IS this...item?"
"It is the gemstone called The Eye, for it's unusual..."

[Victoria interrupts again.]

"Appearance."
"Yes. Kept hidden in the sealed cathedral deep inside the halls of the scum
Hammerites. Oh, but forgive me. You are, possibly...friendly...with the Order of
the Hammer?"
"No. Fanatics make unreliable friends."
"Excellent. I am prepared to offer you quite a sum. A hundred thousand, upon
receipt of The Eye."
"I don't see how I can refuse such an offer."
"Marvelous. Victoria can fill you in on all the particulars. And Mister
Garrett...the sword. Keep it. You have earned it. But also...I believe you'll
find it useful in your quest...."


Section 12: The Haunted Cathedral (Mission 7)
=============================================
My best time on Expert: 36 minutes, 10 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2635

12.1: Introduction
==================
"Come the time of peril, did the ground gape, and did the dead rest unquiet
'gainst us. Our bands of iron and hammers of stone prevailed not, and some did
doubt the Builder's plan. But the seals held strong, and the few did triumph,
and the doubters were lain into the foundations of the new sanctum."
     -- Collected letters of the smith-in-exile


The Eye that Constantine wants is in the abandoned cathedral of the Hammerites.
The cathedral is located in the section of the city that was deserted years ago,
after some kind of catastrophe. I've heard stories of the incident...most are
wild rumours about hordes of zombies and raging fires. Now that part of the city
is walled off...no one's allowed to go in. Not that many people would dare to in
the first place.

Maps of the area are easy to find...in attics, and old trunks...but, like all of
them, the one I've got is over fifty years old. I'll make my way through the
ruins to the Hammerite cathedral, and find a way inside. Once I get inside the
cathedral, I'll have to locate The Eye.

Something tells me that this is not going to be easy. But for the amount I'm
getting paid...I'm willing to take some serious risks....


12.2: Objectives: Normal
========================
1. Find the Cathedral.
2. Find a way to get inside the Cathedral, and steal the Eye.
3. Take the opportunity to steal other valuables.
4. Exit the ruins.

12.3: Objectives: Hard
======================
1. Find the Cathedral.
2. Find a way to get inside the Cathedral, and steal the Eye.
3. Take the opportunity to steal other valuables.
4. A valuable item called the Serpentyle Torc is reputed to be
   somewhere in these ruins. Find it.
5. Exit the ruins.

12.4: Objectives: Expert
========================
1. Find the Cathedral.
2. Find a way to get inside the Cathedral, and steal the Eye.
3. Take the opportunity to steal other valuables.
4. A valuable item called the Serpentyle Torc is reputed to be
   somewhere in these ruins. Find it.
5. There used to be a monument in this part of town called the
   Watchman's Grave that thieves would leave coins on for good luck.
   You have brough some coins, just in case.
6. Exit the ruins.

12.5: Simplified Objectives
===========================
1. Find the Cathedral.
2. Find a way to get inside the Cathedral, and steal the Eye.
3. Grab 2000 in loot.
4. Locate and steal the Serpentyle Torc.
5. Leave some coins on the Watchman's Grave for good luck.
6. Exit the ruins.

12.6: Before The Mission
========================
What You'll Encounter: Zombies, Burricks, Restless Dead, Hammer Spirits,
Craymen, Spiders, Flaming Spirit.

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to acquire from Constantine's. (Maximum:
2656 or 2636...see the note at the start of Section 10 for the explanation.)

Starting Gear:

 1 Constantine's Sword
50 Broadhead Arrows
 5 Water Arrows
 4 Fire Arrows
 5 Rope Arrows
 5 Noisemaker Arrows
 3 Flash Bombs
 2 Holy Waters
 1 Set of Lock Picks
 1 Pair of Coins

Items for Sale:

6 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
4 Fire Arrows (Cost: 300 each)
5 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
5 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
5 Noisemaker Arrows (Cost: 250 each)
6 Flash Bombs (Cost: 200 each)
8 Explosive Mines (Cost: 350 each)
2 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)
2 Holy Waters (Cost: 200 each)
1 Tip (Cost: 200)

NOTE: Once again, your blackjack is not shown under the "Starting Gear" for this
mission. However, you DO have it in your possession.

Save your money...don't buy the tip. Here is what it says:

"Those who fight undead fall into two groups -- the resourceful, and the slain.
The well-prepared knight will arm himself well with holy water. However, a more
convenient tactic, as well as one much less taxing on the purse, is to take
advantage of the zombie's antipathy for all living creatures, and look for other
convenient targets to divert a pursuer.
     -- excerpt from the Journals of Morgan, declared anathema by the
        Smith-in-Exile."

You start with 5 Rope Arrows, and there is no place on this level you will be
using one where you cannot retrieve it, so don't bother buying anymore. Moss
Arrows and Noisemaker Arrows are likewise (in my opinion) a waste of money here.
Concentrate on buying undead-harming equipment: Water Arrows, Fire Arrows, Flash
Bombs, Mines, and Holy Water. Flash Bombs are scattered about on this level, as
are a few Holy Waters and Explosive Mines. While Fire Arrows are also plentiful,
they are also very NICE! Try to buy all you can. Also, be sure to pick up a few
more Water Arrows...you ARE going against Zombies, and the five you start with
won't go far.

Recommended Purchases: 6 Water Arrows, 4 Fire Arrows, 3 Flash Bombs, 1 Holy
Water. Total Cost: 2300

12.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
==================================
Instead of introducing a new element to the game, this mission brings you new
monsters to fight: the Hammer Spirits and the Restless Dead (although you have
already met a Restless Dead in the Bonehoard, this mission introduces them
properly, I think).

While the undead can be annoying, they are fortunately few and far between
(except for one area, noted in the walkthrough). Basically, any time you come
across one, kill him. (Aren't they dead already? Apparently not....) While this
is a must when dealing with Restless Dead and Hammer Spirits, with Zombies it
just makes your travels a little easier when you don't have to watch out for
these shuffling creatures. When you do take them out though, try not to use your
Flash Bombs unless there's a group of them...they are wonderful little multi-
target weapons! This walkthrough ignores (for the most part) patrolling monsters
that will get in your way, assuming you will take care of them as you see fit.

It should be noted that this walkthrough is done in a manner so that you can get
as much ammunition to use against your undead adversaries as possible. Whereas
in other missions I have stated something like: "For those who like
completeness, if you go this way you'll find these things...", this mission's
walkthrough does not do it that way. If you are doing this mission without
killing every Zombie that crosses your path (ie: running from them), then many
of these areas could be bypassed. Read ahead a bit to find these areas that you
might want to skip. However, do be sure to pick up at least two Explosive Mines
on your travels.

This mission reinforces a very important lesson for any thief...LOOK EVERYWHERE!
And that doesn't mean open every chest and check the floor wherever you go...it
means that if there is a way...ANY WAY...to get to an area, then do so! This
level puts items in obscure, unlikely, and in a few cases insidious places!

Due to the nature of the undead on this level, until you've cleaned an area out,
consider EVERY area a patrol area! Aside from Zombies, there are also at least
two Hammer Spirits that are walking around the level and, in some areas,
Burricks, so be careful! I suggest saving your game whenever you've made some
progress.

Near the end of the mission, there are two Hammer Spirits you'll need to deal
with. I find the easiest way is with Fire Arrows. Try to save about six for
this.

NOTE: This mission contains a lot of areas in darkness. This can be alleviated
by operating the various generators scattered on the level. When you are in a
darkened area, this walkthrough will take you to the generator as soon as
possible, to make the area easier to deal with. (For example, in one area, you
need to shoot a Rope Arrow into some beams overhead, which are nearly impossible
to see with the lights off.)


12.8: Walkthrough
=================
You will start off just over the wall inside the ruins. Immediately in front of
you is a scroll. You can ignore it...it is simply giving you information on how
to turn the lights on in the darkened areas. We'll take care of this section
right away. Move through the opening on your left, and turn right. Directly
ahead is a generator. Operate it, and the lights in this part of the ruins will
turn on. Move back outside, and turn left.

Move forward, over the pile of leaves. Once over, turn right, and you'll see
another pile (actually an extension of the same one). Move forward and go over
it as well. Turn right, and move over THIS pile as well. Then, crouch and look
under the fallen tower, and you will see a golden plate hidden there (50,
Treasure Count: 50). Now, turn around, and go back over the last two leaf piles
you climbed.

Turn right, and move forward, until you can see a door to your right. Pick the
lock on this door, then go through. Immediately on the floor in front of you
there will be 12 Broadhead Arrows (which you can take or leave, as you see fit).
Turn left, move forward, and climb partway up this area, then turn around so
you're looking both down into the room you were just in, and in the room above
that one. Jump foward, and mantle up into the new room. There are two chests in
here. The first one contains two Flash Bombs. The second one is locked, and
contains two Explosive Mines. Once you've gotten the goodies, work your way back
down and out the door you came in.

Once you're back outside, move forward, past the street lamp you can see ahead.
When you come to the intersection, turn left. Turn right at the first
opportunity, and move forward until you have to turn either left or right. Turn
right, and follow this path to an upwards-sloping ramp. Take the ramp up, and
continue forward (you'll move past another upwards-sloping ramp to your left)
until you cannot move forward anymore. Turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Not only are you currently in a Zombie patrol area, but there's
a Burrick nearby as well. (If you're lucky, you'll get to see the Burrick scrap
it out with a Zombie. )

Move forward, and you should see a small pillar ahead after a short while. On
the right side of this pillar should be a light, and a fallen street sign for
"de Perrin" street. Move forward to the LEFT of that pillar. (You're now
entering the area with the Burrick.)

Straight ahead and slightly to your left, you should now be able to see the
generator for this area. Move over to it and shed some light on your situation.
Now turn left (facing down a somewhat long walkway) and move forward. You'll
hear running water soon, and see a couple of holes in the wall you're moving
towards. Now, turn right when you're able to, and move towards that machine you
see. Jump onto it, then turn left, and jump onto the ledge on the wall (you'll
have to mantle up). Once you're on the ledge, turn left, and walk along it until
you reach the lever. Pull it down, then turn right around. If you're fast
enough, you should be able to watch the door up above finish opening.

Walk over to the end of the ledge, just underneath that door. AHA! A ladder!
Climb the ladder up into the room you've just opened. Inside, you'll find two
Fire Arrows, two Water arrows, and a Breath Potion. Now, climb back down the
ladder, and hop back to the ground. Head back the way you came, turning right to
go back to the area with the two ramps. Once there, turn right and go up the
ramp. At the top, turn right and move forward. Turn left, and move forward. To
your left should be an entranceway into what's left of a house. Go into it, and
ahead you will see a door. Pick the lock.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a live mine waiting on the other side of this door! Go
carefully into the room. On the floor by the bed you will find 3 Noisemaker
Arrows and 3 Flash Bombs. The chest closest to the bed holds 3 Explosive Mines
and the other chest has 3 Rope Arrows.

[NOTE: One time, I tried an experiment. I led a Zombie into this room so that
the live Mine on the floor would take him out. Apparently, this particular mine
is tuned to ignore undead...the Zombie walked right over it without triggering
it!]

Leave this room the way you came in, and keep walking forward through an
archway, and you should see a small incline ahead, leading up to a door. Pick
the lock on that door, and go inside this building. At the far end is a chest
containing another Breath Potion. Standing in front of the chest (with your back
to the entrance to this building), turn left and move towards a niche in the
wall. It contains 3 Fire Arrows. Now, leave the building the way you came in.

As you exit, you should see ahead of you two large piles of leaves. They meet at
the back of the wall in the centre, in a sort of "dip". Move up to the dip, and
look down at the leaves. Hidden here is a tiara (125, Treasure Count: 175). Once
you've got that, go back to the ramp that brought you up here, and take it down.
Across from the foot of this ramp is an old, upturned wagon. Move towards it,
and to your left you should find an entranceway into a dark room. Go inside,
look up, and shoot a Rope Arrow at the beams overhead. Climb up and hop off at
the next level.

Up here, take the only exit down a small hallway. At the end, you'll find a
golden vase (100, Treasure Count: 275). On the floor in the same room you'll
also find a Noisemaker Arrow. There's nothing else up here, so, go back to the
hole you climbed up, and go back down.

Back at ground level, leave this room, and go down the ramp ahead. Move straight
ahead, to the left of the building. Past the building, you'll have to turn
right. Move forward, and almost immediately turn left again. Move forward until
you can do so no longer, and turn left. Move forward until you come to a door.
Pick the lock, and go through.

In this room, climb the fallen beam up to the platform (you'll probably have to
run and jump over the lip at the top). Up on this platform, turn right, and look
down to get a ornate vase which has fallen on its side (50, Treasure Count:
325). Turn back so you are facing away from the beam you climbed, and move
forward to the end of the platform. Look down and to your right, and you will
find a Healing Potion. Go back to the fallen beam and climb down to the room
below. There is an exit to your right. Go through it into the next room, which
has a large hole in the ground.

Ignore the hole for now. Cross the room and go through the doorway across from
the one you entered. Turn left, move forward, turn left again, and enter this
enclosed room. Move all the way to the back, on top of that small pile of
leaves. Now, look up at the beam above, and you'll find a goblet resting there
(15, Treasure Count: 340).

Work your way back to the room with the hold in the floor. Move across to the
exit you originally entered this room from, but don't go through. Instead, turn
right, and move forward into the corner. Turn right again (so you have a wall to
your back and your left), and look up. See that broken beam? Shoot a Rope Arrow
into it. Climb up as high as you can. Once you've done that, fix your view so
you're looking straight again, then turn so you're back is to the beam your
arrow is in. Jump towards that very small beam (actually another part of this
broken one) and mantle up onto it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Beam-hopping can be monotonous if you have to do it over and
over again. Turn right around, and jump over to the beam your arrow is in. Then
turn left, look down, and you'll find a golden goblet on a window ledge (25,
Treasure Count: 365).

Turn around. You should now see two more long beams up here. The furthest one
(the one that looks like it's on an angle) holds another treasure, but we have
to hop over there to find it. So, hop onto the beam next to yours, and then hop
onto the final beam. Turn left, and work your way down the beam to the end. Look
down, and you'll find a diamond (100, Treasure Count: 465).

From up here on the beam, you can look down into the hole. There's a Crayman
down there, and this is an ideal vantage to shoot some Broadheads into him.
After four hits, he'll take off down the tunnel. (If you're fast enough, you can
get a fifth arrow into him and kill him right here.)

[NOTE: In Thief Gold, it seemed to take about six arrows to kill the Crayman.
Did they make these guys more powerful in Thief Gold, or was I just sloppy with
my arrows?]

Drop down to the floor, and from there drop into the hole. Move down the tunnel
from here, turn right when you get the chance, and move forward into an old
storage room filled with barrels. Move to the end of this room, and turn left.
On the floor here are two more Water Arrows. Move back to the front of this
room, and take the exit on the right. Turn right when you can, and move into an
underground pool area.

There are a couple of items scattered in this room. Across the pool from you,
you should be able to see the remains of some poor guy. If you think of the pool
as a clock, with the remains at 12 o'clock, then you can find a Moss Arrow at 3
o'clock, and another one at 9 o'clock. Amongst the fellow's remains you will a
small golden hammer (75, Treasure Count: 540). Also, in the centre of the pool
are two more Water Arrows. Leave this grotto the way you entered, move through
the old storage room, and down the tunnel you followed to get here. When you
come to the decision point (left takes you back to where you shot at the
Crayman), turn right, and follow this tunnel. When you see a light coming from
an exit ahead, stop.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Move into the room. If you didn't kill the Crayman with your
arrows, he's fled into this room. If you got four of your Broadheads into him,
then a single downward stroke with your sword will do him in. [Thief Gold users,
see the note above about the Crayman and arrows, about 3 paragraphs up.]

EXPERIMENT AREA! Will a sidestroke do as well?

On the floor in this room you will find another golden goblet (25, Treasure
Count: 565). Move through the room and out the next exit, into a long tunnel.
Turn right and follow this tunnel straight ahead until you enter a large cavern.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are Burricks nearby. I've never seen them this far from
the sewer, but that doesn't mean they don't come here. There are a total of
three.

There are four treasures scattered about this room. Basically, there is one in
each "corner" of the room. From where you enter, in the left corner you'll find
another golden goblet (25, Treasure Count: 590), and in the right corner is a
purse (100, Treasure Count: 690). (The purse is difficult to see, but it's
there.)

On the floor in between the two large stone columns in the "centre" of the room,
you'll also find a Noisemaker Arrow, a Rope Arrow, and a key.

At the opposite end of the cave from where you entered, you'll find the entrance
to another tunnel. Right beside it on the floor to the left is a goblet (15,
Treasure Count: 705). Directly across from this opening on the far side of the
cave is a golden vase (100, Treasure Count: 805).

Gather all the items from this cave, then move to the new exit (with the goblet
beside the entrance).

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you didn't find the Burrick's there, you may find them here.

Move forward into the tunnel. There are a few holes in the side of the tunnel,
but they are nothing more than deep recesses. While they don't lead anywhere,
they are useful for hiding in if there are any Burricks to avoid. Keep following
the tunnel until it opens into a long cavern. If there are no Burricks present,
then move in. This cavern also has two of the hiding holes. At the far end of
the cavern, there's a hole that goes into the sewer system.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you meet the Burricks in the deeper sewers, it can be a
problem...you can't use your weapons! Move into the sewers, and go to the wall
opposite and just to the right of the entrance (if you look up a touch, you'll
see an inoperative light on the wall). Look down. In the water by a grating, you
will find another goblet (15, Treasure Count: 820). Now, turn around, and follow
the water down the tunnel. Soon, you'll come to an incline with water spilling
down it. Climb up here, and at the top, turn right. The water ends at another
upwards incline. Climb up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Any Burricks you haven't dealt with will be dealt with here!
Move forward, then turn right. Ahead, turn left down this dark tunnel. Once you
enter a sort of chamber, move to the centre of the chamber and stop. Turn right.
See that lamp in the wall? It may be difficult to see, but if you've turned
about 90 degrees, you should be facing it directly. Move over to it. Now, jump
straight up, and grab the gold plate on the ledge (50, Treasure Count: 870).
(This procedure is easier if you look down before you jump.)

Time to leave. Head back down the tunnel you came in from, and then turn right.
Move into the next chamber, and directly opposite you you should be able to see
a ladder. Hop on, climb up, and turn to the right. Activate the generator. Hop
off the ladder onto the steel platform (if you have any Moss Arrows, you may
want to quiet your landing). Now turn, and you should see a short hallway ending
at a small portcullis. Jump across the gap into that hallway.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're going back into Zombie patrol areas! There's a lever on
the wall which opens the portcullis. Operate it, and go through. Turn right, and
move forward into the street. Turn left, move forward. At the next left, note
the street sign saying you're on "Cathedral" street. Take the left, and continue
down this street until you come to a large hole in the wall to your left. Go
through, turn right, look down, and pick up the gilded vase (100, Treasure
Count: 970). Go back through the hole, turn right, and work your way back to the
street sign.

Move forward, back onto the street, and turn left. Move forward, to the door
that you will see in the wall to your left. Pick the lock and go inside. Climb
the fallen timber up to the next level. Once you're at the top, there is a
window to your right holding another gilded vase (100, Treasure Count: 1070).

For those of you who like completeness, turn around so your back is to the
window. On the far beam rests two Water Arrows that you can get by jumping and
mantling. Once you've retreived them, return to the window.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to make a tricky jump. Move yourself into the
window where you picked up the vase. Face the building across the street, then
do a quick run and jump across. DON'T LET GO OF THE JUMP BUTTON! The jump is too
big for you, but by holding the jump button, you'll grab the edge and mantle up
onto the top of the wall. Also, when you do the run, don't hold it until the
last moment and then jump...you want to press run and then jump almost at the
same time.

Look down. There's a gold plate resting in the rafters beneath. Aim yourself so
you can fall safely onto one of them, and grab the plate (50, Treasure Count:
1120). Then move across the rafters to the safer wooden floor ahead.

Ahead to your right is an exit from this room. Go through it. At the end of this
hall, drop down into the next room. Turn right, move forward, and fall to the
street below. Turn left, move forward, turn left again. Move forward, through
that tiny crack ahead. Once through, turn left. You should be in an area with a
lamp up on the wall, and some wooden beams. Move under the first beam, so you
hit the second. Now, turn right and look up. On a ledge you should now be able
to see a jewelled vase (50, Treasure Count: 1170).

Now turn right a little more, so you're facing into a fairly well-lit area with
a pile of leaves. Move forward. As you do, you should see a doorway just beyond
and to the left of the leaves. Go through that doorway. Almost immediately
inside, there will be a door on the left. Pick the lock and go inside. On the
right wall will be two niches. The one farthest from the door contains a diamond
(100, Treasure Count: 1270). Now exit the room, and move through the doorway in
the wall directly opposite this room. Once through, turn left, and you should
see a raised drawbridge, in front of which is a flow of water. Dive in the
water.

Follow the flow of the water. When you reach the corner ahead, turn left. At the
next corner, however, stop. Turn to your left (facing the wall), and dive under.
Go into this tunnel here, move to the end, turn right, push forward just a
little, and immediately surface for air.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part can cause you a bit of damage if not done
correctly, and if you've taken any so far, that might kill you. Dive again, and
move forward. Take the left turn ahead, continue on, and take the next left as
well. Push forward to the dead end, and look down. Someone else tried to swim
here, and wasn't as smart as you. Pick up his purse (100, Treasure Count: 1370).
You're probably running short on air by this point, so take a Breath Potion.
Now, turn 180 degrees, and press forward. (Note: On your way down this tunnel,
suspended in the water is a Moss Arrow, if you'd like to grab it.) Near the end
of this tunnel, turn left into another one, and surface. Try to surface quietly
and as far back as you can.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Not only do you not want to go through the Olympic Freestyle
again, but there's another Crayman nearby. Swim slowly into the next area. In
the middle of the pool there will be a stone "island" you can mantle up onto.

[NOTE: While playing the original Thief game, when I arrived here, the Crayman
was stationary. In Thief Gold, however, it has a small patrol area in this
room.]

There are a number of ways to deal with this situation. First, you can deal with
the Crayman from here. You could kill him using any method you prefer. He can't
reach you while you're on the island, so take your time and enjoy yourself. :)
Or, you could simply leave him alone. The next part can be done without the
Crayman ever being a danger to you.

You can jump to the edge of the pool to get to a larger space of land, but it's
not really necessary. Look up, and shoot a Rope Arrow into the beam above.
(Note: You have to shoot the arrow at the SIDE of a beam, NOT directly beneath
it!) Climb up, and mantle yourself up onto the beam. (You may need to jump from
this beam to another in order to do this.) Once you're standing safely on the
beam, look around you for a larger wooden platform and a doorway. Head for it,
and go through the doorway. Turn left, move forward, turn right, and move into a
small room. Turn right, and you'll see a door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once you pick the lock on this door, you are going to be facing
a horde of Zombies (at least seven, if I recall correctly)! They may not all be
out there at the same time, but they are there. (The first time I did this, as I
opened the door, FIVE were waiting for me!) This is the perfect time to use your
Flash Bombs. NOTE: There is a bridge over some water to your left that you
cannot see right when you step out. There may be more Zombies hiding over that
way that you're not aware of, so be careful!

Pick the lock on the door, and deal with the Zombies as you see fit. Once
they're all scattered in pieces, move forward (your back should be to the door
you entered this area from) and turn left. Cross the bridge, and when you can
turn left again do so. Move down the hill until you come to a wall that you can
jump onto. Once you've done that, turn left, walk along the wall until you're
pressed up against the larger one, and mantle up. Turn right, and go across this
wall (you'll actually be walking on the lip of the drawbridge in the middle!)
towards the hole in the wall across from you. When you're able, jump across into
the hole. In here there is a locked door.

NOTE: At this point in both the original Thief game and in Thief Gold, the sound
on my game acted up here. Trying the door makes no noise, nor does trying the
wrong lockpick. Picking the lock is rather silent as well. If your game is
similar, don't panic when you don't hear sounds you're used to. Everything's
fine, you haven't done anything wrong.

Pick the lock. Move into and across the room, to an opening ahead. Drop down,
and drop down again, and again to the ground level. Move ahead, and you should
see some lights far down a long path. Go on up to the lights. They are outside a
large home.

Face the home, walk up the steps, and look down. Move the welcome mat to reveal
a small hole in the porch containing the key to the front door. (You may have to
crouch to get the key).

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part is tricky, dangerous, and needs to be timed right.
There are two Restless Dead inside, but they are easy to take care of with a
couple of Explosive Mines. Unfortunately, they are patrolling, so you need to
get this done when they're away from you and can't see you.

Open the door. Directly inside there will be a door on your left, and a doorway
on your right. Move into the doorway, and plant a mine there. Quickly move back
to the front door, and plant a mine there as well. Now, move outside.

The first explosion will kill the first Restless Dead, and bring the other one
looking. Be sure you're in his line of sight, so he'll see you and come after
you outside. Once he blows up, you'll have free reign of the house.

[NOTE: The above procedure was done before I realized how easy these creatures
are to kill using Flash Bombs. If you've got enough of them to spare, then by
all means use them. (The procedure above was left in because I rather like using
it, even when I have enough Flash Bombs.)]

Move inside the house, and go through the door on your left (the key you found
under the mat works here too). Turn left. In the chest you'll find 2 Moss
Arrows. While you're in here, grab that vase on the table as well (50, Treasure
Count: 1420). Now exit this room through the door you entered, and head through
the doorway across from it (where you planted the first Mine). Once through,
turn left. Go over to the stairs (ramps, really), and climb the stairs all the
way to the top. At the top, turn left, and go into a very large bedroom.

Immediately to your left is a locked chest which contains a vial of Holy Water.
At the opposite end of the room, next to the bed, is another locked chest, which
contains the Serpentyle Torc (350, Treasure Count: 1770). That's all you want
from this house (all the levers you see in here just operate the lights), so
exit this room the way you came in, go down the stairs (ramps), turn left,
forward, turn right through the doorway, then turn left and go out the front
door.

Back on leafy ground, turn right and head back the way you entered this area.
When you come to the wall, mantle up a couple of times (the first time you'll
have to do a running jump) and move through the hole in the wall. Walk through
this room and out the door at the far end.

SAVE YOUR GAME! To get down safely, you have to jump over to the thin wall that
contains the drawbridge. One small miscalculation and you'll either be in a
world of hurt, or swimming back the hard way.

Jump onto the wall with the drawbridge. Once you're safely on, move forward some
until you can jump safely from the wall onto the hill. Move forward, and turn
right. You should now be facing the bridge and the area where you met the Zombie
Horde. Cross the bridge, and move towards the doorway with the shining light
above it. The key you found in the Burrick cavern will open this portcullis.
Once it is raised, go inside, and operate the generator. Turn around and exit
the way you came in.

Once you're in the street again, turn left, move forward a bit, and then turn
left again. There's a doorway here. Move through it. Once inside, immediately
turn left, and look down. Open the chest to get another purse (100, Treasure
Count: 1870). Turn right again, facing the hole in the wall. Crouch and move
through that passage. You'll emerge in a room with two other passages leading
out (you've just entered through a fireplace!). Move into the room a bit, and
turn right. You should see a niche with an Explosive Mine in it. Take it, then
turn about 180 degrees and take the left passage. Inside, you'll find flights of
stairs. Take them all the way to the top. Once there, look up and shoot a Rope
Arrow into the ceiling. Climb up and hop off on the next level.

In the corner opposite the hole you just came up through is a Fire Arrow on the
floor. Once you've grabbed that, turn around to face the windows in here. You
want the one on the left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you make a mistake here, you fall down to the street. Do a
running jump out the window to land on the ledge across the street with the door
on it. Pick the lock on the door, and go inside. Follow the hall to another
door. Go through it. Balance yourself on the beam up here. Down below there are
two Spiders. Use your Broadheads from here to safely deal with them. Once they
are pincushions, jump across to the next beam, and then fall down onto the
sloping beam beyond that. Your fall should carry you off the beam onto the
ground, but if it doesn't, move forward so you fall to the ground.

The large structure in here is the Watchman's Grave. (If you don't believe me,
there's a tiny plaque at the base you can read that will confirm it.) Take your
coins and put them in the dish on the Grave.

Now to leave. The fastest way out of this area is to shoot a Rope Arrow at the
beams above, climb up, mantle onto the beam, and go through the door. Keep
moving down the hall, and stop at the ledge outside.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another death-defying jump here. Look across the street at the
building to your right. There are two wooden rafters you can see. Aim a Rope
Arrow at the left one. Now, do a running jump across, and grab the rope on your
way down. Climb up, and turn to face the flat, dark, brink area to your left.
Jump onto that area. Here, turn to your right, and move forward. Look down to
get the gilded vase (100, Treasure Count: 1970). Now turn right around, and move
to the other end to pick up another 12 Broadhead Arrows.

Turn back so you are facing the rope, and jump onto it. We're going to abandon
this Rope Arrow. Climb all the way down to street level. Now, turn so you are
facing the doorway in the greenish wall. Go through it, turn left, and open the
chest to get a ring (100, Treasure Count: 2070).

Turn around, and move forward, taking the left turn ahead. Step into the next
room, and take the first right (almost immediately upon entering). Walk down the
passage to a hole in the floor.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about the enter a Spider Lair. While there's only one
Spider, and I've always found it in the same place, I'm not 100% sure it will
always be that way.

Drop down into the hole. Move through the opening in front of you, down to the
end. Turn left and hop onto the ladder there. Climb ALL the way up, then turn
right around, jump off the ladder, pull out your Broadhead Arrows, and wait.
Eventually, you should see a Spider crawling around ahead. When you do, deal
with it accordingly. Once that's done, move ahead through the hole ahead. Once
through, turn left and move to the end. Look down on the floor to find a Healing
Potion and a goblet (15, Treasure Count: 2085). Now turn around and head back
the way you came, past the hole you climbed in through, and search the floor in
the darker areas for another vase (50, Treasure Count: 2135). Now turn around
180 degrees.

NOTE: At this point, if you go through the hole on your right, you will need to
pull yourself up onto street level again. Unfortunately, this is a patrol area
of Burricks (I've seen up to four at once!) and a Spider. This hole is, however,
ideal for throwing Mines and Flash Bombs in their area without endangering
yourself. Just remember that it takes more than one Mine to kill a Burrick. (It
might also be a good idea to attract the Burricks' attention, and lead them to
the Zombies instead of fighting them yourself...then the Zombies can kill the
Burricks for you!) Deal with the Burricks as you see fit.

NOTE: This next bit is, once more, a touch more difficult for Thief Gold players
than for those with the original game. The room mentioned below that has the
Rope Arrow and the ladder in it also has an occupant: a Flaming Spirit.
Otherwise, it is the same. Deal with him as you see fit.

Move through the hole on your left (you may need to jump), and move forward,
dropping down the hole ahead (you may catch on the ladder, and have to climb the
rest of the way down). Once at the bottom, turn and move into the next room, and
go across the room through the next doorway. Follow the tunnel to a large room.
On the floor in the far corner is a Rope Arrow. Now, turn to face the ladder,
and climb up into the next room, jumping off the ladder once you reach the top.

Turn to face the closed door in this room, and go through it. Turn left, move
forward, turn right, move forward. Move past (probably OVER) the large pile of
leaves/grass/straw/whatever on your left, and go forward through a small crack.
You should now have a bridge on your left. Turn to face it, and walk about
halfway across it. Then turn to the right, and do a running jump into the
generator building ahead. Turn to the right, and operate the generator. Turn
right again, and do another running jump out of here, landing on the bridge
again.

This next section is only if you're short on Fire Arrows or if you like to find
everything. On the bridge, turn left, and move forward. Ahead you should see a
small crate. Pick it up. Now, turn right and move back through the crack, and
over the refuse pile again. Turn left, and move forward, following the left wall
to its end. There, you want to place the crate you're carrying against the wall.
Jump up onto it, then mantle yourself up onto the wall. Now, turn to face the
building across from the wall, and jump over to the roof. Turn left again, and
mantle yourself up into the enclosed area. Turn left, move forward, and pick up
three Fire Arrows on the floor. (Read the book too, if you're interested.) Make
you're way back down to the ground level, then turn to face away from the
direction you entered this area in. You should see another door. Pick the lock,
and inside you'll find another Breath Potion. Now, exit this tiny room the way
you entered, and make your way back to the bridge.

On the bridge, make sure you are facing so that the generator room is on your
right. Move forward towards the lighted area ahead and to the left. Once inside,
move through the shallow pool and turn right. Go forward, and you'll find a box.
Pick the lock on it to find another ring (100, Treasure Count: 2235). Turn
around and head back towards the shallow pool. On your way, turn right and move
through the opening in the wall. Directly ahead should be another opening in a
fallen building.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is usually at least one Burrick in this area, and one time
I saw two. Go through that opening (you will have to crouch). Turn left, and in
the far corner you will find another diamond (100, Treasure Count: 2335). Turn
so you are facing up the slope, and climb it, all the way. Once you're on
natural ground again, move forward, go through the door ahead, and turn left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're near the end, but there are still two Hammer Spirits to
deal with. I'm going to describe the method how I deal with them. If you have a
different method that works well for you, then by all means, use it.

Move forward through the hole ahead, and turn right. Walk up the street, keeping
to shadows when you can. As you walk, there will be a total of two alcoves you
can hide in on the right side. When the patrolling Hammer Spirit gives you the
opportunity, move into the second one (the one closest to him). Hide in the
darkest corner (this will be the one closest to the patrol). Ready your Fire
Arrows, and LEAN out, and wait. When the patrol comes back, wait until he's
stopped, then let loose with your Arrows. Three should take care of the patrol.
Once he's taken care of, you can shoot at the one above the entranceway. Again,
three will take care of it. Note that since you're leaning, it's very easy to
dodge in and out of hiding, which can be very useful here.

Once those two guards are taken care of, you should be able to move freely about
here. Exit your hiding place, and turn right. Move forward into the large area,
and turn right again. Move to the fallen streetlamp at the end, and behind it
you'll find another diamond (100, Treasure Count: 2435). Now, turn around to
face the Cathedral.

Move forward, into the Cathedral, and climb the stairs. Continue forward, until
you can go either left or right. Trying the Cathedral doors won't help. They're
sealed. There's a plaque above the door whiche reads:

"Warning: Great evil resides in this place, and it is no longer fit for men. The
doors are sealed, to protect us from that which lies within. Do not remain
here."

Turn right, and move forward. Circle your way all the way around the Cathedral,
until you come to an area where you can mantle up onto a ledge. (Along the way,
study the ground...you'll find two Fire Arrows.)

Mantle up onto the ledge. Mantle up to the next ledge. Move over to the opening
here, and listen to what The Eye says:

"Comes a man to rescue me...poor man, the Keepers have sealed the door, and only
they know how to open them. Cross you the bridge to the grotto of the Keeper
Sentinel. Stand you on the pedestal...and illuminate the statue with fire. Then
can you discover...the secret of the Talisman."

Cryptic instructions, but we can decipher them. Incidentally, your mission
objectives have changed now:

1. Find the Cathedral. (Checked)
2. Follow the Eye's directions in order to learn how to get inside the
   Cathedral.
3. Grab 2000 in loot. (Checked)
4. Locate and steal the Serpentyle Torc. (Checked)
5. Leave some coins on the Watchman's Grave for good luck. (Checked)
6. Exit the ruins.

Note: Inside the Cathedral you can see some undead wandering around. Leave them
alone...you can't get inside the Cathedral yet, and any you kill now will not
affect how many there are when you return here in "Return to the Cathedral".

NOTE: You do not have to hang around watching the spinning crown while The Eye
tells you what to do. You can start heading towards where it's telling you to go
AS it tells you, without penalty. :)

Okay, climb back down to ground level, and circle all the way back to the
entrance. Leave the Cathedral, climb down the stairs, and at the bottom, turn
right. Move down the street, and at the end turn left and move through the hole
ahead. Go through the door ahead and to the right, and move forward to the
starting edge of the fallen building. Turn left, move forward, turn right, move
forward, and turn left and go through the hole in the wall. Turn right, move
forward, turn left, and move forward through the shallow pool of water and out
into the street. Turn right, and move forward, stopping at the foot of the
bridge. Look up, and shoot a Rope Arrow into the wooden structure above. Climb
the rope up, and jump in. Turn right, move to the end, and look down. Get the
necklace someone lost here (200, Treasure Count: 2635). Turn around and drop
back down to the bridge.

Move forward off the bridge, and turn right. You should see a stone bridge
leading into another area. Go in there, using a running jump to get across the
water (you'll have to mantle up onto the island). Stand on the metal structure
shaped like a keyhole, then turn to face the statue in the alcove on almost the
opposite side of the grotto from where you entered. Shoot a Fire Arrow AT THE
STATUE. The resulting explosion will light both torches on either side of it.
Now turn left, and you'll see a panel opening. Jump across (you shouldn't have
to mantle this time), and climb into the new opening.

[Incidentally, if you're interested...the locked chest here contains a vial of
Holy Water. There's also a Healing Potion on the ground between the metal
protrusion and the chest.]

Turn left, and follow this tunnel into a new, open area. On the right side (as
you face the building), is a shattered statue. Pick up the two heaviest pieces
(ie: not the head), one at a time, and place them on the pedestal on the right.
This will open the door into the building. Then, jump onto the pedestal on the
left. This will open the portcullis into the new place. Face the opening, and
run into it. The portcullis will close behind you.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This room is trapped. Look at the floor, and notice the oddly
outlined floor panels. They are weight-sensitive triggers. Stepping on them
releases arrows. There is a safe path, right down the middle between them. Go
that way, and down the stairs at the end. Turn right, and move forward to the
door ahead, being careful not to step on the weight-trigger in front of the door
(again, it's a large, conspicuous-looking tile).

Pick the lock on the door. Once it is opened, move into the room beyond. You can
step on the trigger at this point, as there is no danger to you. The trigger
causes the far wall (behind you) to move closer, eventually crushing you if you
haven't gotten into the next room yet.

In this room, turn left, climb the stairs, and go through the door ahead.
Inside, climb down the stair, get the key lying on the table, and get the oddly-
shaped device as well. (Read the books if you'd like...it's not important to the
game, but it does reveal more about the game's story.)

Now turn around, and go back through the door. Move straight across the room, to
another door, and unlock it with the key you found in the previous room. Go
through the door.

On the table in this room is a book. First, look at the table. Then, read the
book. After you do, your mission objectives change again:

1. Find the Cathedral. (Checked)
2. Find a way to get inside the Cathedral, and steal the Eye. (This one
   will have a mark in the box, indicating its irrelevance.)
3. Grab 2000 in loot. (Checked)
4. Locate and steal the Serpentyle Torc. (Checked)
5. Leave some coins on the Watchman's Grave for good luck. (Checked)
6. Exit the ruins. (This one will have a mark in the box, indicating
   its irrelevance.)
7. Get the Portal Key out of the Keeper's Library. (Checked)

You may notice that everything that you need to do has been done.
Congratulations! You've discovered what you need to proceed to the next mission!


Section 13: The Mage Towers (Mission 8)
=======================================
My best time on Expert: 47 minutes, 54 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2812

13.1: Introduction
==================
"From unknown origins they came
They live isolated beyond the city
The extent of their arcane power is unknown
We must be very cautious in dealing with them
Close observation must continue"
     -- Keeper Xavier, Treatise on Mages


The Talisman of Earth is guarded by a foreign mages' sect known as the "Hand
Brotherhood". They reside in a compound of huge towers, where they practice
their arts of Earth, Air, Fire, and Water. The Talisman is likely kept in the
Earth tower...but there's little chance it'll be that simple. No doubt the
Talisman is heavily guarded and probably protected by magic. But mages love to
write everything down...I should "stumble" on something useful about their
precious trinket.

I bribed some servants to get me a map of the common grounds...the best I could
do since only the mages are allowed in the towers. I'll enter the courtyard just
outside the central keep entrance. Once inside I'll need to move quickly to find
the Talisman. I wouldn't last long in a fight against the mages....


13.2: Objectives: Normal
========================
1. Seek out the MageKeep Library for clues to the location of the Earth
   Talisman.
2. Find where the mages of the Hand Brotherhood have hidden the Earth
   Talisman.
3. Steal the Earth Talisman from the Hand Brotherhood.
4. While you're hunting through MageKeep you may as well enrich
   yourself. Pick up 400 loot along the way.
5. Underneath the Mage Towers there is a hidden entrance to the sewers.
   Find it and escape alive.

13.3: Objectives: Hard
======================
1. Find where the mages of the Hand Brotherhood have hidden the Earth
   Talisman.
2. Steal the Earth Talisman from the Hand Brotherhood.
3. The Central Library of the High Council contains a pair of jeweled
   reading glasses that belonged to some esteemed member of their
   order. You'll need to discover where the mages have tucked it away
   and snag it.
4. The mages are a wealthy bunch and there's plenty of gold to be had.
   Practice your skills as you wander through MageKeep. Steal 800 loot.
5. Don't kill any of the servants; they're harmless.
6. Underneath the Mage Towers there is a hidden entrance to the sewers.
   Find it and escape alive.

13.4: Objectives: Expert
========================
1. Find where the mages of the Hand Brotherhood have hidden the Earth
   Talisman.
2. Steal the Earth Talisman from the Hand Brotherhood.
3. The Central Library of the High Council contains a pair of jeweled
   reading glasses that belonged to some esteemed member of their
   order. You'll need to discover where the mages have tucked it away
   and snag it.
4. Regalio, the Captain of the Guard, has been leading a crusade to
   retrieve the Talismans. One of your contacts says that he's returned
   with a valuable amulet. Steal the Medallion of St. Burringden from
   the Captain.
5. The mages wealth is well rumored. Caravans from their homelands to
   the east bring treasure. Steal 1800 loot.
6. A master thief should be proficient enough to avoid murder.
   Slaughtering guards and mages will soon alert the Inner Circle to
   your presence. Be discreet, avoid contact where possible, and don't
   kill anyone.
7. Underneath the Mage Towers there is a hidden entrance to the sewers.
   Find it and escape alive.

13.5: Simplified Objectives
===========================
1. Discover the location of the Earth Talisman.
2. Steal the Earth Talisman.
3. Steal the jeweled reading glasses from the Central Library.
4. Steal the Medallion of St. Burringden from the captain's quarters.
5. Steal 1800 loot.
6. Don't kill anyone.
7. Escape from the Mage Towers.

13.6: Before The Mission
========================
What You'll Encounter: Mages (Air, Earth, Fire, Water), Human Guards (Archers,
Swordsmen).

Starting Funds: Whatever you managed to find in the area around the Cathedral.
(Maximum: 2635.)

Starting Gear:

50 Broadhead Arrows
 8 Water Arrows
 1 Fire Arrow
 4 Moss Arrows
 1 Healing Potion
 1 Set of Lock Picks

Items for Sale:

40 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
25 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 4 Fire Arrows (Cost: 300 each)
15 Moss Arrows (Cost: 125 each)
 5 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
 1 Noisemaker Arrow (Cost: 250 each)
 2 Flash Bombs (Cost: 200 each)
 4 Explosive Mines (Cost: 350 each)
 3 Breath Potions (Cost: 125 each)
 2 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)

NOTE: Inexplicably, your blackjack and your sword are both absent once again
from your Starting Gear. You do have them during the mission, however.

Broadheads and Fire Arrows are useless to you, as you can't kill anyone.
Likewise for the Mines. The Breath Potions are unnecessary, as you never swim
underwater for a great length of time. While you might want to grab an extra
Healing Potion or two, there are a few scattered throughout the mission. You
will want at least one Rope Arrow, possibly more, although one is all that is
really "required".

Your money is best spent here on Moss Arrows and some Water Arrows. There are
several places to pick up Moss Arrows, but also lots of places to use them.
Likewise with the Water Arrows.

Recommended Purchases: 10 Water Arrows, 10 Moss Arrows, 3 Rope Arrows. Total
Cost: 2350

13.7: Notes Regarding This Mission
==================================
This is another large mission, with lots of enemies to deal with. One of these
enemies is new: the Mages. (These are fully detailed in the appropriate section
of the Monsters list.)

This is also another mission where there are a great many Patrol areas.

There is a room in this mission (which is not detailed in the walkthrough) which
I refer to as the Oracle Room. It's a small room with four statues inside it.
When you activate the statues, each one gives Garrett some advice. While
interesting and eerie, it does not seem important to the game at all.

There is another new element to the game introduced here: puzzles. While not
abundant (I believe there are only really two), they make the game a little more
interesting.

A note regarding the Talisman of Earth puzzle: I found it to be slightly obscure
(yes, I know it's a riddle!) and also to be erroneous:

Eight old men up in a tower
Eight old men, only one with power
Turn away from the hand with the sword
count seven and find your reward

There are several Healing Potions scattered about. I suggest that you grab every
one that you can. There are several places within the Tower of Fire where you
can get seriously hurt!

There is one cryptic point at the end of the mission. When you find the exit
after completing all of your objectives, Garrett will say "Hmmm...This looks
like the way out. That'll come in useful later." What later is he referring to?
Does he plan to return here some day? Or did the programmers just miss
something? (My vote is the latter.)

A final note regarding this mission: It appears that some things change in this
mission each time you play it. For instance, the first time I played it, there
were two Fire Mages wandering around the lava pit in the upper level of the Fire
Tower...the third time, they were patrolling outside the lava. The first time
through, I found two Mages wandering around the lower level of the Air Tower,
the second time, only one...and the third time the second was back again. The
final guard in the mission was stationary the first time I played, and on patrol
the third. And one time while playing, there was an elevator in the Air Tower
that simply was not there the next time! Whether all of these discrepencies are
due to programming bugs or something else, you should note that there may be
times when you will encounter something different from what this walkthrough
says should be. This "bug" is probably the reason for it.

NOTE: I have been contacted by at least one other person who had a similar
problem in the Air Tower. She was missing an elevator platform. While her
missing platform was not the same as the one I had been missing, the result was
the same: she was unable to complete the mission.

To get around this, I suggest you do this: At the end of "The Haunted
Cathedral", after you get the victory conditions, SAVE YOUR GAME! Then leave
that saved game alone. If, when you play "The Mage Towers", you encounter a
problem which keeps you from finishing the mission, reload the saved game for
"The Haunted Cathedral". This forces the program to reset all the parameters
when you start "The Mage Towers" over, and it may just fix the problem. (It did
for me.) Note that you cannot simply load in a saved game from earlier within
this mission...the parameters appear to have already been set and saved there.
You must reload.


13.8: Walkthrough
=================
You will start out in the open, rather exposed, in front of the entrance to the
Keep. Since the front door ahead is the obvious way in, we won't use it. Turn
right, and go through the door you see ahead. Once through, turn right and head
towards the darkened corner ahead. Stay here in the dark, and turn right around
so your back is to the corner.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Yes, it's rather early to do so, but better safe than sorry.
Very shortly after concealing yourself here, a Mage will walk by. Blackjack him,
then return to your corner. Wait a little longer, and another mage will come by.
Lift the key from his belt, and send him to sleep as well. Now, turn so you are
facing with the wall with the door in it to your left, and move ahead. Keep
moving forward, into the dark area. Ahead you will see an illuminated patch of
ground. As soon as you enter the light, turn right. Move forward, and you'll
notice the "wall" on your left getting lower and lower. Once you can turn left,
do so...turn right around while still moving forward, and you should find
yourself facing a stone staircase.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Although it is unlikely at this point, sometimes there are
guards that move through the next area. If you are caught here, then reload and
wait (in the darkness). (The guards will be discussed in further detail later.)

Move to the top of the stairs, open the door, and move into the Keep. Turn left.
On the table ahead, you'll find a purse (100, Treasure Count: 100). Then turn so
you are facing away from the table, and take another stairway up. When you reach
the top of this portion, you'll have to make another 180 degree turn and
continue following it up. Do so, but stay hidden in the shadows. Stop when you
reach the top.

SAVE YOUR GAME! See that guard standing down there? Well, you need to take him
out, but he never changes his facing. Move forward, hugging the right wall. The
shadows on that side extend far enough for you get past him unseen.
(Alternatively, just take out the torch behind him.) Then turn around, move in
behind him, and lift the key off his belt before knocking him out. When that's
done, turn to face the door he was guarding.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The room beyond this door is a major patrol area! Before opening
this door, you may want to douse the torch in this room, just in case. Open the
door. Before moving through though, turn left, then lean out the doorway. Douse
the torch immediately in front of you, sending the room beyond in total darkness
(or nearly so). Now, move into it.

With this room now dark, you will have more room to work to take out the
patrollers. You will see the following come through here:

1 Mage (has a gold key to pickpocket)
1 Female Servant
1 Swordsman Guard (has a Healing Potion to pickpocket)

Once you've dealt with the three above, there are two more to deal with. They
don't come in here though, but they come close.

With your back to the door which you entered by, turn left. Shoot a Water Arrow
at the torch in the next small room. Then wait. There are two guards who will
come in through a door into that room, walk to the end, then come back and leave
through the same door. When the first one comes in, move in and knock him out.
Then come back to this room, and wait for the second one. Repeat the process on
him. (Note: One of these is an archer, the other a swordsman. The swordsman has
another gold key to pickpocket.)

NOTE: Both of these guards have lengthy patrols...if you miss one, you'll have a
long wait before he returns.

Once the two guards are taken care of, move into that room down to the end. On
the table you find there is another purse (100, Treasure Count: 200). Turn
around, and exit this room the way you entered.

In this room, turn so you have the hall you just left on your left. Ahead, you
should see an opening into a much larger room. The wall right beside this
opening (on the right) has a door in it. Move through it, then move through the
door you find in the next room.

Ah, decisions, decisions. Do we go up, or down? We go down. Move forward to the
end of the hall, turn right, and follow the staircase before you down. Go down
three flights of steps, then move through door you find.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to enter another patrol area, although you only
have a Servant to worry about...knock him out when you get the chance. Turn
left, and move through the door ahead. Turn right, move forward, and turn right
around the corner. Move through this door. Be careful! If you did not meet the
servant in this room, it is most likely he'll be in this hallway!

Move forward down this hallway until you have to turn right, then do so. Move
forward again, and once you've moved past the first to set of wooden supports,
turn right and move through the door in front of you. On the lower back shelf in
this room are three bottles of wine (50, 50, 50, Treasure Count: 250, 300, 350).
There is nothing on the top shelf. Turn around and leave the way you came in.
Back in the hall, turn right, and follow this hall to the end.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to enter the Mage's Library. You guessed it...it's
patrolled by Mages! Fortunately, only two of them. Take them out as soon as
you're able. (Note that one has a Healing Potion to pickpocket, the other has a
gold key.)

Turn left and go through the door in front of you (you'll need one of the golden
keys to open it, if you don't want to pick the lock). Note: immediately across
from this door is the Oracle Room mentioned in the notes above. Ignore it, and
turn right. Ahead you should see both a staircase leading up, and a small
hallway just to the left of it. Move down the hallway, and then turn right when
you're able. Move forward a bit and turn right again, and you'll be facing down
another staircase. Take out the torch at the bottom with a Water Arrow.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another Mage patrol area, again with two Mages. These ones have
empty pockets, however. Move down the stairs and turn right. Move into this next
room, and wait. This is the ideal spot to knock out the two Mages. When they are
no longer a concern, move forward out of this area, so you are facing down yet
another staircase, leading to a lower section of the library. (There is nothing
down there of interest to you, except the room on the right has a Rope Arrow in
it.) Turn right, and move forward until you can no longer do so. You should be
in a darkened area, with a table on your right. Look down at it, and grab the
golden vase (100, Treasure Count: 450).

[NOTE: If you want to get some more Water Arrows, there are two more in here.
Turn so your this table is to your back, and move to the end of the room where
you'll find another table. It has one of the Water Arrows. From the point where
you were facing down the staircase, if you turn left instead of right, you'll
find another table with a Water Arrow on it.]

Turn around and go back the way you came. When the staircase is on your right,
turn left and move through the area where you knocked out the Mages. Turn left,
and take the stairs back up. At the top, turn right around and move forward to
the area where you entered this room originally (with the Oracle Room entrance).
Again, turn right around, and move up the stairs.

At the top of these stairs, turn slightly left, and look at the bookshelf in
front of you. More precisely, look at the third book from the right on the shelf
at eye-level (when your view is centred). This book is a trigger for a secret
door. Activate it, and a portion of the wall to your right will open. Move
inside, and pick up the golden goblet (25, Treasure Count: 475) and the jewelled
reading glasses (200, Treasure Count: 675). There's also another Water Arrow on
the table you can grab.

Now turn right around. The door to this room closes behind you shortly after
opening. If you are fast enough to grab everything you want before it closes,
then move through the opening while it's still open. If not, however, don't
panic...there's a lever to the left of the door which will open it again.
Activate it, and move back into the previous room.

Ahead and to your right, you should see a stone "circle". Move towards it, and
once you're there, turn so it is on your left. Across the gap on a small table
you should now be able to see a scroll. Move over to the table, pick up the
scroll, and read it. THIS IS IMPORTANT! Reading this scroll tells you how to
find the Talisman of Earth, and also fulfills one of your mission objectives!

Turn so that the stone circle is now on your right. Follow it until you have the
guardrail for the stairs down on your left. Ahead you will see a small flight of
steps leading up. Take them, and turn left.

[NOTE: Another Water Arrow can be had here. There is a small "hall" to the right
of the steps, at the end of which is a small shelving unit. The Water Arrow is
in that.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! The door you're about to open will put you in sight of a guard,
unless his back is turned. You may want to douse the torch beside you before
opening this door, to maximize your hiding area.

Open the door in front of you. That guard just ahead has another gold key to
pickpocket. Once you've done that, knock him out.

Across the room, directly opposite the door you just came through, you should
see another doorway, through which you can see another guard. We need to get
past him.

[NOTE: There is another guard on this level, that I believe is supposed to
patrol. However, whether by design or by a bug, he doesn't do it very well. I
have only ever seen him do his patrol once, after which he stands outside the
guardroom ahead. If your game has him patrolling, then his patrol takes him out
of the doorway ahead, walking towards you, then turning around again and walking
back out. After that, you should have a reasonable amount of time to deal with
the other guard, as the remainder of his patrol takes some time.]

Turn to your left, and move into the darkened area next to the support pillar.
Now turn right, facing across the room again. Move forward to the other end. As
you pass between the two tables, you may want to grab the Healing Potion on the
one to your right...it's near the end nearest you when you're by the pillar.

Once you've reached the far end, turn right, and edge your way closer to the
entrance to the guard's area.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You can be caught here if you do it while the guard is facing
your direction! Lean over so you can see into the guardroom, and douse the torch
inside with a Water Arrow. Then crouch and creep into the room. When you're
close enough to the guard (and he's facing away from you), knock him out. Then
continue forward, and grab the purse that's sitting on the table at the end of
the room (100, Treasure Count: 775).

[NOTE: Remember that last patrolling guard I mentioned earlier? Well, you are
presently in the guardroom which he stands outside of when NOT on his patrol, so
do the above with caution!]

Turn right around, and leave this room. Back in the large room, proceed forward
about halfway through, then turn left to face another door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This door opens into a room which will sometimes have up to
three patrolling guards in it. (These are the same guards mentioned earlier, at
the point where you first entered the Keep...see below for more information.)

Go through the door (you will either have to pick the lock, or use one of your
iron keys on it) and move forward, down the stairs ahead. Turn right at the
bottom and go down the next set of stairs. In the room at the bottom, across
from you will be a small table. Move over to it and grab the purse resting on
top of it (100, Treasure Count: 875).

SAVE YOUR GAME! If those patrolling guards have not shown up yet, you may just
open a door in their faces! You're also about to enter another Mage patrol area.

Turn right around, so you're facing the stairs again. In the wall on your right
is a door. Go through it. Turn left, and go down the stairs.

In this area, there are several opportunities to practice your sleep-inducing
skills. In particular, you will find:

1 Swordsman (patrols, has a key to pickpocket)
2 Mages (both patrol, each has a key to pickpocket)

There are also two other guards near the entrance to the Water Tower...when you
get close to them, you'll trigger their conversation, after which they also
start patrolling. Neither of these guards have anything to pickpocket.

There is a final guard positioned at a door which leads into another section of
the grounds. He never goes on a patrol.

Finally, there are two guards that patrol in this area, which have a very large
patrol route. These two are two of the guards that were mentioned just above,
and also when you first entered the Keep. Their patrol takes them through the
grounds around the Water Tower, and the Eart Tower. It also takes them inside
the Keep in the areas between the tower grounds (the two positions marked
"Stairs" on your first map). One of these has a key to pickpocket, the other has
nothing.

Okay, back to the game. When you have taken out the three original patrollers
(they all have their patrols near the staircase you came down, so you can stay
in that general area and just wait, if you wish), make your way back to the
staircase and stand with it to your back. From here, if you turn right, you
should be able to see the Water Tower straight ahead, with no obstructions (the
Water Tower is the blue building). You do NOT want to go that way. Instead, move
forward slightly (remember, back to the staircase!) and take the next right hand
turn. Follow this until you can no longer go straight, and turn left. By now,
you should be hearing the guards' conversation. Move ahead until you are right
up against the brick wall. Once you stop moving, you should be sufficiently
hidden to avoid notice. Turn left, and watch the two guards. Once they're
finished chatting, they will both turn to leave, moving away from you. Move in
on them at your leisure and knock them out. [NOTE: One of these two will return
here after he's patrolled, and just stand under the light...the other's patrol
takes him into the Earth Tower grounds. I have not followed his patrol as of
yet.]

Once the two guards protecting the Water Tower are dispatched, head back over to
the Water Tower, and climb up the stairs to the door. If you actually read that
scroll you picked up earlier, you will know that there was some sort of accident
recently in the Water Tower. As a result, the door is not protected like the
doors to the other towers, and it is empty of adversaries.

Open the door, and move in. Move forward straight across the flooded floor, to
the flow of water coming down some stairs. Climb these stairs all the way to the
top, and open the door you find there.

Take a deep breath, and move into the flooded room. Swim up, and when you
surface, turn so you are facing the island. Move towards it, and pull yourself
up. On this island there are two small spurts of water coming up through it.
Move to the one in the centre, and you'll find the Earth Key. Now, jump back
into the water, swim down, and go through the exit. Follow the stairs all the
way down, and move across the room once again, and exit the tower.

[NOTE: You can, if you feel so inclined, allow guards to see you and lead them
to the submerged room. They will follow you in, but won't swim up to get you.
They will shortly drown, and it won't count against you.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you haven't dispatched the two patrolling guards who move
between areas, you may come across them now. Move down the stairs and back onto
the grounds. Turn left, and move forward. When you can see the lamppost ahead,
move towards it. When you reach it, turn to the right. Ahead, you'll see another
part of the hedge-maze. Move forward and to the right, so that the hedge will
pass by on your left side. When you pass it, you'll be in the area with the last
guard in this section, standing by a door underneath a light.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Not only can you get caught by this guard, but this door is the
one the two wandering guards will come through! When this guard is not looking,
knock him out, then move through the door. Inside this room, turn right, and
move into the small enclosed space. The shelves on your left hold three stacks
of silver coins (12, 12, 12, Treasure Count: 887, 899, 911), and the ones on
your right hold five stacks (12, 12, 12, 12, 12, Treasure Count: 923, 935, 947,
959, 971). When you've grabbed all the treasure, turn so your back is to the
wall (with shelves on either side of you).

SAVE YOUR GAME! It is very possible to get caught here. Move forward, and open
the door on your right. Move through it (carefully...there is a guard on the
other side of this door!), and move forward and to your left, over into the
shadows.

SAVE YOUR GAME! One obstacle overcome, but there are a few others in here. Aside
from the stationary guard you just passed, and the two patrolling guards who
move through the areas, there are also two Mages patrolling (both of whom have
keys to pickpocket).

This next part is dangerous due to the fact that you will be crossing well-lit
grounds. Keep facing your current direction...you should see a large building
made of some sort of stone ahead. (If you don't, move over slightly to the
left.) What you want to do is move towards it, and keep it on your right side.
Keep moving forwards until you see signs of the hedge maze again. When you do,
you should see (ahead of you) the hedge on the right, a stone "block" on the
left, and a space in between the two, through which you can see a stone wall. (I
apologize if this description is confusing...I'm afraid I can't think of a
better way to describe it though.) Move between the hedge and the block, then
turn left so you are facing the block. Aha! This is the entrance to the Earth
Tower. Move up the stairs, and use your Earth key to unlock this door. (You have
to use the key on the contraption beside the door, as opposed to the door
itself.)

SAVE YOUR GAME! Unlike the Water Tower, this tower has Mages in it. There is one
patrolling the room just beyond this door. Move so you are just inside the
door...it is possible to position yourself in a small "crack" of shadow here so
that you are completely undetectable. Watch the Mage make his patrol, and when
he passes by heading to your right, move in behind him and put him to sleep. If
you'd like to pick up a couple of things, there is a table in the shadows of the
right side of the room (as you face in with your back to the door) which has a
Moss Arrow and a Healing Potion on it.

Almost directly across from the door you entered through is a staircase. Move up
the staircase all the way to the top.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is another Mage in the room through this door. You don't
want to open the door in his face. Open the door.

Impressive, isn't it? Beware of those large floating masses. If you're standing
beneath one when it descends...well, it won't be pretty. Also, while you work in
this room, be aware that there is a second mage on the next level, wandering
around.

Look around for the Mage in here, and knock him out. Then, you'll need to find
platform to ride around on. I'm going to tell you how I do this...if you find or
prefer another way, then by all means use it (and tell me!).

SAVE YOUR GAME! Platform hopping can be dangerous, especially when there's a
Mage still at large in the room. If you are standing at the entrance you used to
come into this room, with your back to the door, turn left 90 degrees. While
facing this way, to your left you should see a platfrom that simply rises and
falls. When it is low enough for you to jump onto it (and you do have to JUMP
onto it), do so. When the platform rises high enough for you to jump off onto
the next level, do so.

SAVE YOUR GAME! I always find having to re-do platform hopping a pain in the
butt. First of all, find the other Mage that is wandering around up here, and
deal with him. Then, turn around until you can see what looks like a balcony,
high up on another level. (If you can't find it, that probably means you are
standing right underneath it!) While you could find the right platform to take
you up there, a much simpler way is to simply use a Rope Arrow. Move along this
small walkway (in either direction, it doesn't matter) until you are close to
the balcony. Shoot a Rope Arrow into the ceiling, climb up, and jump off.

Whichever side you have chosen, once you're on the balcony, do a little
exploring (if necessary) to find the staircase leading up. (Don't worry, it's
rather obvious.)

SAVE YOUR GAME! The room you are about to enter is part of a Mage's patrol.
Climb up the staircase, and turn left. If the Mage is not here, then move into
the small hallway you can see ahead, and stay in the dark areas. When the Mage
comes by, he'll either turn down this passage, or walk by it. In either case,
take him down. He's the only one on this level, so once he's dealt with, you can
roam freely.

Leave this hallway. You can turn either left or right. You want to turn left,
but if you want another Moss Arrow, then turn right, and follow the hall to the
end. You'll find one on the ground near a glowing mushroom. Then make your way
back and take the left passage. Follow this passage until you are standing at
the foot of a ramp.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another level, another patrol. Once again, there is only one
Mage on this level. At the top of the ramp, you will be able to look down a
small hall. You may not be able to discern this just yet, but the end of the
hall is a T-junction. If you wait here long enough, the Mage on this level will
walk by. Then you can move in and knock him out.

From the top of the ramp, move forward, into the next hall, and turn right. If
you want another Moss Arrow, there is one on the floor in the dark area just
ahead. Grab it or not, but from this point, move forward a touch, and turn
right.

See that stairway? You want to go up it. However, if you want yet another Moss
Arrow, move past it into a room with some crates. There will be a Moss Arrow on
the floor, beside a glowing mushroom. Whether you go for the extra arrow or not,
move over to the staircase.

SAVE YOUR GAME! More Mages to deal with, two this time. Deal with them as you
come across them. Move up the stairs, then at the top, turn right around. You'll
see some light coming in through an opening ahead and to the right. There is
also another opening to your left. If you take the one ahead, it gives you a
better chance to deal with the two Mages. The one on the left is a faster route,
and gives you a better chance to avoid at least one of the Mages.

No matter which passage you take, follow it until you come to another one
branching off. Turn down this new passage. Follow it until you reach a room,
which has a table in it. On this table is another Moss Arrow. This room also has
another exit. Go through it, and follow the passage until you reach yet another
room, with another table, upon which is another Moss Arrow. This room also has a
ramp up to the next level.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The two Mages on the next level have patrols which put them
close together, leaving almost no time for body-hiding. Move up the ramp, and
immediately ahead on the next level you should see a small area where you can
hide in. Move into it, and turn right around. From here, you can lean out and
watch the two Mages when they come by, and move out to take care of them when
the opportunity presents itself. (Note that one of them carries a Healing Potion
you can pickpocket.)

Once they are taken care of, stand at the top of the ramp again, facing so it is
to your left. (Face so that you have the stone block to your left, not in front
of you.) Move forward until you are up against another stone block. Turn right,
move forward until this stone block is behind you, then turn left. You should
now be facing a stairway. Move forward, and climb the stairs all the way to the
top. Once there, turn left. Move towards the table. There is a Rope Arrow on the
table. Take it or leave it, then turn left again. Move to the end of the room,
and turn right. Move forward into the next room.

Lots of jumping and rope climbing ahead now. There are no more Mages to worry
about now, just some physical exertion. Note that, if you do not collect your
Rope Arrows after using them here, this section will take a total of four Rope
Arrows. This part of the walkthrough does not mention retrieving arrows, so if
you want to do so at your convenience. Whether you want to collect them all
again, or just leave them behind to get your best time a little better, be sure
that when you leave this area you still have at least one...you'll need it
later.

Look up to the ceiling, and shoot a Rope Arrow into it. Climb up your rope, and
fix your facing so you are looking at a hole in the wall.

This next section is only for those who want to find a few extras...those who
want to just go right on with the mission, skip the next paragraph.

There is a ledge to your left, and one to your right. There is a Moss Arrow on
the right ledge. On the other side of this ledge is another sunken room, within
which you will find another Rope Arrow. Across that room is another ledge
(you'll need to use another Rope Arrow to get to it), upon which is another Moss
Arrow. Ignore the opening in the sunken room...it leads to a window where you
can see into another room, but you obtain nothing. When you've done all you wish
to do, go back to hanging on the rope from the first Rope Arrow you shot in this
area.

Facing the hole, jump into it. Once you land, take a look. Immediately in front
of you is a hole in the ground (within which you'll find a Rope Arrow, should
you wish to explore it). To the left of this hole is the path you wish to take.
From here, it is possible to simply jump over the hole and land there. Do so.
(Note: On the floor near where you land is another Moss Arrow.)

Once past the hole, turn so that it is to your right, and move ahead, then turn
right. Drop into the hole in front of you. Turn right, and move forward. (Note:
Once again, you'll find a Rope Arrow on the floor in this area.) Look up and
shoot a Rope Arrow into the ceiling above. Climb up, turn right, and jump off
the rope. Move forward, and turn right so you are facing another hole in the
ground. Drop through it.

In this room, you will find both a Rope Arrow and a Moss Arrow on the floor. The
chest holds the key to the Air Tower. Once you have what you came for, it's back
through the maze of ropes you've made, and out of the tower.

Stand under the hole you came down through, and shoot a Rope Arrow up through
it. Climb the rope, and jump off (be sure you're facing towards the opening, and
not a wall!). Turn left, and drop down into the hole. Turn left again, and move
forward. Shoot another Rope Arrow up at the ceiling, climb up the rope, turn
right, and jump off. Turn left, move forward, and turn left again. Once again,
you should be able to jump over this hole with no trouble. Do so, then turn so
the hole in the ground is to your back, and fall down into the room below.

Move forward through this room, and drop through the hole in floor in front of
you in the next room. (This is actually the staircase you took to come up here.)
Turn right around, and move forward and slightly right, moving between those two
blocks ahead. When you've passed them, keep moving forward, and slightly left
this time, so the block ahead passes on your right. When you've passed it, turn
right, and move down the ramp in front of you.

In this room, turn right, and move through the exit you see. Follow the tunnels,
and when you enter another room, the other exit is in the opposite corner to the
one you entered through. Go through the exit, and follow the tunnel again. When
you have a choice of which direction to go, turn left. Follow the tunnel until
you come to a room with a hole in the ground. This hole is the top a staircase.
Take the stairs down.

At the bottom of these stairs, turn right, move forward, turn left, and move
forward just a bit. Then turn left again, and move ahead, and go down the ramp
you will come to. At the bottom, move through the opening on your right and
follow the tunnel until you can turn right (there will be an alcove along the
tunnel on your right...that is NOT the turn I am referring to!). Turn right, and
move forward. In the next room, keep moving forward, and drop down onto the
stairs ahead.

Turn right, and take the stairs the rest of the way down. At the bottom of the
stairs, keep moving forward, falling down to the walkway below. (If there is a
floating island in your way, you can wait for it to pass before doing so.) Once
down on the walkway, you can either fall down into the large room below (and
taking a little damage doing so), or run around the walkway to the other end,
falling off onto the stone outcropping, then falling off that into the large
room below (and taking no damage). Whichever method you choose, once you are in
the large room, look around until you find the only exit from it. Go through the
exit, and follow the stairs all the way to the bottom. At the bottom, move
across the room to the door you can see ahead, at the top of a small flight of
steps. Stop before you go through the door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to leave the Earth Tower, and if there are any
patrols outside you didn't take care of, you may run into them now. If you
do...well, I'm sure you know what to do. :)

Go out the door, and down the stairs. Move forward, past the first hedge ahead,
and then turn right. Move forward a bit and turn left. Move forward nearly all
the way, turning right at the first opportunity. Move forward...there should now
be a "wall" on your left. These are the stairs leading back into the Keep. Keep
moving forward until you can turn left, and then do so, turning right around.
Climb up the stairs, open the door on your right, and move back into the Keep.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Remember several times earlier I mentioned patrolling guards
moving through areas? Well, there's one left...an archer. This guard moves
between the Air and Fire Tower areas, as well as the two "side" areas of the
Keep (the two areas marked "Stairs" on your main map). You're about to go into
his patrol area. (Note that he is carrying a key that you can pickpocket.)

Climb up the stairs, open the door on your right, and move back into the Keep.
Turn to your right...you should be able to see another door, in the wall
opposite the one with the door you just used. Go through this new door. Turn
left, and move down the stairs. At the bottom, turn right, move forward a touch,
then turn right again and move forward, so that the stairs you just came down
are passing by on your right side. When you reach the wall, turn left again, and
move forward. You will eventually come to a door in the wall to your right. Go
thorugh it. Push forward through this new area (actually the area you started
the mission in!) all the way until you find another door directly opposite the
one you just used.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another patrol area...not only the Archer mentioned above, but
two Mages (each one with a key to steal!). Open the door, and move through it.
Turn right, move forward, and take the first left ahead. Move forward as far as
you can...you may need to turn slightly here and there to avoid hitting the
edges of things. When you are against the brownish rock wall, turn right, and
move forward until you can turn left. Do so, and turn left again. You should now
be facing the stairs leading to the Air Tower. Move up the stairs.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is an Air Mage patrolling the room beyond. When you have
an opportune moment, rush in and knock him out.

Unlock the door (again, use the key on the device on the wall, not the door
itself). Move into the next room (after taking care of the Mage). With your back
to the door you entered, you should be looking across the room at a stairway
going up. Move forward, but about halfway across the room, turn left. See that
smoking thing on the table? Go grab it. It's your very first Gas Arrow. DO NOT
USE IT YET! You will need this for a certain area in the Fire Tower, which I
will point out at the appropriate time.

Now, go up the stairs you noted earlier. At the top is another door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You don't want to get caught when you open this door!

Open the door. The floor in the room beyond (and in most of the Tower!) is very
loud to walk on. There are also two Mages patrolling in here, one of which
sometimes patrols on the walkway above.

I have found that the best way to deal with these Mages (on your level)is to
enter the room, turn left, move forward until you can turn left again. Do so,
and move forward into a small crack where you can hide. Then shoot some Moss
Arrows on the ground down the path you just took, then crouch and wait. The
Mages' patrols will both eventually bring them here. When they walk by, knock
them out one by one. Note that sometimes, they walk very close to one another,
and it is more difficult to get them both without leaving the moss-covered
floor.

Once the Mages are dealt with, return to the door you entered here by. Turn so
it is to your right, then move forward. When you can turn right, do so, and
climb up the stairs ahead. At the top, turn left, and follow the walkway until
you are near an elevator-platform.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is another guard patrolling up on the next level. Hop onto
the elevator, and when you reach the next level, hop off.

The Mage who patrols up here seem to always do so in a counter-clockwise
pattern. (At least, that's all I've ever seen!) So if you follow the same way,
you'll be able to sneak up behind him and knock him out. If he's not in the
outer area however, he will be in the inner area (again, he moves in a counter-
clockwise pattern).

Okay...after hopping off the elevator, start circling the area in a counter-
clockwise pattern. When you pass the table with the Speed Potion on it, grab it
if you wish. When you come to a point where you can turn left, do so. Inside
this area, you can turn either left or right. Turn in the direction of your
choice (if the Mage is in here, he's moving counter-clockwise still), and follow
the inner wall until you come to an opening in it. Turn into the opening.
Inside, you'll find another elevator. Wait for it, and jump on when it reaches
you.

When it takes you to the top, step off onto solid ground again. There's a lot
more platform hopping to do, I'm afraid. When the next platform comes by, get on
it. If it's taking you down, then you'll have a small wait ahead of you. If it's
taking you up however, look around until you find another area where you can
step off, and do so. Move into the next "room", and wait for the elevator here.
Get on it, and when it takes you down to the ground, get off. Look around for
the exit, and move through it into the next area.

When the platform in this room comes to the ground, hop on. In this area, it
will take you to two different spots where you can get off. Ignore the first
one, and get off at the second. Move forward into the next room, where you'll
find yet another elevator. When it's near enough to get on, do so, and ride it
to the bottom. Once there, get off, and move into the nook in this room, but
just step in close enough to avoid getting squashed should the lift you took
down here come back before you can leave.

Another elevator platform will come down here. When it does, get on it, and ride
it to the top. At the top, you will find yourself pushed off the elevator by the
sloped ceiling. Turn so you are facing the exit, and move through it. Turn
either left or right (it doesn't matter which), move forward, and when you are
able to turn, do so, and move forward.

Hmm....impressive scene, don't you think? How ARE you going to get to that chest
floating up there? Turn around until you find the ramp leading up. Take it to
the top, and turn either left or right. You are on a circular walkway which runs
the entire circumference of the chamber. See those two telescope-like devices
opposite each other? They are they key (pardon the pun) to getting to the chest.
Move around the walkway to one of them, and activate it. It will lower it's top
end to let you know you've done so. Now move around to the other device, and
activate it. Once both telescopes have been activated, the chest will slowly
sink down to the pedestal beneath it. Fall off of the walkway and move over to
the pedestal so that you are there when the chest arrives.

Unfortunately, this chest is locked, and you'll need to pick the lock. Start
with your triangular lockpick, and when that one finishes, switch to the other
one. Unfortunately, you will be unable to finish picking the lock before the
chest rudely rises again, out of your reach. Turn and climb the ramp, and move
about the walkway, repeating the process with the telescopes. Fall off again,
move over to the chest, and finish the job you started. When the second lockpick
is finished, you will be able to open the chest and get the Fire Key. (You
should be able to finish picking the lock before it rises up again, but if not,
just repeat the process again until you do manage it.)

With the Fire Key in your possession, it's time to leave. Turn until you are
facing the ramp. Move forward, and pass by the ramp, moving behind it. Turn, and
find the alcove you arrived in. Wait for the elevator to come up, and start
going down again, before you move forward. Once it has started down again, move
forward onto the platform, and wait for it to take you down. Once you arrive,
step off the elevator, and move into the next room. Wait for the elevator here,
jump on, and ride it up. Step off when you reach the level above.

Move forward into the next room, and wait for the elevator. When it comes by,
move onto it, and take it all the way down (again, ignore the alternate
landing). At the bottom, move into the next area, wait for the elevator to come
down, and jump onto it when it arrives. Take it to the top, and step off onto
the landing above. Move into the next room (are you sensing a pattern here?),
wait for the elevator, step onto it, and take it down. DO NOT TAKE IT ALL THE
WAY DOWN! Look for another landing not far down from the one you came in the
room on, and get off there. Move into the next room, wait for the elevator, take
it down to the bottom, and get off.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you didn't take care of the patrolling Mage here, you may run
into him. Turn around and look for the exit from this room, and take it. Turn
either left or right (left is recommended if the Mage is still patrolling) and
move ahead until you find the exit. Take the exit, and turn either left or right
(again, left is recommended if the Mage is still patrolling...or if he is not,
and you missed the Speed Potion earlier, you may want to turn right). When you
reach the hole in the floor with the rising and falling platform, hop onto the
platform and ride it down.

When you reach the next level, jump off the platform. Now, either fall off this
level down to the next, or work your way around to the staircase and take it
down. Either way, once you're on the lower level, turn and find the exit. Move
through it, take the stairs all the way down, then move across the room to the
door you see at the far side.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to leave the Air Tower, and if there are still
patrollers out on the grounds, you could meet them when you exit.
Move forward through the door, and go down the stairs. Turn right and move
forward a touch, then turn right about 45 degrees. Move forward, with the
brownish wall on your right, until there is a break in the hedge on the left.
Turn, and move forward through the break, and keep going until you reach the
brick wall far ahead. Turn right, and move ahead to the door in this wall.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you didn't take care of the patrolling Archer yet, you may
find him beyond this door! Turn left and move through the door, and keep moving
forward until you come to another door. Move through it and turn left. Ahead to
the right, you should see a space between the hedge and another brownish wall.
Move forward, then turn right and move ahead through that space. Keep the
brownish wall on your left and you will soon come to a point where you can see a
glowing crystal on a wall ahead. Move towards that crystal. When you have it on
your right, turn right, and you'll see an opening with stairs leading up into
the Fire Tower. Climb these stairs.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to enter the Fire Tower, and there is a patrolling
Mage in the room immediately beyond this door. Use your Fire Key to unlock the
door (once again, on the strange locking mechanism beside the door, not the door
itself). When the opportunity presents itself, move in and knock out the Fire
Mage on patrol in here.

With your back to the door you entered by, you should see another glowing
crystal in the wall ahead. To the left of this crystal (your left, not the
crystal's) is a stairway up. Follow these stairs all the way up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Not only is there a patrolling Mage in the next room, but at
this point a few words of caution need to be said. The Fire Tower is DANGEROUS!
It is not only the Mages that you need to contend with. There are pools of lava,
as well as heat traps which alternate between hot and...well, and not-so-hot
(these will be referred to merely as "glowtraps" hereafter). The glowtraps are
timed, they are not activated by touching them, so you can walk across them
safely when they are "cold", and shooting them with a Water Arrow disables them
for a short while (about two or three cycles). All of these things can prove
hazardous to your health. You will probably need to imbibe a few Healing Potions
while in here. Finally, a lot of the flooring in this place is metal grating,
which will quickly call attention to yourself. You will probably need many Moss
Arrows in here as well.

Open the door, and move into the next room. There is a Fire Mage patrolling the
area. He does not, however, come to the "landing" where you are. He instead
patrols the upper level, and also patrols down here IN THE LAVA ITSELF! I've
found the best way to deal with him is to wait in one of the two corners which
extend into the lava, and when he walks by, club him. The areas are sufficiently
dark to hide you from his probing eyes. (Do not worry about killing any of these
Mages with the lava...conscious or not, the lava does not hurt them, and they
apparently cannot drown in it either.) Note that you can also climb onto the
railing here, but to do so you must NOT be pushed up right against it. Move up
against the railing, tap backwards a small step, then mantle up.

Once the Mage is taken care of, you need to proceed upstairs. Do not even THINK
about trying to jump across the lava to the stairs descending into it...although
you will come very close, you will hit the lava and die instantly.

From the door where you entered this room, turn so the door is to your back,
then face left. Move forward, turn left again, and climb the stairs up. Watch
you don't fall off them at the top...the very top is just another stair, and the
drop leaves you in the lava. Turn left and you'll see another small staircase
leading up. Move forward so that it is on your right. Then turn LEFT, and move
to the edge of the landing. Look across, and you will see a sort of walkway that
you can get to from here. It's at about eye-level, so you'll need to jump-grab-
mantle up. Also note that there are two glowtraps on the floor you need to hop
onto. There is a space between the two of them which you should aim for. To do
so properly, you will need to be positioned approximately in the right corner of
this landing (with your back to the second set of stairs). You may also want to
Moss Arrow the floor ahead, as you could draw attention to yourself when you
pull yourself up onto the walkway.

Position yourself as described, and jump-mantle your way up/across. When you are
settled, you'll want to jump across the gap ahead and mantle up to the next
area. There's no glowtrap where you'll be landing, but again, you may want to
Moss Arrow the floor before leaping.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a Mage who's patrol takes him close to your position
here. Once you are across the second gap, move forward across the glowtrap ahead
of you and turn left when you get the chance. Move forward slightly, turn left
again, and climb the stairs ahead into the next room.

The Mage just mentioned has a patrol which brings him to the top of these
stairs. I suggest waiting for him, and knocking him out when he arrives.

The exit from this room was rather difficult for me to find. If you stand so
that you are facing a torch in the opposite wall, and you can see the stairs you
took up here on your left, there will be four glowtraps which you can see. If
you think of them as #1, #2, #3, #4, with #1 being the furthest from you, then
proceed towards #2. When you have it on your right side, turn towards it, and
step across it and turn right...you should then see the exit.

So, find the appropriate glowtrap, walk over it, then turn right. Move forward,
following the corridor straight ahead and being wary of the glowtraps on the
floor. Eventually you will come to a large room with metal arches and more
glowtraps.

If you want to find everything, then directly across from the entrance you came
through is an exit, which leads to a small alcove. Inside is a chest which
contains a single Fire Arrow. You don't need this, but if you want it, there it
is.

From the entrance you used, you should see the glowtraps ahead to the right. You
need to work your way through these to the other end of the room. There, turn
right and you'll see another exit, guarding by a glowtrap. When it is safe to do
so, move through the exit and turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You will be entering another patrol area in a moment! Take these
stairs up to the next level. In the large room at the top, find a spot in the
darkness to hide and wait. When the patrolling Mage comes in, make sure he
doesn't leave again.

There is another exit from this room directly opposite the way you came in. Take
that exit, then turn right and follow the hall. At one point you will find an
alcove which appears to hold a Fire Arrow on the floor. Pick it up if you
wish...it is actually two Fire Arrows. A second alcove (near a point where
grating turns into stone floor) holds a box which is difficult to see. Inside
you will find another Healing Potion. Stop when you reach another set of stairs
going up.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another patrol area, and a difficult one to set up a proper
ambush in! Climb these stairs, and when you get near the top, crouch. There's a
sort of railing to your right, and when you're ducked you can't be seen. When
you're sure the patrolling Mages won't see you, stand up, and look around.
(Also, take note of the door nearby...you'll be coming back to it later.)

The Mages are difficult to sneak up on due to all the metal grating in the area.
This is the point where I suggest you use your Gas Arrow. Take out one of the
Mages when he's down on the same level as you.

Now, from a point near the door exiting this room, turn so your back is to the
door. Move forward, keeping near the right "railing" near the stairs you took up
here. When you reach the end of the railing, you'll find a darkened alcove.
Perfect for hiding that body, and yourself. The other Mage's patrol comes by
here as well, so pepper the floor area nearby with Moss Arrows. Now hide and
wait. When he comes through, sneak up behind him and put him to sleep.

There should be a staircase leading up nearby. Take it up, and at the top, turn
right. Follow this catwalk all the way around the room, until you come to
another set of stairs going up. Take them, and then turn right around to find
another set going up. Take them up as well. Turn right, and you'll see that
there are a series of catwalks that all meet in the centre of the room. Move to
the centre part, and turn left. At the end of this catwalk is a door. Go through
it. Directly opposite you will be a set of stairs. Take these stairs all the way
to the top, then turn left.

This room is the final room, which contains the key you are searching for.
However, it's rather well protected. You have to cross that lava pool using the
walkway provided. However, two ends are missing, so you will need to jump onto
and off of it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! A slip here and it's goodbye Garrett. Move over to the walkway,
and hop onto it. Then walk across, jumping over the small gap in it.

The chest before you holds the key. It will take you a while to pick the lock,
and those glowtraps surrounding the pedestal are timed so that you cannot safely
pick the lock while standing in one place for two long. I suggest you use a
Water Arrow to deactivate one, then stand on it while you pick the lock.
Alternatively, you could just sidestep between glowtraps as they brighten and
fade.

Whichever method you choose, pick the lock on the chest (start with the square
lockpick), and open it to get the Treasure Key.

As Garrett says, "Time for the Talisman." So, turn around, and take the bridge
back to the other side. Turn left, move forward, and turn right around when you
get a chance to turn right. Take the stairs all the way down, and go through the
door ahead back into the room with the catwalks.

You can get back down one of two ways. Either follow the catwalks and stairs
until you are back on the ground again, or simply drop off the catwalks one
level at a time until you have to follow the catwalks and stairs down. Either
way, when you are finally down, turn so you are facing that door we noted
earlier. Move over to it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two guards on patrol beyond this door. There is a
lever on your left which operates this door. Do so. It will open facing a long
corridor. This is the best place to bushwhack the guards, if you can arrange it.
Take out the torches giving light, and wait for them to come through.

Once the guards are taken care of, move to the end of the corridor to the door.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It starts getting dangerous again. Move through the door ahead,
and follow the hallway ahead to where it opens into a circular corridor. Turn
right. Note that you may want to douse the torches you come across, as there are
several more guards who come into this area on occassion.

Follow the hall until you come to a door on the lefthand side.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a single Mage patrolling beyond this door, and there is
a chance of opening the door on him. Open this door using one of your gold keys.
Before going through it however, you will want to spread some Moss Arrows on the
ground ahead, and take out the torch lighting the area. (To take out the torch,
move towards the door, then turn left, and lean right so you are leaning into
the room, and shoot your Water Arrow at it.)

With the area properly secured, step through, and wait for the Mage. When he
comes by, knock him out. Once he's sleeping peacefully, turn to find the stairs
leading up. Take them, and follow them all the way to the top. There, you'll
find a door. This door is locked, and you need the Treasure Key to open it.

[NOTE: This door has caused problems for more than one person, so I'm
expanding the advice here. When you face the door, back up from it so that you
can also see the door frame on either side. Then look to your right. One of
those weird doohickey's that protect the other towers should highlight. You need
to use the key on THIS device, not the door itself.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are two Mages are in the next room. To unlock this door,
you need to use the Treasure Key on a device which is situated on a wall beside
the doorway. Back up from the door, and you should see it to the right. Use the
Treasure Key on it, and the door will open.

Step inside, and immediately turn left. While the Mages are talking, you should
be able to hide before they start their patrols. Move forward, then turn left.
Move forward a bit, and you'll see an alcove on your left which you can safely
hide in. Move into it, and wait. When the Mages come by, take them out one by
one. (It may be helpful to shoot a Moss Arrow at the ground inside the alcove,
so you can step out without worrying about making noise.)

Okay, with the Mages taken care of, let's get the Talisman of Earth. If you have
been examining the scrolls and parchments you found throughout this mission, you
will have come across this rhyme:

"Eight old men up in a tower
 Eight old men, only one with power
 Turn away from the hand with the sword
 count seven and find your reward"

Around the outer edge of this circular room you will find eight Earth Talismans
("Eight old men up in a tower"). Only one of them is real ("Eight old men, only
one with power"). Trying to grab one of the fakes will result in a nasty punch
to the face (taking away three of your health points)!

Return the door you entered this room from, and turn so your back is to it. Now
pull out your sword. See that it is in your right hand? Turn left ("Turn away
from the hand with the sword"), and move around the room, counting off the
Talisman's you pass until you come to the seventh one ("Count seven and find
your reward").

OUCH! Nasty punch, that. Unless I am misinterpreting something about the riddle,
then it is erroneous. You are only supposed to count to SIX to find the real
Earth Talisman. Go ahead and grab it now. (No, really...it's safe this time.)

Well, it's been a long time since you've gotten any treasure, so let's get some.
Return to the door you entered this room by. If you face the door and back up,
you will see a treasure on either side of it...on the left, a tall gold vase
(20, Treasure Count: 991), and on the right, a shorter one (20, Treasure Count:
1011).

Now make your way around the room to the opposite side, and you'll find a mantle
which holds two slim gold vases (20, 20, Treasure Count: 1031, 1051), and two
golden idols (75, 75, Treasure Count: 1126, 1201).

That's all that's up here, I'm afraid. Work your way back to the door you came
in through, and go through it again. Take these stairs all the way down (past
the area you bushwhacked the Mage in). When you reach the bottom, pick the lock
on the door you find and go through it. Then turn left, and take the stairs down
one level. At the bottom, turn left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This door you are facing opens onto a hallway where there are
three patrolling guards!

Open the door, and lean through it to see where the guards are. If the coast is
clear, then move in and take out the torches in the hall. Then, when the guards
come by, knock them out. Note that one of the has a purse you can pickpocket
(150, Treasure Count: 1351).

Once they are all slumbering, it's time to collect some more treasure. Return to
the door you came into this hall through. With it to your back, turn right, and
you'll see another door. You'll have to pick the lock on this one. Do so.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There is a slumbering guard in here, happily snoring away. If
you get too close to the bed, you'll wake him. Move into the room. Directly
across from the door is a table, upon which sits a gold nugget (100, Treasure
Count: 1451), a ledger, and the Medallion of St. Burringden (150, Treasure
Count: 1601). Now turn right, and open the chest on the floor to get a diamond
(200, Treasure Count: 1801). If you want to find other items for completeness,
there are two Water Arrows in a small shelving unit on the other side of the
desk. However, getting them may be difficult, as you may wake up the captain.

Leave the room the way you came in. Immediately outside the room, look up. See
that wooden rafter? Shoot a Rope Arrow into it, near the right side. Then climb
up the rope, and you will find yourself another gold nugget (100, Treasure
Count: 1901). Now climb down.

With your back to the door of the captain's quarters, turn right. Just
underneath this rafter is a door in the wall. This door can be opened with an
iron key. Inside is another sleeping guard, and two chests. The one beside the
bed has 6 Broadhead Arrows in it. The one at the foot of the bed has a stack of
gold coins (50, Treasure Count: 1951). You may want to use a Moss Arrow on the
floor in here before trying to go for the chests.

Leave the room the way you came in, and turn right. Partway down this hall you
will find another door on your right, which also requires an iron key to open.
Inside is another sleeper, again with two chests. With your back to the door,
the one on the left is empty, and the one on the right holds a purse (100,
Treasure Count: 2051). Again, a Moss Arrow may prove useful.

Turn around, and leave the way you came in. Directly across from this door is
another one. Move over to it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The person in this room is NOT asleep. You just may open the
door while she's looking at you.

There are two ways to deal with this woman. You can either rush right in and
club her...even if she sees you, it won't matter, since she's a servant-type who
will fall anyways. The other method is to use a Moss Arrow on the floor and
sneak over to her, then club her. (It may also be useful to knock out the torch
inside the room, if you can manage it.)

Open the door, and use whichever method you like. If you use the sneak method,
be sure to pick her pocket before clubbing her...she is carrying a purse (75,
Treasure Count: 2126). There's also a small shelving unit in here which holds a
golden goblet (25, Treasure Count: 2151), and a chest which contains another
stack of gold coins (25, Treasure Count: 2176).

Turn around and leave the room the way you came in. In the hall, turn left. Down
the hall in the lighted section, you should see a set of double doors. On either
of the other walls you will also see a door. Move forward, and go through the
door on the left. Inside, on a table, you'll find yet another purse (100,
Treasure Count: 2276). Now turn around and leave the room the way you came in.

In the hall, turn right and head back down the hall until you reach the end.
(Ignore those other two doors mentioned above...the rooms are empty.) At the end
of the hall, turn right, and go through the door in front of you. You'll be on a
landing between staircases, one going up, the other going down. Take the stairs
going down, and follow them all the way to the bottom. Once there, continue
forward to the end of the room, and turn left.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're about to enter a patrol area. There are two guards that
move around these tunnels. Deal with them when you get the chance to. (Note that
each has a blue key to pickpocket.)

Go through the door in front of you. Continue forward, and follow the corridor a
short ways. Soon, you will be able to see a section of the wall on your right
which is discoloured from the rest. When you reach it, turn to face it, and
"use" it...it is a secret door. Move into the next room, and turn left.

At the far end of the room you should see two chests on the floor. The left one
contains a small diamond (100, Treasure Count: 2376), and the one on the right
holds a Water Arrow. The shelf on your right has two stacks of silver coins (12,
12, Treasure Count: 2388, 2400) on it. Finally, the top shelf of this room holds
a silver nugget (50, Treasure Count: 2450).

The silver nugget is not visible from the floor. There is an alcove off to the
side with a ladder going up to a small area above. From there, you can look down
on the shelf and see the nugget. You could even walk off of the landing and land
on the shelf itself to get the nugget. Also from up here, if you look up you
will find a secret door in the ceiling. It leads to the maze-area of the
outdoors near the Water Tower.

Leave this room the way you came in. Back in the tunnel, turn right and continue
to follow it until you can turn left, then do so. Move down this hall until you
come to two doors, directly opposite each other. Each one needs an iron key to
open. (Note: You should probably take out the torch in this hallway, as this is
the most likely spot to ambush the two patrolling guards.)

Go through the door on your left. Inside you'll find a Water Arrow on the table
near the door. On the shelves opposite the door you'll find another silver
nugget (50, Treasure Count: 2500), a stack of silver coins (12, Treasure Count:
2512), another purse (100, Treasure Count: 2612), and 10 Broadhead Arrows.

Leave the way you came in, and go through the door opposite this one. Inside
this room you will find a gold nugget on the table (100, Treasure Count: 2712)
and a purse on the shelves (100, Treasure Count: 2812).

That's the lot. Time to leave. Turn around and leave the way you came in. In the
hall, turn right, and follow the tunnel to the next intersection, where you
should turn right again. Continue down the tunnel until you can turn left, then
do so. Move forward, go down the stairs, turn right, and move forward to the end
of the hall.

SAVE YOUR GAME! If you haven't found the two guards down here yet, it is very
likely they are behind this door. (One time I had them coming out the same time
I was trying to go in!)

Turn right and open the door ahead of you (it requires one of the blue keys you
found on the patrollers...if you don't have one, pick the lock). Move into the
next room, turn left, and move to the end of the room. Turn right, and move
forward into the next room. Turn right again. The far wall should have a
darkened area. Move over to it and "use" it...another secret door! Move through
the door, and down the stairs.

SAVE YOUR GAME! One last guard to deal with. He patrols around the next area.
Keep out of his way, don't let him hear you, and you'll be fine.

There are two ways to handle this situation. The first is most likely the way it
was intended: Move into the next room, and turn left. Move past the pillar, then
turn right. Take the stairs in front of you all the way down. Turn right, move
forward a little, and turn right again. Move over to the water, and dive in.

The second method is the faster way...simply find a point where you can jump
into the water from up here, and do so.

Whichever method you use, once you're in the water turn in the only direction
you can follow it, and do so. You will soon find some iron bars blocking your
path. Move towards them. Congratulations! You've bested the Mages and stolen the
Talisman of Earth!


Section 14: The Lost City (Mission 9)
=====================================
My best time on Expert: 35 minutes, 50 seconds
Maximum Possible Treasure: 2845 or 3205 (see below)

14.1: Introduction
==================
"The knowledge of those who came before could neither be disseminated or
destroyed. Its power would be a dangerous tool in the wrong hands, but would
also insure against future cataclysm. At that time we chose to maintain it with
writings preserved in extant locations."
     -- Keeper Annals


The Keepers have hidden the Talisman of Fire in a place they call "The Lost
City". Some kind of cataclysm buried the place underground ages ago. The Keepers
have sealed the access to the city: a cleft in the river bottom near the east
side. If the materials in the library are right, the strange stone I found can
be used to open that seal.

I've also got a map...it's so old the edges crumble in my hands. It shows the
city...or at least how it was back then. I hope the old place hasn't changed
much....


14.2: Objectives: Normal
========================
1. The sealed entrance to the Lost City is supposed to be at the bottom
   of the river around here somewhere. Getting past that is the first
   step.
2. The Talisman of Fire was hidden in the Lost City long ago. Time for
   it to go.
3. Finding the Talisman is well and good, but you'll have to get back
   out for it to be worth it.

14.3: Objectives: Hard and Expert
=================================
1. The sealed entrance to the Lost City is supposed to be at the bottom
   of the river around here somewhere. Getting past that is the first
   step.
2. The Lost City must have a lot of lost treasure in it. Pick up some.
3. An expedition the Keepers sent once to map the Lost City never
   returned. They'll owe you a favor if you can recover the medallions
   from the remains.
4. The Talisman of Fire was hidden in the Lost City long ago. Time for
   it to go.
5. Finding the Talisman is well and good, but you'll have to get back
   out for it to be worth it.

14.4: Simplified Objectives
===========================
1. Find an entrance to the Lost City.
2. Get 2000 in loot including 500 in gems.
3. Recover the Keeper medallions from the lost expedition.
4. Obtain the Talisman of Fire.
5. Leave the Lost City.

14.5: Before The Mission
========================
What You'll Encounter: Spiders, Burricks, Fire Elementals, Mages (Air, Earth,
Fire, Water).

Starting Funds: Whatever you steal from the Mages of the Hand Brotherhood.
(Maximum: 2812.)

Starting Gear:

20 Broadhead Arrows
 5 Water Arrows
 1 Rope Arrow
 1 Set of Lock Picks
 1 Key

Items for Sale:

20 Broadhead Arrows (Cost: 25 each)
20 Water Arrows (Cost: 50 each)
 5 Gas Arrows (Cost: 500 each)
 5 Rope Arrows (Cost: 200 each)
 2 Flash Bombs (Cost: 200 each)
 2 Breath Potions (Cost: 125 each)
 2 Healing Potions (Cost: 250 each)
 1 Papyrus (Cost: 150)

NOTE: Guess what? Once again, your sword and blackjack are not shown with your
starting gear, yet magically appear in your possession when the mission starts!

The key you start with is the stone object you took from the library in "The
Haunted Cathedral".

The Papyrus is described thusly: "An acquaintance will sell you a commission he
has to pick up some antiquities which you may be able to find around the Lost
City." Purchasing this item increases the total value of the treasure you can
find during this mission by 360. Those of you who rely heavily on your purchases
for each mission may want to buy this item so that you have that much extra
during the next mission. The walkthrough for this mission is done reflecting the
fact that you purchase this commission.

For those who choose NOT to purchase this, however, the Papyrus is reprinted
here for your edification:

"Sangar --

Let me know if you ever come across any good antiquities in your, ah,
explorations. I'd be particularly interested in any ritual headresses and masks.
The gold and enamel work from Cyric is increasingly rare, and I needn't point
out that if you ever found something dating back to the Precursors, I'd make you
a rich man.
     -- Bram Gervaisius"

Strangely enough, purchasing this commission does NOT change the amount of loot
you need to advance to the next mission, only the total amount that you can find
during this one. Also, it does not seem to affect how many treasure items you
find, but only the value of these items. There are three masks you can find,
that are apparently worthless if you do not purchase the commission. Each one is
worth 120.

As far as purchasing Breath Potions is concerned, there is only one place where
you may need one, and it is near the beginning. You have a long underwater
tunnel to traverse. While I have been unable to move from one end to the other
unharmed, I have done so taking only 3 points of damage. If you don't mind
running around the mission lacking a few health points, then the Breath Potion
is probably a waste of money for you. If you like having all your health points
however, note that they are half the cost of a Healing Potion.

With all the Fire Elementals around, not to mention several places where you
will want darkness, a plethora of Water Arrows would certainly be prudent.
However, you will be able to pick up several during the mission, so I suggest
you only buy about fifteen. Also, at least one Gas Arrow, preferably two or
three. You may prefer Flash Bombs over Gas Arrows, as they're cheaper, but I
like the Gas Arrow's long-distance option. :) Also, there is only one Healing
Potion to be found on this mission. If you want any, buy them now. Finally,
there are one or two areas where Rope Arrows are essential...and a point early
on where you can lose one. If you're not confident with your "jump and grab"
ability, you may want to buy one or two extras.

Recommended Purchases: 15 Water Arrows, 3 Gas Arrows, 1 Flash Bomb, 1 Papyrus.
Total Cost: 2600

NOTE: This walkthrough is assuming, for the most part, that you have made some
of the recommended purchases!

14.6: Notes Regarding This Mission
==================================
Apparently, this mission has been redesigned rather heavily from the one found
in the original Thief game (at least in content, and to a lesser extent,
geography). While browsing online, I've found references to Craymen in this
mission, which I did not find, and NO mention of Mages, which are rather
abundant. I'm afraid if you're playing the original Thief game, this walkthrough
may not be much help to you. :( (All the treasure locations seem to be the same
though, from what I've found.)

At various points in this mission, you'll find dark rooms that when you enter,
light up. There is a blue sensor device on the ceiling that detects your
presence. While this can be annoying, as it keeps you from hiding, it can also
be used by you to tell when others are moving in and out of rooms. Sometimes you
move between rooms that each have these sensors, but you can fool them by
standing in the doorway between the rooms. Then both sensors go dark, and you're
hidden. :)

The Keeper Medallions which you are supposed to retrieve are not, in fact, both
in the same location. You'll have to find both in order to get the credit for
the Mission Objective.

WATER ARROWS ARE PRECIOUS FOR THIS MISSION! You need LOTS, and then some! If you
are trying to extinguish Fire Elementals with them, and you miss one, I highly
suggest reloading your game. While you will probably NOT need all you find and
purchase, it is best not to tempt fate. The last thing you want is to have to
get past a Fire Elemental after you've run out of Water Arrows!

Likewise Rope Arrows. There is a point where you will want to have three Rope
Arrows to proceed. (Although one IS sufficient, the more you have the better.)
Just shortly before that point you will have the opportunity to pick up one, and
there is an area in the beginning where you can pick up another. However, if you
lose any of these, unless you have purchased extras, you process will be more
difficult.

While playing this mission, I got a big surprise when the Mages became
involved...I was not expecting them. Quite a few of them are rather difficult to
blackjack. I was wracking my brains trying to figure this problem out when I
suddenly realized, "Hey! I'm allowed to kill!" Out came the Broadheads and
whatever other lethal items were in my arsenal, and a bloodbath ensued! It felt
good to kill something for a change. Hmmm...what does that say about me? :)


14.7: Walkthrough
=================
You start off in town, in a rather enclosed area...there are not many options of
where to go. Move forward, and follow the turn ahead. You'll come to an area
with a couple of options, but just keep moving forward. When you hit the
entrance to the water, stop, and turn left. Move forward, up that small flight
of stairs, and towards that wall ahead.

Turn so you are facing left, and look up. See the top part of the wall, with the
criss-cross pattern? You're Rope Arrow will stick in that. Aim high, and
somewhat close to the right. You'll need to jump off the rope and land on the
roof nearby which slopes away from you.

NOTE: There are two jumps from Rope Arrows in this small section. Try very hard
to retrieve your Arrows as you jump...you will want them later! (See the Notes
Regarding This Mission, above.)

When your arrow is secured, hop onto the rope, climb up, then turn right. You
want to jump off the rope now, and if possible, grab the arrow when you do so.
If you don't land properly, you may take some damage or, even worse, fall off
the wrong side and have to do it all over again.

Once you've landed on the proper side, take a look around. In one corner of this
small enclosed area is an old cart. Move over behind it, and on the ground
you'll find two Broadhead Arrows and another Rope Arrow. Take what you like.
Then move over to the stack of crates, and look behind them. Someone must use
this place for their own private drinking parties. Take the golden goblet (25,
Treasure Count: 25) and the gold plate (50, Treasure Count: 75).

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part is rather tricky, and you can lose your Rope
Arrows here. Turn so the stack of crates is to your back, and look up. Again,
that criss-cross pattern will hold your Rope Arrow, but for some reason only
certain sections of it. The others will just break your arrow.

Look closely at the criss-cross pattern near the top. See a part over to your
right where the pattern looks a little off? That's the dividing line. Anything
that high to the right of that line will hold your arrow. Anything to the left
that high will break it.

Aim your arrow high again. When it's secure, climb the rope, turn right, and
jump off. Try to land on the roof below, sloping away from you, to minimize the
damage you take when you fall (I've been unable to do this part without taking
damage...anyone do it?). Also, try to get your arrow back again (with another
jump-n-snatch manouevre).

One you're safely on the other side, turn to face the wall you just jumped
across. To your right is a hole, with a ladder leading down into the water. Use
the ladder, and when you're underwater, turn around so the ladder is to your
back. Ahead to the left, you should see an odd design on the wall. This is the
seal you need to use the key on. Swim over to it, and use the seal.

When the wall has pushed in enough to allow you to swim past it, do so. Inside
this new tunnel, surface to replenish your air supply. Turn left, and move down
this tunnel. When you get to the point where you have to go underwater, stop.

SAVE YOUR GAME! As I've said before, this part is a long underwater trek, and if
you get lost down here, it could cost you your life.

Take a deep breath and dive. Follow the tunnel. It will eventually open up into
an area where you have to swim downwards to continue. Do so, swimming down past
that dark object (it looks sort of like an underwater shelf). Once past it, fix
your view forward again, and swim ahead. In the next area you'll see what
appears to be two pillar-like rock formations. Swim between them, and look down.
Another hole to swim through. Dive deeper and swim through it. Near the bottom
of this hole you'll see one side appears brighter than the others. Turn that way
and swim ahead. You'll finally see the point where you can surface. Do so, and
grab a lungful of that sweet air.

Figure out which way the current is pulling you. Then turn so you're facing that
direction, and hug the wall that is now on your right. The current will soon
pull you past that wall, where it turns into a sort of ledge. Turn to face the
ledge, and pull yourself up onto it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part is a little dangerous. With your back to the
water, push forward and turn left. There are three spiders on this ledge with
you, so move fast so they don't bite you! Move forward until you're near the
edge of a drop, then turn left again. Run forward and jump over the river,
landing in that hole you spotted.

You're not save yet though, there's a spider in here too! Move forward until you
exit the tunnel, and turn right. Move forward and down somewhat, turn right
again, and exit the small cavern. Turn left, keep hugging the wall on your left,
and move forward. Allow yourself to fall onto the ledge below.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You're safe for now. No spider will reach you here. However, the
ledge below you there should be two small spiders roaming around. Pull out your
Broadhead Arrows, and kill them. There is a third spider down there, a larger
one. Wait if you wish to and kill it with arrows. Or, if you don't wish to wait,
drop down onto the ledge below and turn left. You should see the spider now.
Deal with it.

Once you've taken care of your arachnid problems, move into the tunnel the
larger spider was in, and follow it to the end. When you exit, you can turn
either left or right...ignore the right passage. It's filled with more spiders
and leads to a dead end.

Turn left and move forward. There will be an opening on your right, but just
ignore it and keep moving forward. (It may appear there's no tunnel there, but
there is, it's just dark.) Follow this tunnel until you are standing in front of
two sets of "sparks" shooting towards each other in the tunnel.

SAVE YOUR GAME! These sparks can hurt you. Wait for the spark activity to calm
down, then rush through the small area. Ahead, an opening to the right drops
into lava. There's another tunnel right across from it, to your left. Go into
that tunnel. It has a few turns, but no choices, so follow it until you reach
the end. (The end will be a paved area, obviously man-made.)

Move onto the paved area, and turn left (so the guard-rail is on your right).
Move forward, and turn left when you get the chance. Move forward again, and
soon you'll see an opening in the floor on your right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You might meet a Burrick right away, which you would probably
rather avoid. Turn to face the hole, and drop down into the building. This was
once the library of the city. Depending on how you dropped down, your facing
might be different than mine was. Turn around until you can see the blue sensor
device in this room. Then turn so it is on your right. Ahead of you in this
direction is a doorway. Go through it. (Considering the rubble in the way, you
may have to duck to get through the door.)

Across from the entrance to this room are two windows, each containing two
drinking cups. The ones in the window on your left are the valuable ones, so go
grab them (15, 15, Treasure Count: 90, 105). Now turn and go back to the
entrance you used, stand in the doorway so the sensors go out, and wait.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's time to take care of the Burrick wandering around up here.
Turn so you've got either room on your left or right, so you can lean out right
and look down the passage out of the next room. Eventually you will see a
Burrick come into view, approach the room, then turn and walk away. When
happens, jump out from this room (literally, you'll have to jump because of the
rubble), run up behind the Burrick, and surprise him with a downstroke of your
sword.

You probably needed to follow the Burrick through a couple of rooms before you
got him, but that's okay...he follows a path you wanted to take. Assuming you
are still facing the direction it was heading, keep moving forward through the
rooms, ignoring any side trips that you could make. Soon (if you haven't
already) you'll enter a room with lots of rubble, and the remains of a campfire.
You'll have to turn right in order to keep going, so do so, and leave this room
to enter another one filled with rubble. Turn right again, and go through the
door ahead.

SAVE YOUR GAME! While not dangerous, you'd like to do this part only once. You
should now be facing three "windows" or "slits" in the wall ahead, which look
down onto the room below. Move over to the rightmost window, and hop into it.
Look down, and you'll see the slanted top of some sort of support. Now wait, and
a patrolling Burrick will come by. After he passes through the room below, fall
down onto the support, then run up behind the creature and kill it.

[Alternatively, instead of moving to the rightmost window, move to the leftmost
window, and turn to face the slit, and wait for the Burrick. When he comes into
view, get him with a Broadhead. Keep firing until he falls.]

If you used the alternate method, one you've finished move over to the rightmost
window and fall into the room below. If you used the method first described,
then backtrack to the room you fell down into. Move through the doorway that the
Burrick entered that room by, then turn right. Move forward and take the stairs
down. Turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part can be very dangerous, and if not done properly
can kill you. There are FOUR Burricks you will have to deal with here.

Move forward, dropping down to the room below. Move forward towards the doorway
ahead on your left, but stop before you get there. Then, turn right and lean
left so you can see into the next room. If there are no Burricks present, then
move into the room.

In this room, on either side of the door you entered by, are two recessed areas.
With your back to the door, you want the one on your right. Move over into the
recessed area, then turn so you're facing out into the room again, and duck.

Eventually, a roaming Burrick will enter the area. He will enter the room, look
around, then leave. Wait until he's started to leave, then run up and kill him.
Then turn around and move out of the room through the way you came in, turn
left, and hide here. You'll want to lean out to keep an eye on the room, as now
three Burricks will enter to investigate.

[Note: Sometimes, they take a long time to come, and sometimes they don't seem
to come at all. It would therefore be a good idea to save your game after you've
killed the first and hidden yourself, so you can load the game in again if they
don't come. Unfortunately, sometimes they get REALLY stubborn and won't come in
at all. In that case...you'll just have to hunt them down. :( ]

This is a good time to use one of your Gas Arrows. Try to aim it so it takes at
least two Burricks out at the same time. Three is even better. Take these
Burricks out as you see fit. (Note: Try not to use more than one Gas Arrow...you
will probably want to use one or two later on.)

Once they are all taken care of, it is time for the reason you came down here.
From the doorway where you hid, move across the room, and turn left. Move
forward until you no longer can do so, then turn left and follow the corridor to
the end. Enter the room there, and inside you will find a diamond (50, Treasure
Count: 155), a necklace (175, Treasure Count: 330), and another drinking cup
(15, Treasure Count: 345).

Leave this room the way you came in, and turn right. Move forward as far as you
can, then turn right again. Move forward, past the openings on your left and
right, until you re-enter the main room. Turn right, move to the end and through
the door up the ramp. Turn left, move forward, and mantle up to the next level.
Turn left and move forward. When you can, turn left again. Move into the next
room, and turn left again.

Up the ramp ahead is an exit that appears to split in two. It does not matter
which way you go. Climb the ramp, take the turn of your choice, and follow it
around to another exit. Take the new exit into another room. You should now be
facing another doorway partially filled with rubble.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part can be fatal if you slip. Go through the
exit...watch out for the lava! Turn right and move forward. In the far corner on
your right you'll find another diamond (50, Treasure Count: 395). Then turn
right around and move forward, bypassing the doorway you used. Once you are past
the lava, hug the wall on your right, until you can look into another area of
the city. Move back a bit so you have to lean to look.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There's a wandering Burrick in there. Wait here for him to come
into sight. Watch him, and when he disappears to the left, quickly move forward.
You'll climb up a small incline. Move over to the left as far as you can on that
incline, and stop. You should be completely hidden in the shadows now. Wait for
the Burrick to come back (he went down a short deadend), and when he does, kill
him with a downswing.

Once the Burrick is dead, from the incline move forward past the turn it had
taken. Now turn to face the wall on your left. You want to mantle up, but you
have to move over near the right side before you can. Once you've mantled up,
turn right and look up. There's the tip of a Fire Arrow peeking over the edge.
Grab it if you want it. Then turn left, and move forward to the window you see
ahead. Look inside the next room on the ground, and you'll find a golden goblet
(25, Treasure Count: 420). Turn right around, and move forward, falling down to
the ground again. Turn left, move forward, then turn right. Move forward until
you are at the entrance you see ahead into the building on your right. (Not the
rubble-strewn entrance...the one past that.) Turn right and use the entrance.

Climb the stairs here, then turn right. Move forward, turn right again, move
forward, and turn left. In the next room, you should see a gold plate on the
ground. Move in and grab it (50, Treasure Count: 470). Then turn around, move
forward, turn right in the next room, move forward, turn left, move forward,
turn left again, and move down the stairs and exit the building.

[NOTE: If you want some more Fire Arrows, instead of turning right at the next
part, turn left. Move forward, and turn right when you see an incline moving
down in that direction. At the bottom of the incline, continue forward, moving
past the large building. When you emerge in an open area with a lava lake, turn
left. You are going to want to climb that steep incline. Move over to the base
of it, and turn so the lava is to your back. Move forward, all the way up, and
angle yourself slighlty so you move towards the right. You should then fall onto
the landing above. Turn right until you see a doorway, and go through it. Inside
this room, take the stairs down, and across that small pool of lava you'll find
three Fire Arrows. Turn around and climb the stairs again, then leave this room
through the only other exit. Turn left, and fall off the wall and down the
incline (keep moving forward as you fall.) When you stop falling, turn right.
Move forward, past the large building, up the incline, then turn right. Move
forward.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part you're going to be tricky. The next section has
three Burricks in it...one is a patroller, the other two are stationary.

Turn right, move forward, then turn right again. Move forward into the next
section of the city. Up ahead, you will be able to see a corner where the street
bends. Move close to that, but not too close. A Burrick will be coming by, and
turning around. You want to be close enough to see it do so, but not so close
that it sees you. When it does turn around, move in behind and kill him. [Note:
Sometimes, the patroller is not here...he has been killed earlier by the nearby
Fire Elementals. If, after waiting a while, there are no signs of the patrolling
Burrick, assume he's dead, and continue on with the rest of the mission.]

You've just alerted the other two Burricks in the area, and they will be coming
to investigate. If you've moved past the corner, turn around and go back to it.
Turn left, and move forward. On your right, you should see a wall that looks
climbable. It is. Turn right, and mantle up. Then turn right around, and jump
across to the next building (you'll have to jump and then mantle up). Ahead of
you, you should see a series of rooftops, with one raised one at the end. Head
for it. When you reach it, mantle up to it. Turn left, and jump across to the
next building. Move forward, but instead of jumping this time, fall between the
buildings.

When you land, turn right, move forward into the tunnel, then turn right again.
Move forward down this long tunnel, until it opens into a small chamber. At the
far end there's an opening to your left. Take that opening. Ahead of you, you'll
see an opening into another lava area. Move forward. The opening is actually a
broken wall. Move towards it, but stay in the shadows.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Beyond this opening are as many as three Fire Elementals on
patrol. (They are not all always there...I am not sure why.) You may have
already seen them on your approach. Stay in the shadows, and when you get the
chance, kill each one with a Water Arrow.

[NOTE: I described my missing Fire Elemental problem to a friend. She told me
the same thing happened to her, and then the bloody thing snuck up on her and
fried her when she wasn't expecting it! So if you're missing an Elemental from
this point, keep an eye out for it!]

Once they are gone, move through the crack in the wall ahead, and stop. Turn
right. You want to mantle over that wall in front of you, but you have to run
and jump in order to do it.

When you're standing on the wall, jump forward off it onto the rubble across the
lava. Climb the rubble to the slope above.

There are three buildings on this slope that you can visit. The one you are
closest two has 11 Moss Arrows sitting just outside the entranceway on the right
(10 are clumped together in one, the last one is separate). Inside it is a case
of 10 Broadhead Arrows. The second building contains a necklace (150, Treasure
Count: 620). The third has a single Fire Arrow sitting in the doorway. Grab
whatever you want from here.

At the far end of this slope (the highest point), there is another building off
to the side. Move up the slope to that point, and turn left and move onto the
building's roof.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Unfortunately, you cannot return the way you came, so you have
to try getting back by this precarious path. You need to jump from here onto the
wall ahead, then jump off of the wall onto the ground on the other side. I
suggest you aim yourself at the pointed adornment on the wall which is closest
to the iron gate. My best successes here have always been aiming there, then
running and jumping, and as soon as I hit the wall, jumping again. You should
land on the other side, across the lava pool on a small outcropping of rock.

Once you've landed, turn so your back is to the iron gate. You should be able to
see a tunnel leading away. (If you just see a blank wall, shuffle over to the
left a bit.) Take this tunnel into another open area. Move into the area, and
move past the obelisk in the centre. There is a house with an entrance here.
Move past it, then turn right. You will see a hole in the wall ahead. Move
through it, then turn right and move down the incline. Stop before you cross
through the opening at the bottom.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next area can be dangerous. There's a huge pool of lava
nearby, with three Fire Elementals floating around looking for trouble. You're
going to take care of them now, but you won't reap any benefit from it until
much later in the game.

Move through the opening ahead, then turn left. Inch forward, but be
careful...the lip here is inclined, and may drop you into the lava.

The three Elementals in here come from different directions. If you are facing
out across the lava, then one will come towards you from between the two
buildings you see there. The other two will be coming from your right. Those two
are best taken care of by leaning out from here and shooting them down with your
Water Arrows. The solitary Elemental never really seems to come close enough to
get a really good shot, so you'll have to aim carefully to get it.

When you've extinguished the three, turn around, move forward, turn right, and
climb the incline again. Turn left, and move through the hole in the wall again.
Ahead of you, your path is split by a rock column. Turn down the right path.
Continue ahead, keeping to the wall on your right, until ahead of you you see an
opening through the wall that does not lead into lava. From here, you should be
able to make out another obelisk. Head for the obelisk, trying to keep it
between you and the room beyond it. Stop when you've reached it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! The room beyond contains two Fire Elementals that you'll need to
deal with. Lean to the right, and when the coast is clear, sidestep right, then
move forward towards the opening into the next area. However, do NOT move
through the opening! Instead, move to the wall on the right of the opening. From
here, position yourself so you can lean out and shoot Water Arrows at the
Elementals.

When the two of them are gone, move into the area they were patrolling. See
those round, blue objects decorating the walls? They are gems. You'll want to
grab them all. Also note that, directly across from you is a doorway that's
blocked by rubble. On the floor in that doorway is another gem. Work your way
around the room collecting them all (there are a total of 22 on the wall, and
the one on the floor) (15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15,
15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, Treasure Count: 635, 650, 665, 680, 695,
710, 725, 740, 755, 770, 785, 800, 815, 830, 845, 860, 875, 890, 905, 920, 935,
950, 965). You should be back at this entrance when you are finished. When you
reach that point, turn so your back is to it (the entrance).

If you want a few extra Fire Arrows, then turn left, and move through the exit
you can see in the wall ahead. (You should not be able to see both, but if you
can, then you want the leftmost.) In the next room turn left, move forward, then
turn right. Enter the next room, then immediately turn left. There's a hole here
that you need to crouch to get through. Do so. Follow the tunnel and at the end,
you'll find two more Fire Arrows. Grab them, then follow the tunnel back. When
you are standing up again, turn right, move into the next room, then turn left,
move forward, and take the first right. You will exit back into the room with
all those gems. Go back over to your original entrance to this room.

If you don't want the extra Fire Arrows, then turn right (those of you who got
them will already be facing this way). Move through the exit in the wall ahead.
(You shouldn't be able to see both of them, but if you can, you want the
rightmost opening.) In the next room, move forward towards the dais directly
ahead. Sitting on it you will find two masks (120, 120, Treasure Count: 1085,
1205). Once you've got them, turn right around. The entrance you used is built
into a step-type wall. Turn slightly to the right, and climb this wall (no
mantling is needed, just move forward). At the top allow yourself to fall
slightly onto the walkway, then turn right. Move forward through the opening
ahead, then turn right again. Move forward, and when you come to a break in the
wall on your left, move through it.

In this new area, turn left, and follow this tunnel all the way up. At the top,
turn left, and mantle up onto the paved area. Follow this new tunnel. When you
come to a room with a large square hole in the floor, just ignore it. It leads
back to the gem room. Just continue following the tunnel (it continues across
the room from you). It will eventually drop you into a circular room with a
normal dirt/ash floor again. Find the exit, and follow the tunnel. You will
emerge into a larger area, with another obelisk and some stone buildings. Keep
moving past these buildings, moving all the way to the end of this part. There
will be a break between the last two buildings that you can turn down. Instead
of doing that though, move past the break, then turn to face the last building.
Move up to it, and mantle up to the top.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You've got some jumping to do here, failure to do so properly
meaning you may become a crispy critter. Jump over to the next building, and
then the next. Turn left. Jump to the next building, and again to the next. Turn
right, and jump to the next building, and then to the next. Turn right again.
Jump across to the next building, then the next, then the next.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You are about to encounter your first Mage, and he can be rather
difficult. You should be able to see him from this building by now. The next
building you want to get to has a lower elevation than the one you're standing
on now, so you can just walk off this one and fall onto the next one (keep
walking though...if you just fall off and stop, you may fall into the lava
instead!). From this point on, you can just run off onto the next buildings, as
long as you don't stop!

Move over to the next building. Wait until the Mage ahead has his back to you,
then run across to the last building. Then walk off of it onto the ground again.
Move ahead to that small pile of rubble...you don't even need to crouch here,
just stand by the rubble and you'll be hidden. When the Mage walks by again,
then blackjack him. (Or, if you prefer, backstab him.)

Once he's taken care of, there are a few items of interest scattered about. The
skeleton lying there has a purse still attached to it (70, Treasure Count:
1275). Also, if you look at the neck of the skeleton (where the skull SHOULD
be), you'll find the first of the two Keeper Medallions. There is also a Fire
Arrow and a Rope Arrow near the campfire. Finally, if you want some interesting
reading, there's a Keeper's Journal and a scroll on the ground.

When you've finished robbing the dead, turn to face the lava. There's a fallen
pillar within. If you look to the left, you'll see that there is something of an
inclined ledge running around the pit.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It is quite easy to misstep and fall into the lava here. Move
over to the ledge, and walk onto it. Circle around to the other side of the
pillar. There you will find a Gas Arrow, and a silver nugget (50, Treasure
Count: 1325). Then turn and make your way back to the start of the ledge, and
get back onto safer ground.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part can be tricky. Turn right. In the next chamber
there is a Fire Mage and an Air Mage talking to each other, at the far end of
the chamber. If you don't do anything to draw attention to yourself, you can
keep them ignorant of your presence.

Move forward. When you pass that first wall, turn left, and move down the
stairs. Then turn right. There are two burning braziers here. The one on your
right has a Fire Arrow in it. (You can get it without extinguishing the fire.)

Whether or not you retrieve the Fire Arrow, you will need to proceed down the
stairs here. When you are far enough down that you can see the burning torch on
the wall, take it out with a Water Arrow. Then crouch, hug one of the walls, and
move forward cautiously.

There is a Mage down here who will be approaching sometime soon. When he does,
wait for him to pass you, then turn and take care of him as you see fit.

When he's taken care of, turn back and continue down. When you reach the lava
pit, stop.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part can kill you. You have to cross that lava pit. Look
up, and you'll see three wooden beams spaced apart across the pit. You will need
Rope Arrows to cross here...how many depends on you. If you only have one, shoot
at the centre beam. If you have two, shoot them into the closest and the
farthest beams. If you have three or more, shoot one into each beam. Then play
Tarzan, swinging from rope to rope, until you reach the other side. Be sure you
are not too high up the rope when you jump, otherwise you may find your progress
stopped by a beam, and you will fall to a fiery death. (Note: Do NOT try to
retrieve your Arrows as you leap from them...you will need them here again when
you return.)

Once you are safely across, move into the next room, then turn left and move
into the corner. Then turn right, and move forward slowly. There is a hole in
the ground in the far corner, with a ladder going down. Make your way down.

Once down, turn so you are facing the only other direction you can go. There are
some torches lighting this hallway. You can get away with leaving them burning,
but you may want to take out the furthest one, just in case.

Proceed down the hall. When you reach the second torch, stop.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There's a killer trap here. (At least, I think it's a killer. I
only had four hit points at this point, so it does at LEAST that much damage.)
In order to proceed through the next area, you will need to crouch. Move forward
into the next room (where you can see a body on the ground). A loud clanging
noise will let you know the trap has been sprung. Stay crouched
though...standing up while the "slapper" is still down will kill you as well.

Underneath the body in this room is two Water Arrows. Also, in the far right
corner you will find a third.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There are four Mages in the next area...two Fire, two Air.
First, move into the doorway, but don't enter the room. Stay here in the
shadows. Ahead of you, you'll see a Mage walking back and forth. Fortunately,
he's a Fire Mage, so you can use one your Gas Arrows on him. Note that you could
use Broadheads here, but you will alert the other Mages of your presence, and
you'll have to deal with them all at once. (If you have no more Gas Arrows, read
the note below.)

When he's out, move into the room, turn left, and move forward. Turn right, move
forward, and ignore that first exit. The second one is the one you want.
However, it contains an Air Mage.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You don't want to get caught here. Move into the shadows in the
doorway.

[NOTE: If you don't have any Gas Arrows left, then you'll have to take out the
two torches in this room. While standing in the doorway, first turn left, lean
out right, and extinguish the torch. Then turn right again, and enter the room.
Stop just inside, turn right, and move forward. Turn left, and extinguish the
other torch you see. Then move forward until you are close to the other side,
but do not go past the last pillar...keep it in your sight. When the Mage walks
by, wait for him to turn and resume his patrol. Then walk behind him and club
him. Then move across the room to the other side, hide in the shadows at the
entrance. ]

Now, watch this Mage's patrol. When he moves by going from the right to the
left, passing just in front of the door, move into the room, and club him.

Inside this room is a stand with a strange object on it. Pick it up, and you'll
discover it is a lever. Now turn around, and leave this room.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once again, you're taking on Mages. The last two are together.
From this point, you can see there is another, sunken area to this room. You can
also see, across from you in that area, another doorway. From here, move down
into the sunken area, and go into the doorway. The two Mages are in here, nice
and close together. Throw a Flash Bomb at them. While they are disoriented,
knock them out with your blackjack.

Once these Mages are taken care of, there's nothing else to do but collect your
loot. In this room you'll find a tall urn (20, Treasure Count: 1345), a small
urn (20, Treasure Count: 1365), and a rolled up tapestry (150, Treasure Count:
1515). Now turn around and leave the way you came in.

Back in the sunken room, ignore the sarcophagus. Instead, move across the room
to the deep alcove, where you'll find a statuette (100, Treasure Count: 1615).
(Note that this room has two burning braziers, each with a Fire Arrow in it.)

That's it for down here. Turn away from the alcove, and move over to the stairs
leading up. Face them, and move forward. Go through the exit at the far end (be
sure you either crouch or RUN through...if you walk through, the "slammer" will
hit you). Keep moving forward, all the way to the ladder leading up. Climb the
ladder (you'll have to jump onto it), and keep moving forward until you hit a
wall. Turn left, move forward, and turn right when you get the chance.

SAVE YOUR GAME! No sense in taking unnecessary risks. Tarzan your way across the
lava pit again. Once you're across, move forward all the way, and when you exit
the tunnel, take the left stairway up. (Remember, there are still two Mages in
this area! Tread softly!)

At the top of the stairs, turn right, and move forward through the opening
ahead, leaving behind the Mage's area.

SAVE YOUR GAME! It's time to go building hopping again. Move across this area
towards the buildings that you came in on. There is one low enough for you to
run onto it. Then jump across to the next, then the next. Then leap up and
mantle your way to the top of the next one. From here, jump across to the next
building, then the next, then the next. Turn left, and jump across to the next
building. Then the next. Now you can simply walk off the edge of this building
and land on solid ground again.

Once you've landed, turn left and move forward until you no longer can, then
turn right. Move to the end of the row of houses, and turn left. Move ahead
until you pass the obelisk, and turn right. Continue following the cavern, and
you will soon reach a tunnel (at the end of the cavern, to your left). Enter it,
and follow it as far as you can. When you reach the circular cavern, turn left,
and run up into the next tunnel (you don't need to mantle here). Follow it as
far as you can (remember, ignore that hole in the floor...just keep going past
it). When you come to an area where you have to drop down, do so. Then turn
right, and move forward. At the bottom of the incline, turn right and move
through the hole in the wall. Turn right, and move forward. Take the first left
you come to. When you do, just go a little forward, then stop. Turn left, and
jump ahead over the railing. Work your way down to the bottom, and turn right.
Move forward, and take the right turn when you can. Move forward into the next
chamber.

From here, you should see an exit on the wall to your left. Move through it.
Move around the obelisk in the next room, and continue through it and through
the exit across from the one you used. Ahead you will see a man-made wall. Do
not go through the opening. Instead, turn left, and move forward up the incline
ahead. Turn left, and continue up the incline until you reach a tunnel. Follow
the tunnel until it opens onto another chamber with lava in it. Turn left, and
move forward, following this next tunnel. It will open into another area, this
time with a house directly across from you. Ignore it, and turn left.

[NOTE: There is a second house in this area, right next to the one in front of
you. If you go into this second house, you will find three more Fire Arrows.]

Move forward into the next area. Ignore the buildings, and keep following the
path. (Note: One of these buildings has an accessible roof, upon which you will
find two Water Arrows.)

Soon you will come to a cavern with a deep lava pit. Across this pit is a very
narrow stone bridge (natural, not man-made). You can cross one of two ways. The
bridge, or turn left and work your way around to the other side on a small
ledge. While the bridge is safe, and probably faster and safer, the ledge
contains four more Water Arrows.

However you choose to cross, do so. Move through the exit and continue along the
path. It will enter a cavern where you have to move around a lava pit, then jump
across it onto a "stepping stone" of sorts. Do so, then turn right, move
forward, and turn left. Move through the opening in front of you, then turn
left. Move forward, up the dark staircase. At the top, turn right. Move forward,
ignoring any turns until you can no longer do so, then turn right.

[NOTE: You should at this point have one Gas Arrow left. You will be getting
another one. For the purpose of this walkthrough I am saving them for a later
point, to deal with two Burricks, if necessary. I have discovered, however, that
it may not be necessary to save them...the Burricks later don't appear to be a
problem. If anyone can shed more light on this (whether the Burricks never are a
problem or if I had a flukey game setup this time) please do so. In any event, I
will point out two instances nearby where using a Gas Arrow would be beneficial,
should you not want to save them. One of them is here.]

SAVE YOUR GAME! That was a long trip, and I'm sure you don't want to repeat it
any more than I do!

If you choose to use your Gas Arrow now, this is what you should do. From this
point, you should have a lava pit on your right, with a sort of protrusion that
looks man-made. Across from this protrusion is a doorway, with a slit underneath
it. Aim your Gas Arrow at the doorway. If you do it properly, the Mage standing
guard there will be knocked out.

Move forward. Soon you will find a doorway ahead of you. Move through it, and
turn right. Move through the next doorway, and turn left. Move forward and take
the first left. Move into the next room and turn left. Go over to the farthest
window slit, and resting there you will find a tiara (100, Treasure Count:
1715). Turn around and move forward, passing the exit on your right. In the next
room, directly ahead of you on the floor, you'll find a large urn (20, Treasure
Count: 1735), a small urn (20, Treasure Count: 1755), and a pointed urn (20,
Treasure Count: 1775). Now turn right and move forward, then turn left and move
forward. Move through the doorway across from yours. Inside this room,
immediately turn to your right and pick up another large urn (20, Treasure
Count: 1795) and two more small urns (20, 20, Treasure Count: 1815, 1835). Turn
left again, and move to the end of the room. Turn right, crouch, and move
through the small hole in the floor. Turn right, and move into the small room.
Go down the ladder through the hole in the floor. In this hidden chamber, pick
up three more pointed urns (20, 20, 20, Treasure Count: 1855, 1875, 1895), and a
rolled up tapestry (150, Treasure Count: 2045). Open the chest to get a small
ring (50, Treasure Count: 2095). Climb back up the ladder to leave this room.

Once out, crouch and move through the hole in the wall. Turn left, and move into
the next room. Stand up again. Turn left, and move out into the hallway. Turn
left, and move forward. Go past the burning brazier ahead on your left, and then
move into the next room on your right. Inside, grab another large urn (20,
Treasure Count: 2115), two more small urns (20, 20, Treasure Count: 2135, 2155),
and another rolled up tapestry (150, Treasure Count: 2305).

Leave the room the way you came in, and turn left. Move all the way down this
hallway. When you enter a room that lights up, turn right and move forward and
down the stairs. When the stairs turn, turn to face the direction they continue
in, but don't go down them.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This part needs to be handled carefully. There are two Mages
down here...one Fire, and one Air. Also, there is an Earth Mage up top (unless
you Gassed him earlier) that can be alerted by your activities down here. Any
killing down here will alert him to your presence, as will using a Flash Bomb.

Unfortunately, this part cannot always be predicted accurately. The Air Mage
patrols, but does not always keep the same patrol. Sometimes he comes into the
room you are currently looking down into, and sometimes he doesn't. Therefore,
there are two methods of taking him out.

First, seed the floor below with Moss Arrows. Then, if the Air Mage comes
through, you can run up behind him and knock him out without alerting anyone.
Don't be worried if you have to come into view of the other Mage. He's standing
behind a burning brazier and can't see you through the smoke. (Note: Although
rare, he does sometimes see you, somehow. You may want to take him out with a
Gas Arrow. See below on how to get another.)

If the Air Mage doesn't come in, then you'll have to take him out at another
point.

Whether he comes or not, move into the the room below. Move over to the other
exit, and peek around the corner. If the Air Mage is not there, then move into
the hall so the light in this room goes out. Once it does, shoot a Water Arrow
at the burning brazier. Then move into that room, using all the stealth at your
command, and knock out the Fire Mage. If the Air Mage was being stubborn, he'll
eventually come into this room briefly as well. When he does, knock him out as
well.

This is some sort of machinery room. With the lights out now, you should be able
to see, somewhere behind where the Fire Mage was standing, a slot of some sort.
Find the lever you are carrying, and use it on the slot. It fits! Now, operate
the lever, and the machinery will start working. (Oddly though, there's no
sound.)

[NOTE: If you are feeling particularly adventurous, it is entirely possible to
operate the machinery without taking either Mage down.]

Turn around, and move forward down the hall. Before entering the room you seeded
with moss, turn left and crouch. Move foward and you'll pass through a small
hole in the wall. Turn left, and go examine the remains of some poor fellow.
Here you will find a Healing Potion, a Gas Arrow, and a Fire Arrow.

(Note: This is the last Gas Arrow. If you wish to use it now instead of saving
it for later, you can use it on the Fire Mage. It will knock him out AND put out
the Brazier. Of course, you'll need to sneak into this hole first to do it.)

Leave this room the way you came in. Back in the hall, turn left and move into
the next room. Then turn right and exit the room, climbing the staircase all the
way to the top. At the top, turn right, and move forward, climbing those stairs
ahead. Then turn right and move forward.

SAVE YOUR GAME! One last Mage to deal with (unless you Gassed him earlier). Move
ahead down those stairs near you, turn left and move forward, turning left again
as soon as possible.

See that Mage at the end of the hall? Sneak up behind him and deal with him.
Then cross the bridge, jumping over the lip ahead. Move to the end of this
raised area. Climb over the rubble to the right, turning slightly to the right
as you do so. Walk along this small section. When you have to turn, turn left,
and move forward along another thin section. At the end, move up onto the more
stable brickwork.

Turn right, and move forward until you're past the lavaflow on your right. Then
drop down to the floor and continue forward until you have to turn, then turn
right and move down the stairs ahead. At the bottom turn left.

Move forward, and drop down onto a small ledge below. Then turn left and move
forward, mantling up when you reach the end. Move forward, turn right, move
forward again, and take the first right you come to. Follow these stairs all the
way down. At the bottom, turn right and move forward into the cavern ahead, then
turn left.

Ahead you should see another skeleton. Move towards it, but stop before the
broken wall before you. At the base of it is a Water Arrow. If you turn right
and move into the shadows, in a dark corner you'll find four more. Now go over
to the skeleton. Scattered about it you will find the second Keeper Medallion,
some more interesting reading, and three Rope Arrows. These last are over by the
natural rock wall. (If you are out of Rope Arrows, grab these. You'll need at
least one, possibly two.)

Once you're finished desecrating this man's final resting place, move past the
skeleton and into the next chamber. Turn right and move forward to the end,
where you will turn left. Follow this incline down and enter another cavern.

Move into this cavern. There are three buildings here, plus a rather large
statue. Face the statue. You want the building on your right, furthest from the
statue. Move into it, and look up through a hole in the ceiling. Shoot a Rope
Arrow into the rafter above (try to aim more towards the entrance to this
domicile, so the rope doesn't get in your way when you're jumping later).

Climb up the rope, and jump off onto the next level. (Leave the Rope Arrow here
for now, if you can. You'll need it again later.) Now look around until you find
another hole, this time in one of the walls. Run and jump through the hole. You
should now be standing on the roof of the other house on this side of the
cavern.

Keeping your back to the hole you just leaped through, and move forward. Look
down at the rock and rubble below, and the lava. You need to fall off here. Aim
for the rubble. When you land, follow this shelf all the way up to the next
building. Mantle up through the window, and jump across to what remains of the
floor on this level. When you land, mantle up through the window on this side as
well. (If you are feeling bold, you can actually try leaping from here to the
window across from you.) Move forward across this open stretch, and fall down
into the next room. (If your fall is stopped partway down, just move forward to
continue falling.)

Move through the exit from this room. Across from you is a large building, with
an entrance on this side. (If you are wondering, this is the area where you
destroyed three Fire Elementals earlier.) Go forward throught the entrance. Once
inside, there will be a staircase ahead on your right. Take it up. At the top,
turn left, move forward, turn left again, and climb these stairs all the way to
the top. Ahead of you is another staircase, but unfortunately, it's partially
destroyed. Move towards it, but partway there stop and turn right. You should be
facing a window.

SAVE YOUR GAME! This next part is treacherous. Jump into the window, then
cautiously step out onto the ledge. Turn left, and follow the ledge. Go past the
first two corners, and when you reach the third corner, move out onto it, then
turn to face left, and look up. You will see a window, and above it are the
protruding ends of three rafters. Shoot a Rope Arrow into the centre one. Then
move along the ledge to the rope, and jump onto it. Climb the rope up, and jump
in through the window.

Inside, turn left and move forward. Turn right, and move forward, turning right
into the next room. Ahead is the object of your quest: The Talisman of Fire. Run
up to it and grab it.

Turn around, and leave the room. Turn right, move forward, turn right again, and
move forward, allowing yourself to fall down to the next level. Then turn right
and move forward, towards the chest in the far corner. Beside the chest on the
floor is another golden goblet (25, Treasure Count: 2330). Turn left, and pick
up another rolled up tapestry (150, Treasure Count: 2480). Now move across the
room towards the window, turning right when you reach it. Follow these stairs
all the way down. At the bottom, turn right, move forward, and turn right, so
you are facing down the last stairway.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Although you don't know it yet, when you grabbed the Talisman of
Fire, it conjured up a few more Fire Elementals to make your departure that much
more enjoyable. Move down these stairs, all the way to the bottom, and move
towards the exit. Stay to one side, and lean out to watch for them.

There are two Fire Elementals now patrolling this area. It is possible to sneak
past them, but probably safer to wait and snuff them out.

When the coast is clear, move out of the tower, and go across to the opening in
the building ahead. Once inside, turn left, and mantle up. Then turn right, and
push forward until you climb a bit. Look up, make sure you're under the window
above, and mantle up again.

Once you're up, turn right and look around. Sometimes there's another Fire
Elemental waiting for you in this area. If so, take him out from here. If not,
thank The Builder and drop down to the area below.

Now, those two houses across from where you fell from. You need to get into the
leftmost one (as you face them). Move over to the doorway, position yourself
properly, and jump over the lave and inside. Inside, in the corner opposite the
doorway, are two silver nuggets (50, 50, Treasure Count: 2530, 2580). Once
you've gotten them, leave the building. (The lava can be tricky to avoid, but it
is possible.) One you are out, go into the other building.

If your Rope Arrow is not still here, shoot another one up. Climb up to the next
level, and jump off. Then turn to face the hole in the wall, and leap across and
through it. Now turn around so you are facing the hole. You need to get up to
the roof of that building. Sidestep right until you have a good piece of wall in
front of you (watch you don't fall back down!), and mantle up. Up here you will
find two Fire Arrows and a diamond (50, Treasure Count: 2630). Once you have
them, turn so your back is to the wall you mantled up, and walk off the edge.

When you land, move forward up the incline ahead. Follow it all the way to the
top, then turn right. Move all the way through this passage, and turn left
through the opening ahead. Follow this cavern, turning right through the exit
ahead. Move forward onto the stairs, turn left, and climb these stairs all the
way up. At the top, turn left and move forward to the wall. Then turn left
again, and move forward, allowing yourself to fall onto the ledge below. Move
over so you are beneath the window, and mantle up.

Move forward, turn right, and climb the stairs to the top. Then turn left, and
move forward until you reach the lavaflow, then turn right and climb onto the
broken wall. Turn left, and move forward a short way, until you have an opening
in the cavern wall on your left.

Turn to face the opening, and jump across into it. Follow the tunnel to the end.
When you emerge into the new cavern, keep moving forward, climbing the slope up
as high as you can (keeping the manmade building on your right). At the top,
turn to face the building, and mantle up. There's a hole in the roof here. Drop
down through it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! You will need to pass through an area here where an elemental
can see you. Find the nearest exit from this room and take it. Then turn left,
and move forward until you enter another room. You should be able to look out
some windows and see the patrolling Elemental outside. Turn right (crouching may
help to avoid detection here) and move forward. Slightly past the first brazier
you will find a third mask on the the ground (120, Treasure Count: 2750).
Continue forwards through this room. When you get to the other end, turn right
and move forward into the corridor.

Once in the corridor, continue forward, and take the first left. Move down this
hall until you have to turn. Turn left, and move forward into the next room. In
here you will find another large urn (20, Treasure Count: 2770), another small
urn (20, Treasure Count: 2790), and one more rolled up tapestry (150, Treasure
Count: 2940). Leave this room the way you came in. Move forward all the way down
the hall, then turn right into the next room. Here you can get yet another large
urn (20, Treasure Count: 2960), yet another small urn (20, Treasure Count:
2980), and a tiara (125, Treasure Count: 3105). (The tiara is a little difficult
to spot. It is by the door.)

Leave this room, and turn left. Move forward and take the first left. Keep
pushing forward until you are in a room with a large hole in the floor with a
wooden beam across it. Jump into the hole down to the next level.

You should now be in the room where you went across the bridge guarded by a
Mage. Turn so your back is to the bridge, and move forward. Turn right when you
can, move forward, turn right again, and climb the stairs in front of you. Then
move forward again, through a doorway and down a set of stairs.

Turn left, and move forward. Keep moving forward until the burning brazier is on
your left. Then turn right, and move forward all the way to the end. Turn right,
move into the next room. Then turn left, and exit the room. Move forward to the
end, and turn left. Climb these stairs to the top, and then continue forward as
far as you can. Then turn left, and move down the stairs. Stop before you get to
the opening on your right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! There's another Fire Elemental patrolling out there. Move over
to the door, then turn so you can lean out. When it comes by, extinguish it.

Once the Elemental is dealt with, move through the opening. Turn right and move
forward until you are in front of those stepping stones again. Turn left, and
run and jump across the stones to the other side. Follow this path until you
come back to the natural bridge across the lava pit.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Once you cross this bridge, the next chamber holds another Fire
Elemental! Move across the bridge, and deal with the Elemental as soon as you
can. Once he's gone, move through this room, following the path until you have
to turn. Then turn right, move forward, then turn left, and move forward until
you're about the exit this dark tunnel for a brighter one.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Yet another Elemental is waiting for you here. Use the "lean and
shoot" method described thus far to deal with him, and then continue forward,
turning right when you can. Move forward, turn left, and follow this tunnel
until you emerge to an area where it slopes steeply and you can see man-made
structures again (most notably, a wall). Move down the slope so you fall on this
side of the wall, and move towards it.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Another Elemental is roaming through the areas you're about to
traverse. When you find it, destory it. Move to the opening in the wall, and go
through it. Move forward, passing the rock wall on your left. Keep moving
forward, turning now so the next rock wall passes on your right. You should now
be facing one of those obelisks. Move past it, then turn left. You should see a
tunnel ahead. Move forward through it, and you'll emerge near the iron gate you
found so long ago. Turn right, and move forward through the hole in the wall.
Keep moving forward, and follow this tunnel until it emerges back into the part
of the city with lots of buildings.

SAVE YOUR GAME! Okay, you have one more treasure to get, and it's in the
building across from you. We left it until now because sometimes, the last two
Burricks will draw the attention of the two (now three) Fire Elementals in the
next chamber, and duel it out. Usually, the Burricks lose. If, however, they are
still here...well, this is what we save the Gas Arrows for. HOWEVER...usually
when you jump down to the street, you do NOT attract their attention. Let's hope
it stays that way.

Ready your Gas Arrows, and jump down onto the street. If you hear Burricks
coming, turn right, draw back, and wait. When they come into view, let your
arrow fly. There are as many as two Burricks left, so get your second arrow
ready if you only fell the first one.

When you are able to, move into the building across the street, and pick up the
tiara (100, Treasure Count: 3205).

[NOTE: If you did NOT save your Gas Arrows, and the Burricks seem to be noticing
you, you can try this. Instead of jumping down to the street, turn left, and
mantle up. Then turn right, run, and jump across to the roof of the building
across the street. The noise should attract the Burricks' attention. Turn right
and jump to the next building, then move into that little corner and hide. Soon,
the Burricks should draw the Fire Elementals' attention, and a battle will
ensue. When the battle does start, it should be safe for you to climb down and
grab the treasure. If you would rather wait for the end of the battle, it is
possible the Burricks will win and come back. Or the Fire Elementals will win
and come here. (I have seen them roam these streets on occassion.) Note that
this does not ALWAYS cause an Elemental/Burrick battle. If it doesn't, simply
reload and try again. It should eventually work. Once you've got the treasure,
whether you wait or not, continue with the walkthrough.]

Now exit this building the only way you can, and turn right. Follow the street
until you have to turn right again, and do so. Continue down the street until
you have to turn left, and do so. Move forward and take the first left. Keep
moving forward, and when you have to turn, turn right.

SAVE YOUR GAME! One last Fire Elemental to deal with. Move forward, keeping to
the right. When you reach the natural rock wall, lean out so you can see the
lava pool. When the Elemental comes into view, use your Water Arrow on him.

Once he's gone, move into the chamber, and stick close to the left wall. Follow
it around until you see a doorway to the right, then move over to it and go
through it. Inside, move forward through the archway. Now take the turn of your
choice, and follow it around to another exit. Move through that exit, and move
forward down the ramp in the next room until you have to turn. Turn left, and
move into the next room. Turn left again, and move into the next room. There
will be a staircase in this room. Take it up. At the top, turn right, and take
that staircase all the way up to the top.

At the top, turn left, and move forward until you have to turn, then turn right.
Move forward until you enter a rubble-strewn room. Look around at the ceiling,
and you'll find a hole in it. Work your way around the rubble until you are
under it. Mantle up onto the roof.

Turn and move around the hole you just climbed through. Turn so you are facing
across the roof towards a railing of sorts. Move forward, and turn right when
you can. Move forward, and when you see a passage ahead and to the right, move
into it. Follow this twisting, winding passage as far as you can, until it
emerges into a lava area. Turn right, and ahead you will see two jets of sparks
shooting towards each other across your intended path. Wait for the sparks to
calm down a bit, then push forward past them. Once past, continue following the
path. When you have a chance to turn right, do so, and continue forward until
you are standing on an outcropping overlooking an underground lake, with a
waterfall across from you. Congratulations! You've just plundered the Lost City!


Section 15: Input from Other Thieves
====================================
Since the first posting, I have received some emails from readers of this FAQ.
Some offering encouragement for continuation, others with questions, and the
occassional one with advice or further information. This is the spot where I
will be acknowledging their input (sort of a "Contributors" section).

Anyone who has seen previous versions of this FAQ will note that this section
has undergone a change. Previously, I was listing each individual's advice
seperately here, and giving them the credit immediately following. There have
been many who have contributed so much, however, that it would be impossible to
continue maintaining this section in that manner.

Instead, each person's information is incorporated directly into the FAQ, in the
relevant position. That person will be credited here, and a BRIEF note (as
opposed to the entire email) on what they contributed will be listed.

If you send me any information that you feel might be included in this FAQ, to
save time please include the following information with your tidbit of
knowledge:

1) If you want to be credited or not,
2) What name you would like me to use to credit you,
3) If it's okay to include your email address in the credit.

Due to the great number of emails I receive with suggestions/help/etc., I am
instituting a new policy regarding this: any email that contains something which
obviously has a good chance of being incorporated into the FAQ which does NOT
have the above information will be assumed to have answered "No" to question #1.
(Due to this new policy, the FIRST person I receive an email from with new
information will receive the credit...this is in cases of more than one person
sending me the same information.)


Hades (DVancomerb@aol.com)
     - Ability to run in the beginning of "Lord Bafford's Manor"

Hellion (blb3904@garnet.acns.fsu.edu)
     - Disabling sensors in Cragscleft Prison

James Sterrett
     - Provide an opening phrase I had missed for the FAQ's intro
     - Secret Area in Training Mission only available at Expert level
     - Answered "Healing Potion" experiment in the Training Mission
     - Ability to kill Spiders in Lord Bafford's Manor on Expert level
     - Drowning Zombies in Cragscleft won't work in the upgrade
       (original game)
     - Climbing-down-the-ladder experiment in Cragscleft
     - How to blackjack the Hammerite Priest in the area past the
       Barracks sign (Cragscleft)
     - Information about the scroll in the study in Cragscleft
     - Jumping in the Bonehoard without a Speed Potion
     - Killing the Guardian with a Fire Arrow in the Bonehoard
     - Return to Farkus' shop after trailing the Assassins (Assassins)
     - Alternate route via waterway into Ramirez' (Assassins)
     - Prompted me to re-write several mission walkthroughs

Psonyk (psonyk@vl.videotron.ca)
     - Revealed that Flash Bombs are weapons against undead
     - Revealed you can blackjack Burricks
     - Provided information on Hammer Spirits and Restless Dead
     - Provided information on Mines

Corny
     - Provided information on getting on the balcony and roof in the
       Training Mission

Taxa
     - Revealed the secret passage in Lord Bafford's Manor
     - Hint about drowning Spiders in Lord Bafford's Manor
     - Using a skull unnecessary to get gem in the Bonehoard (original
       game)
     - Run PAST the Guardian in the Bonehoard
     - Showed Assassins take alternate routes (Assassins)
     - How to bypass the long metal ramp in Assassins
     - Falling off ladder doesn't alert the guards in Assassins
     - Alert causes a guard to be with Ramirez in Assassins

Bastage (nitticjs@aol.com)
     - Improved information on blackjacking humans
     - Improved information on meleeing with Burricks
     - Showed how to blackjack the first guard inside Lord Bafford's
       Manor more expeditiously

Conskill (conskill@mindspring.com)
     - Dispersing Fly Swarms from around Zombies with Water Arrows

Alex Powell
     - Revealed that a guard in Cragscleft had a potion to pickpocket
       (original game)


Section 16: Thief Sites on the Internet
=======================================
The following sites are what I have found on the Internet for Thief: The Dark
Project. If your site is included here and you want it removed, simply contact
me via email stating your wish to have the site removed, and WHICH site it is
you are referring to. If you would like your Thief site mentioned here, please
email me (at taffer@sprint.ca) with the pertinent information.

NOTE: This information is sorely out of date and needs adding to. I have not had
the time to search the net for more sites, so if anyone out there can send me
any addresses they have, it would be greatly appreciated.


Looking Glass Studios' Home Page: One of the companies to bring us this amazing
piece of software. (Note: They have asked me to make it clear that they do NOT
do tech support for Thief...that is being handled by EIDOS. Unfortunately, EIDOS
has not gotten back to me about putting their web address in my FAQ.)
     http://www.lglass.com/

Thief-DarkProject.com: This is THE place to go for anything Thief related. News,
desktop themes, wallpaper, fanworks, and more!
     http://www.thief-darkproject.com/

The Mission Log: This is the place I go to when I'm having trouble. It's got a
very nice format for what treasures you need to find, and where they are
located. VERY useful!
     http://www.sundial.net/~ghostboy/walkthru.html

Game Forum: Contains several message boards regarding Thief, and a very large
one for Thief 2 as well! (Follow the links to get to the message board you
want.)
     http://www.gameforum.com

Thief 2 Facts and Rumours Page: Need I say more? :)
     http://www.thief-darkproject.com/thief2/index.html

Complete-loot Walkthrough for Thief: The Dark Project: This site was put up by a
"fan" of my walkthrough, and described it to me as a sort of "companion guide"
for my walkthrough. I looked it over and I think it's great! (And, it's actually
helped ME out a time or two!)

     http://www.the-spoiler.com/ACTION/Looking.glass/thief.3/thief.htm


Section 17: Thief 2 News
========================
Yes, there WILL be a Thief 2! Whenever I hear some news about it, I will share
it with you in this section. Note that most of the time, these rumours are just
that: rumours. Do NOT take anything I say here as canon!

A recent issue of PC Gamer magazine listed the release date of Thief 2 as being
March 17! I checked with my local Electronics Boutique, and they told me their
release date for it was March 23! It seems my original report of "last quarter
of 2000" was a tad off the mark. The EB also told me that their price for the
game was going to be about $64.99. (Remember folks, I'm in Canada...that's
Canadian dollars.)

Aside from the fact that there is a Thief 2 on the way, the happiest news I've
heard is that there will be few, if any, Zombies or Zombie-type creatures in the
game. Apparently, I am not the only one that dislikes our anti-social, asthmatic
friends. :)

For more, try the Thief 2 Facts and Rumours page!
     http://www.thief-darkproject.com/thief2/index.html

There is now a downloadable demo online! I have not tried it myself yet, as the
demo is about 136 megs in size! The demo can be downloaded from this site:

http://www.3dfiles.com/games/thiefiithemetalage.shtml

The site has a couple of mirrors linked to it. (Note that, from what I hear,
this demo isn't even a beta...it's an alpha! Might be quite a few problems with
it.)

There is also, apparently, some sort of Thief II movie available for download
from the following site:

http://www.gamecenter.com/News/Item/0,3,0-3738,00.html

Again, I haven't tried it myself, but it is apparently QuickTime, and it is
about 11 megs long.

Note that I am sorely out of touch with things regarding Thief II lately. Any
information that you can provide me with would be greatly appreciated. :)


Section 18: Endnotes and Copyright Notice
=========================================
Please send all comments, suggestions, praise, love letters, job offers
(ESPECIALLY the job offers...Prima, why haven't you contacted me? ), etc. to:
taffer@sprint.ca

Feedback is greatly appreciated. In particular, what you liked, disliked, what
could have been done better, alternate ways around problems, spelling errors you
spotted that I didn't, the correct names for items/treasures I may have not
recognized properly, etc. Anything that you feel will make the next version of
the FAQ/Walkthrough better and/or more complete and accurate.



This document is copyright March 2000 Adam Gilchrist. Permission is granted to
reproduce and distribute it freely, in whole or in part, provided that:

i) the reproduced portion(s) remain(s) unmodified,
ii) the original author (that's me) is credited,
iii) no profit is made from the usage of the reproduced portion(s) or
     their distribution,
iv) if being reproduced for other than personal use, the information on
    how to contact the original author is included,
v) this copyright notice is included in its entirety.


That's all until next time. Ignore what the guards and Hammers tell you, and
keep taffing!

Открыть страницу с
подробной статистикой
оценок этой игры
 

Оценочно-уценочный отдел

Оценка AG
N/A
нет оценки
Принципы оценки
Ваша оценка (если играли)

Центр управления оценками
(всего 0 игр)
Оценка игроков
88%
220 голосов
Статистика

AG.Tracker

Рецензии и статьи | 5 883

Игровые ролики | 55 478

Игровые релизы

новые игры в продаже
скоро выходят
открыть страницу
случайной игры

Случайная игра

Всё самое интересное на AG.ru

 
 вы не похожи на спам-бота :) 

Случайно выбранный контент из базы AG.ru | 34 727 игр

© 1998—2016 Kanobu Network, OOO «Рамблер-Игры».
Все права защищены. Контакты. Реклама. Advertising on AG.ru.

Внимание! Использование материалов сайта «Absolute Games» возможно только с письменного разрешения редакции. В противном случае любая перепечатка материалов сайта (даже с установленной ссылкой на оригинал) является нарушением законодательства Российской Федерации об авторских и смежных правах и может повлечь за собой судебное преследование в соответствии с законодательством Российской Федерации, предусматривающим наказание вплоть до шести лет лишения свободы.

Как с нами связаться | Наша команда | Стань автором
Реклама на AG: сколько стоит и как разместить?
Статистика сайта | Success Story | Ловушка для ботов

Rambler's Top100


mps123@ag.ru